e10vq
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-Q
QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the quarterly period ended March 31, 2011
Commission file number 001-2979
WELLS FARGO & COMPANY
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware   No. 41-0449260
(State of incorporation)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
420 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California 94163
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: 1-866-249-3302
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes þ            No ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
Yes þ            No ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
     
Large accelerated filer    þ
  Accelerated filer ¨
 
Non-accelerated filer      ¨ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
Yes ¨            No þ
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.
           
    Shares Outstanding
    April 29, 2011
Common stock, $1-2/3 par value
    5,289,099,076  

 


 

FORM 10-Q
CROSS-REFERENCE INDEX
             
PART I          
Item 1.  
Financial Statements
  Page  
   
Consolidated Statement of Income
    49  
   
Consolidated Balance Sheet
    50  
   
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity and Comprehensive Income
    51  
   
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
    53  
   
Notes to Financial Statements
       
   
1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
    54  
   
2 - Business Combinations
    55  
   
3 - Federal Funds Sold, Securities Purchased under Resale Agreements and Other Short-Term Investments
    55  
   
4 - Securities Available for Sale
    56  
   
5 - Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses
    65  
   
6 - Other Assets
    81  
   
7 - Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities
    82  
   
8 - Mortgage Banking Activities
    93  
   
9 - Intangible Assets
    96  
   
10 - Guarantees, Pledged Assets and Collateral
    97  
   
11 - Legal Actions
    99  
   
12 - Derivatives
    100  
   
13 - Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities
    107  
   
14 - Preferred Stock
    120  
   
15 - Employee Benefits
    123  
   
16 - Earnings Per Common Share
    124  
   
17 - Operating Segments
    125  
   
18 - Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements
    127  
   
19 - Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements
    130  
   
 
       
Item 2.  
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Financial Review)
       
        1  
        2  
        4  
        9  
        12  
        13  
        42  
        44  
        45  
        46  
        47  
   
Glossary of Acronyms
    131  
   
 
       
Item 3.  
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
    38  
   
 
       
Item 4.       48  
   
 
       
PART II  
Other Information
       
Item 1.  
Legal Proceedings
    132  
   
 
       
Item 1A.  
Risk Factors
    132  
   
 
       
Item 2.  
Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds
    132  
   
 
       
Item 6.  
Exhibits
    133  
   
 
       
Signature     133  
   
 
       
Exhibit Index     134  
 EX-3.A
 EX-10.C
 EX-10.D
 EX-12.A
 EX-12.B
 EX-31.A
 EX-31.B
 EX-32.A
 EX-32.B
 EX-101 INSTANCE DOCUMENT
 EX-101 SCHEMA DOCUMENT
 EX-101 CALCULATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT
 EX-101 LABELS LINKBASE DOCUMENT
 EX-101 PRESENTATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT
 EX-101 DEFINITION LINKBASE DOCUMENT

 


Table of Contents

PART I - FINANCIAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REVIEW
Summary Financial Data
                                         
                            % Change  
    Quarter ended     Mar. 31, 2011 from  
 
    Mar. 31 ,   Dec. 31 ,   Mar. 31 ,   Dec. 31 ,   Mar. 31 ,
($ in millions, except per share amounts)   2011     2010     2010     2010     2010  
   
 
                                       
For the Period
                                       
Wells Fargo net income
  $ 3,759       3,414       2,547       10   %   48  
Wells Fargo net income applicable to common stock
    3,570       3,232       2,372       10       51  
Diluted earnings per common share
    0.67       0.61       0.45       10       49  
Profitability ratios (annualized):
                                       
Wells Fargo net income to average assets (ROA)
    1.23   %     1.09       0.84       13       46  
Wells Fargo net income applicable to common stock to average
Wells Fargo common stockholders’ equity (ROE)
    11.98       10.95       8.96       9       34  
Efficiency ratio (1)
    62.6       62.1       56.5       1       11  
Total revenue
  $ 20,329       21,494       21,448       (5 )     (5 )
Pre-tax pre-provision profit (PTPP) (2)
    7,596       8,154       9,331       (7 )     (19 )
Dividends declared per common share
    0.12       0.05       0.05       140       140  
Average common shares outstanding
    5,278.8       5,256.2       5,190.4       -       2  
Diluted average common shares outstanding
    5,333.1       5,293.8       5,225.2       1       2  
Average loans
  $ 754,077       753,675       797,389       -       (5 )
Average assets
    1,241,176       1,237,037       1,226,120       -       1  
Average core deposits (3)
    796,826       794,799       759,169       -       5  
Average retail core deposits (4)
    584,100       573,843       573,653       2       2  
Net interest margin
    4.05   %     4.16       4.27       (3 )     (5 )
At Period End
                                       
Securities available for sale
  $ 167,906       172,654       162,487       (3 )     3  
Loans
    751,155       757,267       781,430       (1 )     (4 )
Allowance for loan losses
    21,983       23,022       25,123       (5 )     (12 )
Goodwill
    24,777       24,770       24,819       -       -  
Assets
    1,244,666       1,258,128       1,223,630       (1 )     2  
Core deposits (3)
    795,038       798,192       756,050       -       5  
Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity
    133,471       126,408       116,142       6       15  
Total equity
    134,943       127,889       118,154       6       14  
Tier 1 capital (5)
    110,761       109,353       98,329       1       13  
Total capital (5)
    147,311       147,142       137,600       -       7  
Capital ratios:
                                       
Total equity to assets
    10.84   %     10.16       9.66       7       12  
Risk-based capital (5):
                                       
Tier 1 capital
    11.50       11.16       9.93       3       16  
Total capital
    15.30       15.01       13.90       2       10  
Tier 1 leverage (5)
    9.27       9.19       8.34       1       11  
Tier 1 common equity (6)
    8.93       8.30       7.09       8       26  
Book value per common share
  $ 23.18       22.49       20.76       3       12  
Team members (active, full-time equivalent)
    270,200       272,200       267,400       (1 )     1  
Common stock price:
                                       
High
  $ 34.25       31.61       31.99       8       7  
Low
    29.82       23.37       26.37       28       13  
Period end
    31.71       30.99       31.12       2       2  
 
                                       
   
(1)   The efficiency ratio is noninterest expense divided by total revenue (net interest income and noninterest income).
 
(2)   Pre-tax pre-provision profit (PTPP) is total revenue less noninterest expense. Management believes that PTPP is a useful financial measure because it enables investors and others to assess the Company’s ability to generate capital to cover credit losses through a credit cycle.
 
(3)   Core deposits are noninterest-bearing deposits, interest-bearing checking, savings certificates, certain market rate and other savings, and certain foreign deposits (Eurodollar sweep balances).
 
(4)   Retail core deposits are total core deposits excluding Wholesale Banking core deposits and retail mortgage escrow deposits.
 
(5)   See Note 19 (Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information.
 
(6)   See the “Capital Management” section in this Report for additional information.

1


Table of Contents

This Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011, including the Financial Review and the Financial Statements and related Notes, contains forward-looking statements, which may include forecasts of our financial results and condition, expectations for our operations and business, and our assumptions for those forecasts and expectations. Do not unduly rely on forward-looking statements. Actual results may differ materially from our forward-looking statements due to several factors. Some of these factors are described in the Financial Review and in the Financial Statements and related Notes. For a discussion of other factors, refer to the “Forward-Looking Statements” section in this Report and to the “Risk Factors” and “Regulation and Supervision” sections of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 (2010 Form 10-K), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
See the Glossary of Acronyms at the end of this Report for terms used throughout this Report.
Financial Review
Overview

Wells Fargo & Company is a $1.2 trillion diversified financial services company providing banking, insurance, trust and investments, mortgage banking, investment banking, retail banking, brokerage and consumer finance through banking stores, the internet and other distribution channels to individuals, businesses and institutions in all 50 states, the District of Columbia (D.C.) and in other countries. We ranked fourth in assets and second in the market value of our common stock among our large bank peers at March 31, 2011. When we refer to “Wells Fargo,” “the Company,” “we,” “our” or “us” in this Report, we mean Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries (consolidated). When we refer to the “Parent,” we mean Wells Fargo & Company. When we refer to “legacy Wells Fargo,” we mean Wells Fargo excluding Wachovia Corporation (Wachovia).
Our Vision and Strategy
Our vision is to satisfy all our customers’ financial needs, help them succeed financially, be recognized as the premier financial services company in our markets and be one of America’s great companies. Our primary strategy to achieve this vision is to increase the number of products our customers buy from us and to offer them all of the financial products that fulfill their needs. Our cross-sell strategy, diversified business model and the breadth of our geographic reach facilitate growth in both strong and weak economic cycles, as we can grow by expanding the number of products our current customers have with us, gain new customers in our extended markets, and increase market share in many businesses.
     Our combined company retail bank household cross-sell was 5.79 products per household in first quarter 2011, up from 5.60 a year ago. We believe there is more opportunity for cross-sell as we continue to earn more business from our Wachovia customers. Our goal is eight products per customer, which is approximately half of our estimate of potential demand for an average U.S. household. One of every four of our retail banking households has eight or more products. Business banking cross-sell offers another potential opportunity for growth, with cross-sell of 4.09 products in our Western footprint (including legacy Wells Fargo and converted Wachovia customers), up from 4.04 in fourth quarter 2010.
     Our pursuit of growth and earnings performance is influenced by our belief that it is important to maintain a well controlled operating environment as we complete the integration of the Wachovia businesses and grow the combined company. We manage our credit risk by establishing what we believe are sound credit policies for underwriting new business, while monitoring and reviewing the performance of our loan portfolio. We manage the interest rate and market risks inherent in our asset and liability balances within established ranges, while ensuring adequate liquidity and funding. We maintain strong capital levels to facilitate future growth.
Financial Performance
     Wells Fargo net income was a record $3.8 billion in first quarter 2011, up 48% from a year ago, and diluted earnings per common share were $0.67, up 49%. Our results included contributions from each of our three business segments: Community Banking; Wholesale Banking; and Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement. In first quarter 2011, credit quality improved, capital ratios increased and cross-selling reached new highs. Reflecting the significant improvement in our credit portfolios, the provision for credit losses was $1.0 billion less than net charge-offs for first quarter 2011. Revenue was down 5% from a year ago, reflecting a decline in mortgage banking income and lower service charges on deposits due to regulatory changes, as well as a decline in average loans as we continued to reduce our non-strategic and liquidating loan portfolios. Noninterest expense was up 5% primarily due to higher commission and incentive compensation.
     Our average core deposits grew 5% from a year ago to $796.8 billion at March 31, 2011. Average core deposits were 106% of total average loans in first quarter 2011, up from 95% a year ago. We continued to attract high quality core deposits in the form of checking and savings deposits, which grew 9% to $722.5 billion at March 31, 2011, from $664.4 billion a year ago, as we added new customers and deepened our relationships with existing customers.
     Wells Fargo remained one of the largest providers of credit to the U.S. economy. We continued to lend to creditworthy customers and made $151 billion in new loan commitments to consumer, small business and commercial customers, including


2


Table of Contents

Overview (continued)
$84 billion of residential mortgage originations in first quarter 2011, up from a total of $128 billion a year ago. We are an industry leader in loan modifications for homeowners. As of March 31, 2011, approximately 665,000 Wells Fargo mortgage customers were in active trial or had completed loan modifications since the beginning of 2009.
Credit Quality
We experienced significant improvement in our credit portfolio with lower net charge-offs, lower nonperforming assets and improved delinquency trends. The improvement in our credit portfolio was due in part to the continued decline in our non-strategic and liquidating loan portfolios (primarily from the Wachovia acquisition), which decreased $6.5 billion in first quarter 2011, and $65.0 billion in total since the Wachovia acquisition, to $126.8 billion at March 31, 2011.
     Reflecting the improved performance in our loan portfolios, the provision for credit losses was $1.0 billion less than net charge-offs for first quarter 2011. Absent significant deterioration in the economy, we expect future reductions in the allowance for credit losses. First quarter 2011 marked the fifth consecutive quarter of declining loan losses and the second consecutive quarter of reduced nonperforming assets. Net charge-offs decreased significantly to $3.2 billion in first quarter 2011 from $3.8 billion in fourth quarter 2010, and $5.3 billion a year ago. Nonperforming assets decreased to $30.6 billion at March 31, 2011, from $32.4 billion at December 31, 2010, and $31.5 billion a year ago. Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing (excluding government insured/guaranteed loans) decreased to $2.4 billion at March 31, 2011, from $2.6 billion at December 31, 2010, and $4.9 billion a year ago. In addition, the portfolio of purchased credit-impaired (PCI) loans acquired in the Wachovia merger has performed better than originally expected.
Capital
We continued to build capital in first quarter 2011, with total shareholders’ equity up $7.1 billion from year-end 2010. In first quarter 2011, our Tier 1 common equity ratio grew more than 60 basis points to 8.93% of risk-weighted assets under Basel I, reflecting strong internal capital generation. Under our interpretation of current Basel III capital proposals, we estimate that our Tier 1 common equity ratio grew to 7.2% in first quarter 2011. Our other regulatory capital ratios also continued to grow with the Tier 1 capital ratio reaching 11.50% and Tier 1 leverage ratio reaching 9.27% at March 31, 2011. See the “Capital Management” section in this Report for more information regarding our capital, including Tier 1 common equity.
     We took several capital actions in first quarter 2011. Reflecting our strong capital position, we returned more capital to shareholders in first quarter 2011, with an increase in our quarterly common stock dividend to $0.12 per share. We also increased our share repurchase authority by 200 million shares. In addition, we issued notice to call $3.2 billion of high-cost trust preferred securities and expect to call additional trust preferred securities.
Wachovia Merger Integration
On December 31, 2008, Wells Fargo acquired Wachovia, one of the nation’s largest diversified financial services companies. At the beginning of our third year of the Wachovia integration, our progress to date is on track and on schedule, and business and revenue synergies have exceeded our expectations at the time the merger was announced. First quarter 2011 marked further milestones in our integration of legacy Wells Fargo and Wachovia: we completed our conversion to one common retail brokerage platform and we converted retail banking stores in several eastern states, including Connecticut, Delaware, New Jersey, and New York. With our April conversion of the Pennsylvania retail banking stores, 74% of our banking customers are now on a single deposit system. The Wachovia merger has already proven to be a financial success, with substantially all of the originally expected savings already realized and growing revenue synergies reflecting market share gains in many businesses, including mortgage, auto dealer services and investment banking.
     As a result of PCI accounting for loans acquired in the Wachovia merger, ratios of the Company, including the growth rate in nonperforming assets (NPAs) since December 31, 2008, may not be directly comparable with periods prior to the merger or with credit-related ratios of other financial institutions. In particular:
  Wachovia’s high risk loans were written down pursuant to PCI accounting at the time of merger. Therefore, the allowance for credit losses is lower than otherwise would have been required without PCI loan accounting; and
 
  Because we virtually eliminated Wachovia’s nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2008, the quarterly growth rate in our nonaccrual loans following the merger was higher than it would have been without PCI loan accounting. Similarly, our net charge-offs rate was lower than it otherwise would have been.
Market and Industry Developments
The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (FRB) and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) recently issued consent orders that will require us to promptly correct deficiencies in our residential mortgage loan servicing and foreclosure practices that were identified by federal banking regulators in their review conducted in fourth quarter 2010. The consent orders also require that we improve our servicing and foreclosure practices. We are committed to compliance with the consent orders and support the development of national servicing standards that will provide greater clarity for servicers, investors and customers. We continue to be committed to modifying mortgages for at-risk customers. We have been working with our regulators for an extended period to improve our processes and have already begun making some of the operational changes that will result from the expanded servicing responsibilities outlined in the consent orders.
     In 2009, the FRB announced regulatory changes to debit card and ATM overdraft practices, which have reduced our service charges on deposit accounts. The Dodd-Frank Act, among other things, authorizes the FRB to issue regulations


3


Table of Contents

governing debit card interchange fees, which are expected to be implemented in 2011. We continue to refine our estimate of the potential impact on our income of these regulations, if implemented in 2011. Based on the current FRB proposals, we
currently expect that our quarterly income would be reduced by approximately $325 million (after tax), before the impact of any offsetting actions.


Earnings Performance

Net income for first quarter 2011 was $3.8 billion ($0.67 diluted per share) with $3.6 billion applicable to common stock, compared with net income of $2.5 billion ($0.45 diluted per share) with $2.4 billion applicable to common stock for first quarter 2010. Our first quarter 2011 earnings reflected the benefit of continued improvements in credit quality, partially offset by a decrease in total loans and elevated balances of lower yielding earning assets.
     Revenue, the sum of net interest income and noninterest income, was $20.3 billion in first quarter 2011 compared with $21.4 billion in first quarter 2010. The decline in revenue was predominantly due to lower net interest income and lower mortgage banking revenue. However, many businesses generated year over year revenue growth, including corporate banking, commercial mortgage servicing, fixed income and equity sales and trading, global remittance, real estate capital markets, retail brokerage, auto dealer services and wealth management. Net interest income of $10.7 billion in first quarter 2011 declined 4% from a year ago compared with a 5% decline in average loans. The decline in average loans reflected continued reductions in the non-strategic/liquidating portfolios and soft consumer loan demand.
     Noninterest expense was $12.7 billion (63% of revenue) in first quarter 2011, compared with $12.1 billion (56% of revenue) a year ago. First quarter 2011 included $440 million of merger integration costs (up from $380 million a year ago), $472 million of operating losses (up from $208 million a year ago) substantially all from additional litigation accruals for foreclosure-related matters, and higher incentive compensation expenses caused by sales increases in commission-based business units as well as other earnings-based incentives. Certain expenses remained elevated year over year, including loan resolution costs and merger costs. As we conclude the integration process, and as the economy continues to recover, we expect these expenses to decline.
Net Interest Income
Net interest income is the interest earned on debt securities, loans (including yield-related loan fees) and other interest-earning assets minus the interest paid for deposits, short-term borrowings and long-term debt. The net interest margin is the average yield on earning assets minus the average interest rate paid for deposits and our other sources of funding. Net interest income and the net interest margin are presented on a taxable-equivalent basis in Table 1 to consistently reflect income from taxable and tax-exempt loans and securities based on a 35% federal statutory tax rate.
     Net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis was $10.8 billion in first quarter 2011, compared with $11.3 billion a year ago. The net interest margin was 4.05% in first quarter 2011,
down 22 basis points from 4.27% in first quarter 2010. Net interest margin was compressed relative to first quarter 2010 as lower-yielding cash and short-term investments increased as loan balances declined. The impact of these factors was somewhat mitigated by continued disciplined deposit pricing and reduced long-term debt.
     The mix of earning assets and their yields are important drivers of net interest income. Soft consumer loan demand and the impact of liquidating certain loan portfolios reduced average loans in first quarter 2011 to 70% of average earning assets from 74% in first quarter 2010. Average short-term investments and trading account assets increased to 11% of earning assets in first quarter 2011, up from 6% of earning assets in first quarter 2010.
     Core deposits are a low-cost source of funding and thus an important contributor to both net interest income and the net interest margin. Core deposits include noninterest-bearing deposits, interest-bearing checking, savings certificates, certain market rate and other savings, and certain foreign deposits (Eurodollar sweep balances). Average core deposits rose to $796.8 billion in first quarter 2011 from $759.2 billion in first quarter 2010 and funded 106% and 95% of average loans, respectively. Average core deposits increased to 74% of average earning assets in first quarter 2011, up from 71% a year ago, yet the cost of these deposits declined significantly as the mix shifted from higher cost certificates of deposit to checking and savings products, which were also at lower yields relative to first quarter 2010. About 90% of our core deposits are now in checking and savings deposits, one of the highest percentages in the industry.


4


Table of Contents

Table 1: Average Balances, Yields and Rates Paid (Taxable-Equivalent Basis) (1)(2)
                                                 
    Quarter ended March 31, 
 
    2011     2010 
 
                    Interest                     Interest 
    Average     Yields/     income/     Average     Yields/     income/ 
(in millions)   balance     rates     expense     balance     rates     expense 
 
 
                                               
Earning assets
                                               
Federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and other short-term investments
  $ 83,386       0.35   % $ 72       40,833       0.33   % $ 33 
Trading assets
    37,403       3.81       356       27,911       3.91       272 
Debt securities available for sale (3):
                                               
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
    1,575       2.87       11       2,278       3.62       20 
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
    19,570       5.45       270       13,696       6.60       221 
Mortgage-backed securities:
                                               
Federal agencies
    73,466       4.72       832       79,730       5.39       1,023 
Residential and commercial
    32,934       9.68       732       32,768       9.67       790 
                             
 
                                               
Total mortgage-backed securities
    106,400       6.21       1,564       112,498       6.67       1,813 
Other debt securities (4)
    35,920       5.55       465       32,346       6.51       492 
                             
 
                                               
Total debt securities available for sale (4)
    163,465       5.94       2,310       160,818       6.59       2,546 
Mortgages held for sale (5)
    38,742       4.51       437       31,368       4.93       387 
Loans held for sale (5)
    975       4.88       12       6,406       2.15       34 
Loans:
                                               
Commercial:
                                               
Commercial and industrial
    150,047       4.65       1,723       156,466       4.51       1,743 
Real estate mortgage
    99,797       3.92       967       97,967       3.68       889 
Real estate construction
    24,281       4.26       255       35,852       3.07       272 
Lease financing
    13,020       7.83       255       14,008       9.22       323 
Foreign
    33,638       2.83       235       28,561       3.62       256 
                             
 
                                               
Total commercial
    320,783       4.33       3,435       332,854       4.23       3,483 
                             
 
                                               
Consumer:
                                               
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
    229,570       5.01       2,867       245,024       5.26       3,210 
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
    94,708       4.35       1,018       105,640       4.47       1,168 
Credit card
    21,509       13.18       709       23,345       13.15       767 
Other revolving credit and installment
    87,507       6.36       1,371       90,526       6.40       1,427 
                             
 
                                               
Total consumer
    433,294       5.54       5,965       464,535       5.70       6,572 
                             
 
                                               
Total loans (5)
    754,077       5.03       9,400       797,389       5.09       10,055 
Other
    5,228       3.90       50       6,069       3.36       50 
                             
 
                                               
Total earning assets
  $ 1,083,276       4.73   % $ 12,637       1,070,794       5.06   % $ 13,377 
                             
 
                                               
Funding sources
                                               
Deposits:
                                               
Interest-bearing checking
  $ 58,503       0.10   % $ 14       62,021       0.15   % $ 23 
Market rate and other savings
    443,586       0.22       237       403,945       0.29       286 
Savings certificates
    74,371       1.39       255       94,763       1.36       317 
Other time deposits
    13,850       2.24       76       15,878       2.03       80 
Deposits in foreign offices
    57,473       0.23       33       55,434       0.21       29 
                             
 
                                               
Total interest-bearing deposits
    647,783       0.38       615       632,041       0.47       735 
Short-term borrowings
    54,751       0.22       30       45,081       0.18       19 
Long-term debt
    150,144       2.95       1,104       209,008       2.45       1,276 
Other liabilities
    9,472       3.24       76       5,664       3.43       49 
                             
 
                                               
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    862,150       0.85       1,825       891,794       0.94       2,079 
Portion of noninterest-bearing funding sources
    221,126       -       -       179,000       -      
                             
 
                                               
Total funding sources
  $ 1,083,276       0.68       1,825       1,070,794       0.79       2,079 
                             
 
                                               
Net interest margin and net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis (6)
            4.05   % $ 10,812               4.27   % $ 11,298 
 
                           
Noninterest-earning assets
                                               
Cash and due from banks
  $ 17,360                       18,049                  
Goodwill
    24,775                       24,816                  
Other
    115,765                       112,461                  
                                     
 
                                               
Total noninterest-earning assets
  $ 157,900                       155,326                  
                                     
 
                                               
Noninterest-bearing funding sources
                                               
Deposits
  $ 193,100                       172,039                  
Other liabilities
    55,316                       44,739                  
Total equity
    130,610                       117,548                  
Noninterest-bearing funding sources used to fund earning assets
    (221,126 )                     (179,000 )                
                                     
 
                                               
Net noninterest-bearing funding sources
  $ 157,900                       155,326                  
                                     
 
                                               
Total assets
  $ 1,241,176                       1,226,120                  
                                     
 
                                               
 
(1)   Our average prime rate was 3.25% for the quarters ended March 31, 2011 and 2010. The average three-month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) was 0.31% and 0.26% for the same quarters, respectively.
 
(2)   Yield/rates and amounts include the effects of hedge and risk management activities associated with the respective asset and liability categories.
 
(3)   Yields and rates are based on interest income/expense amounts for the period, annualized based on the accrual basis for the respective accounts. The average balance amounts include the effects of any unrealized gain or loss marks but those marks carried in other comprehensive income are not included in yield determination of affected earning assets. Thus yields are based on amortized cost balances computed on a settlement date basis.
 
(4)   Includes certain preferred securities.
 
(5)   Nonaccrual loans and related income are included in their respective loan categories.
 
(6)   Includes taxable-equivalent adjustments of $161 million and $151 million for March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, primarily related to tax-exempt income on certain loans and securities. The federal statutory tax rate utilized was 35% for the periods presented.

5


Table of Contents

Noninterest Income
                           
Table 2: Noninterest Income  
 
    Quarter ended March 31,   %  
 
(in millions)   2011     2010     Change  
   
 
Service charges on deposit accounts
  $ 1,012       1,332       (24 )   %
Trust and investment fees:
                         
Trust, investment and IRA fees
    1,060       1,049       1    
Commissions and all other fees
    1,856       1,620       15  
           
 
Total trust and investment fees
    2,916       2,669       9    
           
 
Card fees
    957       865       11    
Other fees:
                         
Cash network fees
    81       55       47    
Charges and fees on loans
    397       419       (5 )  
Processing and all other fees
    511       467       9    
           
 
Total other fees
    989       941       5    
           
 
Mortgage banking:
                         
Servicing income, net
    866       1,366       (37 )  
Net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities
    1,150       1,104       4    
           
 
Total mortgage banking
    2,016       2,470       (18 )  
           
 
Insurance
    503       621       (19 )  
Net gains from trading activities
    612       537       14    
Net gains (losses) on debt securities available for sale
    (166 )     28     NM    
Net gains from equity investments
    353       43       721    
Operating leases
    77       185       (58 )  
All other
    409       610       (33 )  
           
 
Total
  $ 9,678       10,301       (6 )  
           
NM - Not meaningful
Noninterest income was $9.7 billion for first quarter 2011, compared with $10.3 billion for first quarter 2010, representing 48% of revenue for both periods. The decrease from March 31, 2010 was due largely to lower mortgage banking net servicing income and lower service charges on deposit accounts.
     Our service charges on deposit accounts decreased in first quarter by $320 million from a year ago. This decrease was primarily the result of changes to Regulation E and related overdraft policy changes.
     We earn trust, investment and IRA (Individual Retirement Account) fees from managing and administering assets, including mutual funds, corporate trust, personal trust, employee benefit trust and agency assets. At March 31, 2011, these assets totaled $2.2 trillion, up 10% from $2.0 trillion at March 31, 2010. Trust, investment and IRA fees are largely based on a tiered scale relative to the market value of the assets under management or administration. These fees were $1.1 billion in first quarter 2011, up 1% from a year ago.
     We receive commissions and other fees for providing services to full-service and discount brokerage customers as well as from investment banking activities including equity and bond underwriting. These fees increased to $1.9 billion in first quarter 2011 from $1.6 billion a year ago. These fees include transactional commissions, which are based on the number of
transactions executed at the customer’s direction, and asset-based fees, which are based on the market value of the customer’s assets. Brokerage client assets totaled $1.2 trillion at March 31, 2011, up from $1.1 trillion a year ago.
     Card fees increased to $957 million in first quarter 2011, from $865 million a year ago, mainly due to growth in purchase volume and new accounts growth driven by improvements in the economy.
     Mortgage banking noninterest income consists of net servicing income and net gains on loan origination/sales activities and totaled $2.0 billion in first quarter 2011, compared with $2.5 billion a year ago. The reduction year over year in mortgage banking noninterest income was primarily driven by a decline in net servicing income.
     Net servicing income includes both changes in the fair value of mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) during the period as well as changes in the value of derivatives (economic hedges) used to hedge the MSRs. Net servicing income for first quarter 2011 included a $379 million net MSR valuation gain that was recorded to earnings ($499 million increase in the fair value of the MSRs offset by a $120 million hedge loss) and for first quarter 2010 included a $989 million net MSR valuation gain ($777 million decrease in the fair value of MSRs offset by a $1.8 billion hedge gain). The valuation of our MSRs at the end of first quarter 2011 reflected our assessment of changes in servicing and foreclosure costs, including the estimated impact from regulatory consent orders. See the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Risks Relating to Servicing Activities” section and Note 11 (Legal Actions) to Financial Statements in this Report for information on the regulatory consent orders. The $610 million decline in net MSR valuation gain results for first quarter 2011 compared with first quarter 2010 was primarily due to a decline in hedge carry income. See the “Risk Management – Mortgage Banking Interest Rate and Market Risk” section of this Report for a detailed discussion of our MSRs risks and hedging approach. Our portfolio of loans serviced for others was $1.86 trillion at March 31, 2011, and $1.84 trillion at December 31, 2010. At March 31, 2011, the ratio of MSRs to related loans serviced for others was 0.92%, compared with 0.86% at December 31, 2010.
     Income from loan origination/sale activities was $1.2 billion in first quarter 2011 compared with $1.1 billion a year ago. The slight increase in first quarter 2011 was driven by lower provision for loan repurchase losses and higher loan origination volume, offset by lower margins on loan originations.
     Net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities include the cost of any additions to the mortgage repurchase liability. Mortgage loans are repurchased from third parties based on standard representations and warranties and early payment default clauses in mortgage sale contracts. Additions to the mortgage repurchase liability that were charged against net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities during first quarter 2011 totaled $249 million (compared with $402 million for first quarter 2010), of which $214 million ($358 million for first quarter 2010) was for subsequent increases in estimated losses on prior year’s loan sales because of the current economic environment. For additional information about mortgage loan


6


Table of Contents

repurchases, see the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Liability for Mortgage Loan Repurchase Losses” section in this Report.
     Residential real estate originations were $84 billion in first quarter 2011 compared with $76 billion a year ago and mortgage applications were $102 billion in first quarter 2011 compared with $125 billion a year ago. The 1-4 family first mortgage unclosed pipeline was $45 billion at March 31, 2011, and $59 billion at March 31, 2010. For additional detail, see the “Risk Management – Mortgage Banking Interest Rate and Market Risk” section and Note 8 (Mortgage Banking Activities) and Note 13 (Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities) to Financial Statements in this Report.
     Net gains on debt and equity securities totaled $187 million for first quarter 2011 and $71 million for first quarter 2010, after other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) write-downs of $121 million for first quarter 2011 and $197 million a year ago.
Noninterest Expense
                           
Table 3: Noninterest Expense  
 
    Quarter ended Mar. 31,   %  
 
(in millions)   2011     2010     Change  
   
 
Salaries
  $ 3,454       3,314       4     %
Commission and incentive compensation
    2,347       1,992       18    
Employee benefits
    1,392       1,322       5    
Equipment
    632       678       (7 )  
Net occupancy
    752       796       (6 )  
Core deposit and other intangibles
    483       549       (12 )  
FDIC and other deposit assessments
    305       301       1    
Outside professional services
    580       484       20    
Contract services
    369       347       6    
Foreclosed assets
    408       386       6    
Operating losses
    472       208       127    
Outside data processing
    220       272       (19 )  
Postage, stationery and supplies
    235       242       (3 )  
Travel and entertainment
    206       171       20    
Advertising and promotion
    116       112       4    
Telecommunications
    134       143       (6 )  
Insurance
    133       148       (10 )  
Operating leases
    24       37       (35 )  
All other
    471       615       (23 )  
           
 
Total
  $ 12,733       12,117       5    
   
Noninterest expense was $12.7 billion in first quarter 2011, up 5% from $12.1 billion in first quarter 2010, mostly due to performance-based compensation in brokerage and mortgage, as well as higher operating losses. Commission and incentive compensation expense increased proportionately more than salaries due to higher revenues generated by businesses with revenue-based compensation including the brokerage and mortgage businesses. Volume-related mortgage personnel expense reductions initiated in first quarter 2011 were not fully realized in the first quarter as team member displacement notification periods can lag volume declines. Operating losses of $472 million were substantially all from litigation accruals for foreclosure-related matters.
     Merger integration costs totaled $440 million and $380 million in first quarter 2011 and 2010, respectively. Integration expense drove the majority of the increase in outside professional services. First quarter 2011 marked further milestones in our integration of legacy Wells Fargo and Wachovia: we completed our conversion to one common retail brokerage platform and we converted retail banking stores in several eastern states, including Connecticut, Delaware, New Jersey, and New York. With our April conversion of the Pennsylvania retail banking stores, 74% of our banking customers are now on a single deposit system.
Income Tax Expense
Our effective tax rate was 29.5% for first quarter 2011, which included the benefit associated with the realization for tax purposes of a previously written-down investment. Our current estimate of the effective tax rate for the full year 2011 is 32%.


7


Table of Contents

Operating Segment Results
We define our operating segments by product and customer. In fourth quarter 2010, we aligned certain lending businesses into Wholesale Banking from Community Banking to reflect our previously announced restructuring of Wells Fargo Financial. In first quarter 2011, we realigned a private equity business into Wholesale Banking from Community Banking. Prior periods
have been revised to reflect these changes. Table 4 and the following discussion present our results by operating segment. For a more complete description of our operating segments, including additional financial information and the underlying management accounting process, see Note 17 (Operating Segments) to Financial Statements in this Report.


Table 4: Operating Segment Results – Highlights
                                                 
                                    Wealth, Brokerage 
    Community Banking     Wholesale Banking     and Retirement 
 
(in billions)   2011     2010     2011     2010     2011     2010 
 
 
Quarter ended March 31,
                                               
Revenue
  $ 12.6       14.0       5.5       5.4       3.2       2.9 
Net income
    2.2       1.4       1.7       1.2       0.3       0.3 
 
 
Average loans
    509.8       550.4       234.7       237.0       42.7       43.8 
Average core deposits
    548.1       531.5       184.8       161.6       125.4       121.1 
 

Community Banking offers a complete line of diversified financial products and services for consumers and small businesses including investment, insurance and trust services in 39 states and D.C., and mortgage and home equity loans in all 50 states and D.C. through its Regional Banking and Wells Fargo Home Mortgage business units.
     Community Banking reported net income of $2.2 billion and revenue of $12.6 billion in first quarter 2011. Revenue declined $1.4 billion from first quarter 2010 driven primarily by a decrease in mortgage banking income due to a decrease in servicing income, lower deposit service charges due to Regulation E and related overdraft policy changes, and lower net interest income from the planned reduction in certain liquidating loan portfolios. Average core deposits increased $16.6 billion, or 3%, as growth in liquid deposits more than offset planned certificates of deposit run-off. We generated strong growth in the number of consumer and business checking accounts (up 7.4% and 5.3%, respectively, from March 31, 2010). Noninterest expense increased from first quarter 2010 due primarily to higher operating losses due to litigation-related accruals and volume driven mortgage-related expenses. The provision for credit losses decreased $2.5 billion from first quarter 2010 and credit quality indicators in most of our consumer and business loan portfolios generally continued to improve. Net credit losses declined in almost all portfolios and we released $850 million in reserves in first quarter 2011, compared with no reserve release a year ago.
Wholesale Banking provides financial solutions across the U.S. and globally to middle market and large corporate customers with annual revenue generally in excess of $20 million. Products and businesses include commercial banking, investment banking and capital markets, securities investment, government and institutional banking, corporate banking, commercial real estate, treasury management, capital finance, international, insurance, real estate capital markets, commercial mortgage servicing, corporate trust, equipment finance, asset backed finance, and asset management.
     Wholesale Banking reported net income of $1.7 billion, up $415 million, or 34%, from first quarter 2010. Revenue increased $37 million, or 1%, from the prior year, driven by growth in net interest income due to stronger earning assets, solid deposit growth and higher loan portfolio yields. Noninterest income declined $164 million, or 6%, from prior year as growth in investment banking and capital markets, corporate banking, foreign exchange and real estate capital markets was more than offset by reduced levels of PCI portfolio recoveries, crop insurance gains and trading portfolio income. Noninterest expense increased $115 million, or 4%, from prior year related to higher personnel expenses. Total provision for credit losses of $134 million declined $676 million, or 83%, from first quarter 2010. The decrease included a $150 million allowance release along with a $526 million improvement in credit losses, compared with no allowance release a year ago.
Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement provides a full range of financial advisory services to clients using a planning approach to meet each client’s needs. Wealth Management provides affluent and high net worth clients with a complete range of wealth management solutions including financial planning, private banking, credit, investment management and trust. Family Wealth meets the unique needs of the ultra high net worth customers. Brokerage serves customers’ advisory, brokerage and financial needs as part of one of the largest full-service brokerage firms in the United States. Retirement is a national leader in providing institutional retirement and trust services (including 401(k) and pension plan record keeping) for businesses, retail retirement solutions for individuals, and reinsurance services for the life insurance industry.
     Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement earned net income of $339 million in first quarter 2011. Revenue of $3.2 billion included a mix of brokerage commissions, asset-based fees and net interest income. Net interest income was up $32 million compared with first quarter 2010 as higher investment income was driven by solid deposits growth. Noninterest income was up $208 million, or 9%, as higher asset-based fees were partially


8


Table of Contents

offset by lower brokerage transaction revenue and miscellaneous fees. Noninterest expense was up $169 million, or 7%, from first
quarter 2010, primarily due to increased broker commissions from increased production levels.


Balance Sheet Analysis
 
During first quarter 2011, our total assets, loans and core deposits each declined slightly from December 31, 2010, but the strength of our business model produced record earnings and high rates of internal capital generation as reflected in our improved capital ratios. Tier 1 capital increased to 11.50% as a percentage of total risk-weighted assets, total capital to 15.30%, Tier 1 leverage to 9.27% and Tier 1 common equity to 8.93% at March 31, 2011, up from 11.16%, 15.01%, 9.19% and 8.30%, respectively, at December 31, 2010. At March 31, 2011, core
deposits funded 106% of the loan portfolio, and we have significant capacity to add loans and higher yielding long-term MBS to generate future revenue and earnings growth.
     The following discussion provides additional information about the major components of our balance sheet. Information about changes in our asset mix and about our capital is included in the “Earnings Performance – Net Interest Income” and “Capital Management” sections of this Report.


Securities Available for Sale
Table 5: Securities Available for Sale – Summary
 
                                                 
 
    March 31, 2011       December 31, 2010 
 
            Net                     Net      
 
            unrealized     Fair             unrealized     Fair 
 
(in millions)   Cost     gain     value     Cost     gain     value 
 
 
                                               
Debt securities available for sale
  $ 155,147       7,751       162,898       160,071       7,394       167,465 
 
                                               
Marketable equity securities
    3,883       1,125       5,008       4,258       931       5,189 
 
 
                                               
Total securities available for sale
  $ 159,030       8,876       167,906       164,329       8,325       172,654 
 
     Table 5 presents a summary of our securities available-for-sale portfolio. Securities available for sale consist of both debt and marketable equity securities. We hold debt securities available for sale primarily for liquidity, interest rate risk management and long-term yield enhancement. Accordingly, this portfolio consists primarily of very liquid, high quality federal agency debt and privately issued MBS. The total net unrealized gains on securities available for sale were $8.9 billion at March 31, 2011, up from net unrealized gains of $8.3 billion at December 31, 2010, primarily due to narrowing of credit spreads.
     We analyze securities for OTTI quarterly or more often if a potential loss-triggering event occurs. Of the $121 million OTTI write-downs in first quarter 2011, $80 million related to debt securities. There were no OTTI write-downs for marketable equity securities and there were $41 million in OTTI write-downs related to nonmarketable equity securities. For a discussion of our OTTI accounting policies and underlying considerations and analysis see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – Securities) in our 2010 Form 10-K and Note 4 (Securities Available for Sale) to Financial Statements in this Report.
     At March 31, 2011, debt securities available for sale included $21 billion of municipal bonds, of which 84% were rated “A-” or better, based on external, and in some cases internal, ratings. Additionally, some of these bonds are guaranteed against loss by bond insurers. These bonds are predominantly investment grade and were generally underwritten in accordance with our own investment standards prior to the determination to
purchase, without relying on the bond insurer’s guarantee in making the investment decision. These municipal bonds will continue to be monitored as part of our ongoing impairment analysis of our securities available for sale.
     The weighted-average expected maturity of debt securities available for sale was 6.5 years at March 31, 2011. Because 66% of this portfolio is MBS, the expected remaining maturity may differ from contractual maturity because borrowers generally have the right to prepay obligations before the underlying mortgages mature. The estimated effect of a 200 basis point increase or decrease in interest rates on the fair value and the expected remaining maturity of the MBS available for sale are shown in Table 6.
Table 6: Mortgage-Backed Securities
 
                         
 
                    Expected 
 
            Net     remaining 
 
    Fair     unrealized     maturity 
 
(in billions)   value     gain (loss)     (in years) 
 
 
                       
At March 31, 2011
  $ 108.3       5.9       5.0 
 
                       
At March 31, 2011,

assuming a 200 basis point:
                       
 
                       
Increase in interest rates
    97.2       (5.2 )     6.4 
 
                       
Decrease in interest rates
    115.6       13.2       3.6 
 
     See Note 4 (Securities Available for Sale) to Financial Statements in this Report for securities available for sale by security type.


9


Table of Contents

Balance Sheet Analysis (continued)
Loan Portfolio
Table 7: Loan Portfolios
 
                 
    Mar. 31,   Dec. 31,
 
(in millions)   2011    2010 
 
 
               
Commercial
  $ 323,222       322,058  
 
               
Consumer
    427,933       435,209  
 
 
               
Total loans
  $ 751,155       757,267  
 
     A discussion of average loan balances and a comparative detail of average loan balances is included in Table 1 under “Earnings Performance – Net Interest Income” earlier in this Report. Year-end balances and other loan related information
are in Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.
Deposits
Deposits totaled $837.7 billion at March 31, 2011, compared with $847.9 billion at December 31, 2010. Table 8 provides additional detail regarding deposits. Comparative detail of average deposit balances is provided in Table 1 under “Earnings Performance – Net Interest Income” earlier in this Report. Total core deposits were $795.0 billion at March 31, 2011, down $3.2 billion from $798.2 billion at December 31, 2010.


Table 8: Deposits
 
                                         
            % of             % of        
 
    March 31 ,   total     December 31 ,   total     %  
 
(in millions)   2011     deposits     2010     deposits     Change  
 
 
                                       
Noninterest-bearing
  $ 190,935       23    % $ 191,231       23   %    
 
                                       
Interest-bearing checking
    55,632       6       63,440       7       (12 )
 
                                       
Market rate and other savings
    441,383       53       431,883       51       2  
 
                                       
Savings certificates
    73,063       9       77,292       9       (5 )
 
                                       
Foreign deposits (1)
    34,025       4       34,346       4       (1 )
         
 
                                       
Core deposits
    795,038       95       798,192       94        
Other time and savings deposits
    19,288       2       19,412       2       (1 )
 
                                       
Other foreign deposits
    23,336       3       30,338       4       (23 )
         
 
                                       
Total deposits
  $ 837,662       100    % $ 847,942       100   %   (1 )
 
     
(1)   Reflects Eurodollar sweep balances included in core deposits.

10


Table of Contents

Fair Valuation of Financial Instruments
We use fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain financial instruments and to determine fair value disclosures. See our 2010 Form 10-K for a description of our critical accounting policy related to fair valuation of financial instruments.
     We may use independent pricing services and brokers to obtain fair values based on quoted prices. We determine the most appropriate and relevant pricing service for each security class and generally obtain one quoted price for each security. For certain securities, we may use internal traders to obtain quoted prices. Quoted prices are subject to our internal price verification procedures. We validate prices received using a variety of methods, including, but not limited to, comparison to pricing services, corroboration of pricing by reference to other independent market data such as secondary broker quotes and relevant benchmark indices, and review of pricing by Company personnel familiar with market liquidity and other market-related conditions.
     Table 9 presents the summary of the fair value of financial instruments recorded at fair value on a recurring basis, and the amounts measured using significant Level 3 inputs (before derivative netting adjustments). The fair value of the remaining assets and liabilities were measured using valuation methodologies involving market-based or market-derived information, collectively Level 1 and 2 measurements.
Table 9: Fair Value Level 3 Summary
 
                                 
 
    March 31, 2011     December 31, 2010  
 
    Total             Total        
 
($ in billions)   balance     Level 3 (1)     balance     Level 3 (1)  
 
 
                               
Assets carried

at fair value
  $ 277.1        47.6        293.1        47.9   
 
                               
As a percentage

of total assets
    22    %     4        23         
 
                               
Liabilities carried

at fair value
  $ 24.7        5.7        21.2        6.4   
 
                               
As a percentage of

total liabilities
    2    %     1              
 
                               
 
     
(1)   Before derivative netting adjustments.
     See Note 13 (Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities) to Financial Statements in this Report for a complete discussion on our use of fair valuation of financial instruments, our related measurement techniques and the impact to our financial statements.


11


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
In the ordinary course of business, we engage in financial transactions that are not recorded in the balance sheet, or may be recorded in the balance sheet in amounts that are different from the full contract or notional amount of the transaction. These transactions are designed to (1) meet the financial needs of customers, (2) manage our credit, market or liquidity risks, (3) diversify our funding sources, and/or (4) optimize capital.
Off-Balance Sheet Transactions with Unconsolidated Entities
We routinely enter into various types of on- and off-balance sheet transactions with special purpose entities (SPEs), which are corporations, trusts or partnerships that are established for a limited purpose. Historically, the majority of SPEs were formed in connection with securitization transactions. For more information on securitizations, including sales proceeds and cash flows from securitizations, see Note 7 (Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities) to Financial Statements in this Report.


12


Table of Contents

Risk Management
 
All financial institutions must manage and control a variety of business risks that can significantly affect their financial performance. Key among those are credit, asset/liability and market risk.
     For more information about how we manage these risks, see the “Risk Management” section in our 2010 Form 10-K. The discussion that follows is intended to provide an update on these risks.
Credit Risk Management
Table 10: Total Loans Outstanding by Portfolio Segment and Class of Financing Receivable
 
                 
    Mar. 31 ,   Dec. 31 ,
 
(in millions)   2011     2010  
 
 
               
Commercial:
               
 
               
Commercial and industrial
  $ 150,857        151,284   
 
               
Real estate mortgage
    101,084        99,435   
 
               
Real estate construction
    22,868        25,333   
 
               
Lease financing
    12,937        13,094   
 
               
Foreign (1)
    35,476        32,912   
 
 
               
Total commercial
    323,222        322,058   
 
 
               
Consumer:
               
 
               
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
    226,509        230,235   
 
               
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
    93,041        96,149   
 
               
Credit card
    20,996        22,260   
 
               
Other revolving credit and installment
    87,387        86,565   
 
 
               
Total consumer
    427,933        435,209   
 
 
               
Total loans
  $ 751,155        757,267   
 
     
(1)   Substantially all of our foreign loan portfolio is commercial loans. Loans are classified as foreign if the borrower’s primary address is outside of the United States.
Our credit risk management process is governed centrally, but provides for decentralized management and accountability by our lines of business. Our overall credit process includes comprehensive credit policies, judgmental or statistical credit underwriting, frequent and detailed risk measurement and modeling, extensive credit training programs, and a continual loan review and audit process. In addition, banking regulatory examiners review and perform detailed tests of our credit underwriting, loan administration and allowance processes.
     A key to our credit risk management is adhering to a well controlled underwriting process, which we believe is appropriate for the needs of our customers as well as investors who purchase the loans or securities collateralized by the loans. We approve applications and make loans only if we believe the customer has the ability to repay the loan or line of credit according to all its terms. Our underwriting of loans collateralized by residential real property includes appraisals or automated valuation models (AVMs) to support property values. AVMs are computer-based tools used to estimate the market value of homes. AVMs are a lower-cost alternative to
appraisals and support valuations of large numbers of properties in a short period of time. AVMs estimate property values based on processing large volumes of market data including market comparables and price trends for local market areas. The primary risk associated with the use of AVMs is that the value of an individual property may vary significantly from the average for the market area. We have processes to periodically validate AVMs and specific risk management guidelines addressing the circumstances when AVMs may be used. Generally AVMs are used in underwriting to support property values on loan originations only where the loan amount is under $250,000. For underwriting residential property loans of $250,000 or more, we generally require property visitation appraisals by qualified independent appraisers.
Non-Strategic and Liquidating Portfolios We continually evaluate and modify our credit policies to address appropriate levels of risk. Accordingly, from time to time, we designate certain portfolios and loan products as non-strategic or high risk to limit or cease their continued origination as we actively work to limit losses and reduce our exposures.
     Table 11 identifies our non-strategic and liquidating loan portfolios. These portfolios have decreased 34% since the merger with Wachovia at December 31, 2008, and decreased 5% from the end of 2010. They consist primarily of the Pick-a-Pay mortgage portfolio and non Pick-a-Pay PCI loans acquired in our acquisition of Wachovia as well as some portfolios from legacy Wells Fargo home equity and Wells Fargo Financial. Effective first quarter 2011, we added our education finance government guaranteed loan portfolio to the non-strategic and liquidating portfolios as there is no longer a U.S. Government guaranteed student loan program available to private financial institutions pursuant to legislation in 2010.
     The legacy Wells Fargo Financial debt consolidation portfolio included $1.2 billion of loans at March 31, 2011, and December 31, 2010, that were considered prime based on secondary market standards. The remainder is non-prime but was originated with standards to reduce credit risk.
     Analysis of the Pick-a-Pay and the commercial and industrial and CRE domestic PCI portfolios is presented below in the Significant Credit Concentrations and Portfolios Reviews section.


13


Table of Contents

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)
Table 11: Non-Strategic and Liquidating Loan Portfolios
 
                                 
    Outstanding balance
 
    Mar. 31 ,   Dec. 31 ,   Dec. 31 ,   Dec. 31 ,
(in millions)   2011     2010     2009     2008
 
 
                               
Commercial:
                               
Commercial and industrial, CRE and foreign PCI loans (1)
  $ 7,507       7,935       12,988       18,704  
 
 
                               
Total commercial
    7,507       7,935       12,988       18,704  
 
 
                               
Consumer:
                               
Pick-a-Pay mortgage (1)
    71,506       74,815       85,238       95,315  
Liquidating home equity
    6,568       6,904       8,429       10,309  
Legacy Wells Fargo Financial indirect auto
    4,941       6,002       11,253       18,221  
Legacy Wells Fargo Financial debt consolidation
    18,344       19,020       22,364       25,299  
Education Finance - government guaranteed (2)
    16,907       17,510       21,150       20,465  
Other PCI loans (1)
    1,048       1,118       1,688       2,478  
 
 
                               
Total consumer
    119,314       125,369       150,122       172,087  
 
 
                               
Total non-strategic and liquidating loan portfolios
  $ 126,821       133,304       163,110       190,791  
 
(1)   Net of purchase accounting adjustments related to PCI loans.
 
(2)   Effective first quarter 2011, we included our education finance government guaranteed loan portfolio as there is no longer a U. S. Government guaranteed student loan program available to private financial institutions, pursuant to legislation in 2010. Prior periods have been adjusted to reflect this change.

Significant Credit Concentrations and Portfolio Reviews Measuring and monitoring our credit risk is an ongoing process that tracks delinquencies, collateral values, FICO scores, economic trends by geographic areas, loan-level risk grading for certain portfolios (typically commercial) and other indications of credit risk. Our credit risk monitoring process is designed to enable early identification of developing risk and to support our determination of an adequate allowance for credit losses. The following analysis reviews the relevant concentrations and certain credit metrics of our significant portfolios. See Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report for more analysis and credit metric information.
COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE (CRE) The CRE portfolio consists of both CRE mortgage loans and CRE construction loans. The combined CRE loans outstanding totaled $124.0 billion at March 31, 2011, or 17% of total loans. CRE construction loans totaled $22.9 billion at March 31, 2011, or 3% of total loans. CRE mortgage loans totaled $101.1 billion at March 31, 2011, or 14% of total loans, of which over 38% was to owner-occupants. Table 12 summarizes CRE loans by state and property type with the related nonaccrual totals. CRE nonaccrual loans totaled 6% of the non-PCI CRE outstanding balance at March 31, 2011. The portfolio is diversified both geographically and by property type. The largest geographic concentrations of combined CRE loans are in California and Florida, which represented 24% and 10% of the total CRE portfolio, respectively. By property type, the largest concentrations are office buildings at 25% and industrial/warehouse at 11% of the portfolio.
     The underwriting of CRE loans primarily focuses on cash flows and creditworthiness of the customer, in addition to collateral valuations. To identify and manage newly emerging problem CRE loans, we employ a high level of surveillance and regular customer interaction to understand and manage the risks associated with these assets, including regular loan reviews and appraisal updates. As issues are identified, management is engaged and dedicated workout groups are put in place to manage problem assets. At March 31, 2011, the recorded investment in PCI CRE loans totaled $5.4 billion, down from $12.3 billion at December 31, 2008, reflecting the reduction resulting from loan resolutions and write-downs.


14


Table of Contents

Table 12: CRE Loans by State and Property Type
 
                                                         
    March 31, 2011  
 
    Real estate mortgage     Real estate construction     Total     % of  
 
    Nonaccrual     Outstanding     Nonaccrual     Outstanding     Nonaccrual     Outstanding     total  
(in millions)   loans     balance (1)     loans     balance (1)     loans     balance (1)     loans  
   
 
                                                       
By state:
                                                       
PCI loans (1):
                                                       
Florida
  $ -       449       -       436       -       885       * %
California
    -       606       -       174       -       780       *  
New York
    -       288       -       223       -       511       *  
Virginia
    -       212       -       241       -       453       *  
North Carolina
    -       98       -       307       -       405       *  
Other
    -       1,311       -       1,066       -       2,377   (2)   *  
   
 
                                                       
Total PCI loans
  $ -       2,964       -       2,447       -       5,411       * %
   
 
                                                       
All other loans:
                                                       
California
  $ 1,201       25,343       323       3,262       1,524       28,605       %
Florida
    858       9,493       348       2,083       1,206       11,576        
Texas
    370       6,825       140       1,978       510       8,803        
North Carolina
    377       4,497       224       1,322       601       5,819       *  
New York
    58       3,953       13       1,069       71       5,022       *  
Virginia
    88       3,380       44       1,423       132       4,803       *  
Georgia
    393       3,587       111       789       504       4,376       *  
Arizona
    231       3,557       93       673       324       4,230       *  
Colorado
    109       3,039       59       482       168       3,521       *  
Washington
    60       2,907       32       440       92       3,347       *  
Other
    1,494       31,539       852       6,900       2,346       38,439   (3)    
   
 
                                                       
Total all other loans
  $ 5,239       98,120       2,239       20,421       7,478       118,541       16  %
   
 
                                                       
Total
  $ 5,239       101,084       2,239       22,868       7,478       123,952       17  %
   
 
                                                       
By property:
                                                       
PCI loans (1):
                                                       
Apartments
  $ -       737       -       583       -       1,320       * %
Office buildings
    -       938       -       281       -       1,219       *  
1-4 family land
    -       239       -       429       -       668       *  
Retail (excluding shopping center)
    -       288       -       94       -       382       *  
Land (excluding 1-4 family)
    -       50       -       290       -       340       *  
Other
    -       712       -       770       -       1,482       *  
   
 
                                                       
Total PCI loans
  $ -       2,964       -       2,447       -       5,411       * %
   
 
                                                       
All other loans:
                                                       
Office buildings
  $ 1,203       27,386       107       2,139       1,310       29,525       %
Industrial/warehouse
    727       13,175       45       802       772       13,977        
Apartments
    387       9,515       282       3,200       669       12,715        
Retail (excluding shopping center)
    612       10,584       90       819       702       11,403        
Shopping center
    337       8,010       188       1,587       525       9,597        
Real estate - other
    302       8,629       17       342       319       8,971        
Hotel/motel
    497       6,168       46       852       543       7,020       *  
Land (excluding 1-4 family)
    47       442       596       6,553       643       6,995       *  
Institutional
    84       2,657       9       190       93       2,847       *  
Agriculture
    142       2,551       -       27       142       2,578       *  
Other
    901       9,003       859       3,910       1,760       12,913        
   
 
                                                       
Total all other loans
  $ 5,239       98,120       2,239       20,421       7,478       118,541       16  %
   
 
                                                       
Total
  $ 5,239       101,084   (4)     2,239       22,868       7,478       123,952       17  %
   
*   Less than 1%.
 
(1)    For PCI loans, amounts represent carrying value. PCI loans are considered to be accruing due to the existence of the accretable yield and not based on consideration given to contractual interest payments.
 
(2)   Includes 35 states; no state had loans in excess of $405 million.
 
(3)   Includes 40 states; no state had loans in excess of $3.0 billion.
 
(4)   Includes $38.6 billion of loans to owner-occupants where 51% or more of the property is used in the conduct of their business.

15


Table of Contents

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)

COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL LOANS AND LEASE FINANCING For purposes of portfolio risk management, we aggregate commercial and industrial loans and lease financing according to market segmentation and standard industry codes. Table 13 summarizes commercial and industrial loans and lease financing by industry with the related nonaccrual totals. We believe this portfolio has experienced less credit deterioration than our CRE portfolios. For the quarter ended March 31, 2011, the commercial and industrial loans and lease financing portfolios had (1) a lower percentage of loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing of 0.21%; 0.27% for CRE, (2) a lower percentage of nonperforming loans to total loans outstanding of 1.68%; 6.03% for CRE. Also, the annualized loss rate for both portfolios declined from first quarter 2010. We believe this portfolio is well underwritten and is diverse in its risk with relatively even concentrations across several industries. Our credit risk management process for this portfolio primarily focuses on a customer’s ability to repay the loan through their cash flow. Generally, the collateral securing this portfolio represents a secondary source of repayment.
     A majority of our commercial and industrial loans and lease financing portfolio is secured by short-term liquid assets, such as accounts receivable, inventory and securities, as well as long-lived assets, such as equipment and other business assets.
Table 13: Commercial and Industrial Loans and Lease Financing by Industry
 
                         
    March 31, 2011  
 
                    % of  
    Nonaccrual     Outstanding     total  
(in millions)   loans     balance (1)     loans  
   
 
                       
PCI loans (1):
                       
Insurance
  $ -       94       * %
Investors
    -       81       *  
Technology
    -       67       *  
Cyclical retailers
    -       51       *  
Healthcare
    -       38       *  
Residential construction
    -       38       *  
Other
    -       239   (2)   *  
   
 
                       
Total PCI loans
  $ -       608       * %
   
 
                       
All other loans:
                       
Financial institutions
  $ 138       11,285       %
Cyclical retailers
    52       9,683        
Food and beverage
    66       8,423        
Oil and gas
    142       7,911        
Healthcare
    74       7,693        
Industrial equipment
    87       6,773       *  
Transportation
    25       6,451       *  
Business services
    69       5,923       *  
Investors
    92       5,678       *  
Real estate
    96       5,654       *  
Technology
    21       5,432       *  
Utilities
    2       4,712       *  
Other
    1,884       77,568   (3)   10   
   
 
                       
Total all other loans
  $ 2,748       163,186       22  %
   
 
                       
Total
  $ 2,748       163,794       22  %
   
*   Less than 1%.
 
(1)    For PCI loans, amounts represent carrying value. PCI loans are considered to be accruing due to the existence of the accretable yield and not based on consideration given to contractual interest payments.
 
(2)   No other single category had loans in excess of $32.7 million.
 
(3)   No other single category had loans in excess of $4.6 billion. The next largest categories included public administration, hotel/restaurant, securities firms, non-residential construction and leisure.


16


Table of Contents

     During the recent credit cycle, we have experienced an increase in requests for extensions of commercial and industrial and CRE loans. All extensions granted are based on a re-underwriting of the loan and our assessment of the borrower’s ability to perform under the agreed-upon terms. At the time of extension, borrowers are generally performing in accordance with the contractual loan terms. Extension terms generally range from six to thirty-six months and may require that the borrower provide additional economic support in the form of partial repayment, amortization or additional collateral or guarantees. In cases where the value of collateral or financial condition of the borrower is insufficient to repay our loan, we may rely upon the support of an outside repayment guarantee in providing the extension. In considering the impairment status of the loan, we evaluate the collateral and future cash flows as well as the anticipated support of any repayment guarantor. When performance under a loan is not reasonably assured, including the performance of the guarantor, we place the loan on nonaccrual status and we charge-off all or a portion of the loan based on the fair value of the collateral securing the loan.
     Our ability to seek performance under a guarantee is directly related to the guarantor’s creditworthiness, capacity and willingness to perform, which is evaluated on an annual basis, or more frequently as warranted. Our evaluation is based on the most current financial information available and is focused on various key financial metrics, including net worth, leverage, and current and future liquidity. We consider the guarantor’s reputation, creditworthiness, and willingness to work with us based on our analysis as well as other lenders’ experience with the guarantor. Our assessment of the guarantor’s credit strength is reflected in our loan risk ratings for such loans. The loan risk rating is an important factor in our allowance methodology for commercial and industrial and CRE loans.


17


Table of Contents

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)
REAL ESTATE 1-4 FAMILY MORTGAGE LOANS The concentrations of real estate 1-4 family mortgage loans by state are presented in Table 14. Our real estate 1-4 family mortgage loans to borrowers in California represented approximately 14% of total loans (3% of this amount were PCI loans from Wachovia) at March 31, 2011, mostly within the larger metropolitan areas, with no single area consisting of more than 3% of total loans. Changes in real estate values and underlying economic or market conditions for these areas are monitored continuously within our credit risk management process.
     Some of our real estate 1-4 family mortgage loans (representing first mortgage and home equity products) include an interest-only feature as part of the loan terms. At March 31, 2011, these interest-only loans were approximately 24% of total commercial and consumer loans, compared with 25% at December 31, 2010. Substantially all of these interest-only loans are considered to be prime or near prime. We believe we have manageable adjustable-rate mortgage (ARM) reset risk across our Wells Fargo originated and owned mortgage loan portfolios. We do not offer option ARM products, nor do we offer variable-rate mortgage products with fixed payment amounts, commonly referred to within the financial services industry as negative amortizing mortgage loans. Our option ARM portfolio was acquired in the Wachovia merger on December 31, 2008.
Table 14: Real Estate 1-4 Family Mortgage Loans by State
 
                                 
    March 31, 2011  
 
    Real estate     Real estate     Total real      
    1-4 family     1-4 family     estate 1-4     % of  
    first     junior lien     family     total  
(in millions)   mortgage     mortgage     mortgage     loans  
   
 
                               
PCI loans:
                               
California
  $ 21,139       47       21,186       %
Florida
    3,169       50       3,219       *  
New Jersey
    1,344       31       1,375       *  
Other (1)
    6,589       111       6,700       *  
   
 
                               
Total PCI loans
  $ 32,241       239       32,480       %
   
 
                               
All other loans:
                               
California
  $ 55,137       25,626       80,763       11  %
Florida
    16,848       7,808       24,656        
New Jersey
    8,917       6,412       15,329        
New York
    8,348       3,718       12,066        
Virginia
    6,048       4,623       10,671        
Pennsylvania
    6,126       4,032       10,158        
North Carolina
    5,797       3,479       9,276        
Georgia
    4,725       3,520       8,245        
Texas
    6,531       1,423       7,954        
Other (2)
    75,791       32,161       107,952       14   
   
 
                               
Total all other loans
  $ 194,268       92,802       287,070       38  %
   
 
                               
Total
  $ 226,509       93,041       319,550       43  %
   
*   Less than 1%.
 
(1)    Consists of 46 states; no state had loans in excess of $786 million.
 
(2)   Consists of 41 states; no state had loans in excess of $6.9 billion. Includes $15.9 billion in loans which are insured by the Federal Housing Authority (FHA) or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA).


18


Table of Contents

PURCHASED CREDIT-IMPAIRED (PCI) LOANS As of December 31, 2008, certain of the loans acquired from Wachovia had evidence of credit deterioration since their origination, and it was probable that we would not collect all contractually required principal and interest payments. Such loans identified at the time of the acquisition were accounted for in the acquisition using the measurement provisions for PCI loans. PCI loans were recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition, and the historical allowance for credit losses related to these loans was not carried over. Such loans are considered to be accruing due to the existence of the accretable yield and not based on consideration given to contractual interest payments.
     A nonaccretable difference was established in purchase accounting for PCI loans to absorb losses expected at that time on those loans. Amounts absorbed by the nonaccretable difference do not affect the income statement or the allowance for credit losses.
     Substantially all commercial and industrial, CRE and foreign PCI loans are accounted for as individual loans. Conversely, Pick-a-Pay and other consumer PCI loans have been aggregated into several pools based on common risk characteristics. Each pool is accounted for as a single asset with a single composite interest rate and an aggregate expectation of cash flows.
     Resolutions of loans may include sales to third parties, receipt of payments in settlement with the borrower, or foreclosure of the collateral. Our policy is to remove an individual loan from a pool based on comparing the amount received from its resolution with its contractual amount. Any difference between these amounts is absorbed by the nonaccretable difference. This removal method assumes that the amount received from resolution approximates pool performance expectations. The accretable yield percentage is unaffected by the resolution and any changes in the effective yield for the remaining loans in the pool are addressed by our quarterly cash flow evaluation process for each pool. For loans that are resolved by payment in full, there is no release of the nonaccretable difference for the pool because there is no difference between the amount received at resolution and the contractual amount of the loan. Modified PCI loans are not removed from a pool even if those loans would otherwise be deemed TDRs. Modified PCI loans that are accounted for individually are considered TDRs, and removed from PCI accounting, if there has been a concession granted in excess of the original nonaccretable difference.
     During first quarter 2011, we recognized in income $71 million released from nonaccretable difference related to commercial PCI loans due to payoffs and dispositions of these loans. We also transferred $115 million from the nonaccretable difference to the accretable yield and $393 million of losses from loan resolutions and write-downs were absorbed by the nonaccretable difference. Table 15 provides an analysis of changes in the nonaccretable difference related to principal that is not expected to be collected.


19


Table of Contents

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)
Table 15: Changes in Nonaccretable Difference for PCI Loans
 
                                 
                    Other      
(in millions)   Commercial     Pick-a-Pay     consumer     Total  
 
 
       
Balance at December 31, 2008
  $ 10,410       26,485       4,069       40,964  
Release of nonaccretable difference due to:
                               
Loans resolved by settlement with borrower (1)
    (330 )     -       -       (330 )
Loans resolved by sales to third parties (2)
    (86 )     -       (85 )     (171 )
Reclassification to accretable yield for loans with improving credit-related cash flows (3)
    (138 )     (27 )     (276 )     (441 )
Use of nonaccretable difference due to:
                               
Losses from loan resolutions and write-downs (4)
    (4,853 )     (10,218 )     (2,086 )     (17,157 )
 
 
       
Balance at December 31, 2009
    5,003       16,240       1,622       22,865  
Release of nonaccretable difference due to:
                               
Loans resolved by settlement with borrower (1)
    (817 )     -       -       (817 )
Loans resolved by sales to third parties (2)
    (172 )     -       -       (172 )
Reclassification to accretable yield for loans with improving credit-related cash flows (3)
    (726 )     (2,356 )     (317 )     (3,399 )
Use of nonaccretable difference due to:
                               
Losses from loan resolutions and write-downs (4)
    (1,698 )     (2,959 )     (391 )     (5,048 )
 
 
       
Balance at December 31, 2010
    1,590       10,925       914       13,429  
Release of nonaccretable difference due to:
                               
Loans resolved by settlement with borrower (1)
    (53 )     -       -       (53 )
Loans resolved by sales to third parties (2)
    (18 )     -       -       (18 )
Reclassification to accretable yield for loans with improving credit-related cash flows (3)
    (94 )     -       (21 )     (115 )
Use of nonaccretable difference due to:
                               
Losses from loan resolutions and write-downs (4)
    (30 )     (299 )     (64 )     (393 )
 
 
       
Balance at March 31, 2011
  $ 1,395       10,626       829       12,850  
 
 
(1)   Release of the nonaccretable difference for settlement with borrower, on individually accounted PCI loans, increases interest income in the period of settlement. Pick-a-Pay and Other consumer PCI loans do not reflect nonaccretable difference releases due to pool accounting for those loans, which assumes that the amount received approximates the pool performance expectations.
 
(2)   Release of the nonaccretable difference as a result of sales to third parties increases noninterest income in the period of the sale.
 
(3)   Reclassification of nonaccretable difference to accretable yield for loans with increased cash flow estimates will result in increased interest income as a prospective yield adjustment over the remaining life of the loan or pool of loans.
 
(4)   Write-downs to net realizable value of PCI loans are absorbed by the nonaccretable difference when severe delinquency (normally 180 days) or other indications of severe borrower financial stress exist that indicate there will be a loss of contractually due amounts upon final resolution of the loan.

20


Table of Contents

     Since the Wachovia acquisition, we have released $5.5 billion in nonaccretable difference for certain PCI loans and pools of PCI loans, including $4.0 billion transferred from the nonaccretable difference to the accretable yield and $1.5 billion released to income through loan resolutions. We have provided $1.6 billion in the allowance for credit losses for certain PCI loans or pools of PCI loans that have had credit-related decreases to cash flows expected to be collected. The net result is a $3.9 billion reduction from December 31, 2008 through March 31, 2011, in our initial expected losses on all PCI loans.
     At March 31, 2011, the allowance for credit losses in excess of nonaccretable difference on certain PCI loans was $257 million. The allowance is necessary to absorb credit-related decreases in cash flows expected to be collected since acquisition and primarily relates to individual PCI loans. Table 16 analyzes the actual and projected loss results on PCI loans since the acquisition of Wachovia on December 31, 2008, through March 31, 2011.


Table 16: Actual and Projected Loss Results on PCI Loans
 
                                 
                    Other      
(in millions)   Commercial     Pick-a-Pay     consumer     Total  
 
 
       
Release of unneeded nonaccretable difference due to:
                               
Loans resolved by settlement with borrower (1)
  $ 1,200       -       -       1,200  
Loans resolved by sales to third parties (2)
    276       -       85       361  
Reclassification to accretable yield for loans with improving credit-related cash flows (3)
    958       2,383       614       3,955  
 
 
       
Total releases of nonaccretable difference due to better than expected losses
    2,434       2,383       699       5,516  
Provision for worse than originally expected losses (4)
    (1,573 )     -       (61 )     (1,634 )
 
 
       
Actual and projected losses on PCI loans less than originally expected
  $ 861       2,383       638       3,882  
 
 
(1)   Release of the nonaccretable difference for settlement with borrower, on individually accounted PCI loans, increases interest income in the period of settlement. Pick-a-Pay and Other consumer PCI loans do not reflect nonaccretable difference releases due to pool accounting for those loans, which assumes that the amount received approximates the pool performance expectations.
 
(2)   Release of the nonaccretable difference as a result of sales to third parties increases noninterest income in the period of the sale.
 
(3)   Reclassification of nonaccretable difference to accretable yield for loans with increased cash flow estimates will result in increased interest income as a prospective yield adjustment over the remaining life of the loan or pool of loans.
 
(4)   Provision for additional losses recorded as a charge to income, when it is estimated that the cash flows expected to be collected for a PCI loan or pool of loans have decreased subsequent to the acquisition.
     For further detail on PCI loans, see Note 5 (Loans and Allowance
for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.

21


Table of Contents

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)

PICK-A-PAY PORTFOLIO The Pick-a-Pay portfolio was one of the consumer residential first mortgage portfolios we acquired from Wachovia. We considered a majority of the Pick-a-Pay loans to be PCI loans. The Pick-a-Pay portfolio is a liquidating portfolio, as Wachovia ceased originating new Pick-a-Pay loans in 2008.
     Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgages and lines of credit associated with Pick-a-Pay loans are reported in the Home Equity core portfolio. The Pick-a-Pay portfolio includes loans
that offer payment options (Pick-a-Pay option payment loans), and also includes loans that were originated without the option payment feature, loans that no longer offer the option feature as a result of our modification efforts since the acquisition, and loans where the customer voluntarily converted to a fixed-rate product. The Pick-a-Pay portfolio is included in the consumer real estate 1-4 family first mortgage class of loans throughout this Report. Table 17 provides balances over time related to the types of loans included in the portfolio.


Table 17: Pick-a-Pay Portfolio – Balances Over Time
 
                                                   
    March 31,     December 31,  
    2011     2010     2008  
    Adjusted             Adjusted             Adjusted        
    unpaid             unpaid             unpaid        
    principal             principal             principal        
(in millions)   balance     % of total     balance     % of total     balance     % of total  
   
 
       
Option payment loans (1)
  $ 46,908       58   % $ 49,958       59   % $ 99,937       86   %
Non-option payment adjustable-rate
and fixed-rate loans (1)
    10,900       14       11,070       13       15,763       14  
Full-term loan modifications (1)
    22,779       28       23,132       28       -       -    
   
 
       
Total adjusted unpaid principal balance (1)
  $ 80,587       100   % $ 84,160       100   % $ 115,700       100   %
   
 
       
Total carrying value
  $ 71,506             $ 74,815             $ 95,315            
 
       
   
 
(1)   Adjusted unpaid principal balance includes write-downs taken on loans where severe delinquency (normally 180 days) or other indications of severe borrower financial stress exist that indicate there will be a loss of contractually due amounts upon final resolution of the loan.

22


Table of Contents

     PCI loans in the Pick-a-Pay portfolio had an adjusted unpaid principal balance of $40.7 billion and a carrying value of $31.4 billion at March 31, 2011. The carrying value of the PCI loans is net of remaining purchase accounting write-downs, which reflected their fair value at acquisition. Upon acquisition, we recorded a $22.4 billion write-down in purchase accounting on Pick-a-Pay loans that were impaired.
     Due to the sustained positive performance observed on the Pick-a-Pay portfolio compared with the original acquisition estimates, we have reclassified $2.4 billion from the nonaccretable difference to the accretable yield since the Wachovia merger. This improvement in the lifetime credit outlook for this portfolio is primarily attributable to the significant modification efforts as well as the portfolio’s delinquency stabilization. This improvement in the credit outlook is expected to be realized over the remaining life of the portfolio, which is estimated to have a weighted-average life of approximately nine years. The accretable yield percentage in first quarter 2011 was 4.54%, consistent with fourth quarter 2010. Fluctuations in the accretable yield are driven by changes in interest rate indices for variable rate PCI loans, prepayment assumptions, and expected principal and interest payments over the estimated life of the portfolio. Changes in the projected timing of cash flow events, including loan liquidations, modifications and short sales, can also affect the accretable yield percentage and the estimated weighted-average life of the portfolio.
     Pick-a-Pay option payment loans may be adjustable or fixed rate. They are home mortgages on which the customer has the option each month to select from among four payment options: (1) a minimum payment as described below, (2) an interest-only payment, (3) a fully amortizing 15-year payment, or (4) a fully amortizing 30-year payment.
     The minimum monthly payment for substantially all of our Pick-a-Pay loans is reset annually. The new minimum monthly payment amount usually cannot increase by more than 7.5% of the then-existing principal and interest payment amount. The minimum payment may not be sufficient to pay the monthly interest due and in those situations a loan on which the customer has made a minimum payment is subject to “negative amortization,” where unpaid interest is added to the principal balance of the loan. The amount of interest that has been added to a loan balance is referred to as “deferred interest.” Total deferred interest of $2.5 billion at March 31, 2011, was down from $2.7 billion at December 31, 2010, due to loan modification efforts as well as falling interest rates resulting in the minimum payment option covering the interest and some principal on many loans. At March 31, 2011, approximately 76% of customers choosing the minimum payment option did not defer interest.
     Deferral of interest on a Pick-a-Pay loan may continue as long as the loan balance remains below a pre-defined principal cap, which is based on the percentage that the current loan balance represents to the original loan balance. Loans with an original loan-to-value (LTV) ratio equal to or below 85% have a cap of 125% of the original loan balance, and these loans represent substantially all the Pick-a-Pay portfolio. Loans with an original LTV ratio above 85% have a cap of 110% of the original loan balance. Most of the Pick-a-Pay loans on which there is a deferred interest balance re-amortize (the monthly payment amount is reset or “recast”) on the earlier of the date when the loan balance reaches its principal cap, or the 10-year anniversary of the loan. For a small population of Pick-a-Pay loans, the recast occurs at the five-year anniversary. After a recast, the customers’ new payment terms are reset to the amount necessary to repay the balance over the remainder of the original loan term.
     Due to the terms of the Pick-a-Pay portfolio, there is little recast risk over the next three years. Based on assumptions of a flat rate environment, if all eligible customers elect the minimum payment option 100% of the time and no balances prepay, we would expect the following balances of loans to recast based on reaching the principal cap: $1 million for the remainder of 2011, $3 million in 2012, and $30 million in 2013. In first quarter 2011, the amount of loans recast based on reaching the principal cap was $2 million. In addition, in a flat rate environment, we would expect the following balances of loans to start fully amortizing due to reaching their recast anniversary date and also having a payment change at the recast date greater than the annual 7.5% reset: $22 million for the remainder of 2011, $65 million in 2012, and $265 million in 2013. In first quarter 2011, the amount of loans reaching their recast anniversary date and also having a payment change over the annual 7.5% reset was $3 million.
     Table 18 reflects the geographic distribution of the Pick-a-Pay portfolio broken out between PCI loans and all other loans. In stressed housing markets with declining home prices and increasing delinquencies, the LTV ratio is a useful metric in predicting future real estate 1-4 family first mortgage loan performance, including potential charge-offs. Because PCI loans were initially recorded at fair value, including write-downs for expected credit losses, the ratio of the carrying value to the current collateral value will be lower compared with the LTV based on the adjusted unpaid principal balance. For informational purposes, we have included both ratios for PCI loans in the following table.


23


Table of Contents

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)
Table 18: Pick-a-Pay Portfolio (1)
 
                                                 
    March 31, 2011  
 
       
    PCI loans     All other loans  
 
       
                            Ratio of              
    Adjusted                     carrying              
    unpaid     Current             value to             Current  
    principal     LTV     Carrying     current     Carrying     LTV  
(in millions)   balance (2)     ratio (3)     value (4)     value     value (4)     ratio (3)  
 
 
       
California
  $ 27,645       119   %   $ 20,952       90   %   $ 19,571       83   %
Florida
    3,782       125       2,878       90       4,152       103  
New Jersey
    1,409       93       1,235       80       2,512       78    
Texas
    365       79       332       72       1,636       65  
New York
    781       92       682       79       1,087       81    
Other states
    6,692       109       5,353       86       11,116       86  
                                 
Total Pick-a-Pay loans
  $ 40,674               $ 31,432               $ 40,074            
                                 
 
 
(1)   The individual states shown in this table represent the top five states based on the total net carrying value of the Pick-a-Pay loans at the beginning of 2011.
 
(2)   Adjusted unpaid principal balance includes write-downs taken on loans where severe delinquency (normally 180 days) or other indications of severe borrower financial stress exist that indicate there will be a loss of contractually due amounts upon final resolution of the loan.
 
(3)   The current LTV ratio is calculated as the adjusted unpaid principal balance divided by the collateral value. Collateral values are generally determined using automated valuation models (AVM) and are updated quarterly. AVMs are computer-based tools used to estimate market values of homes based on processing large volumes of market data including market comparables and price trends for local market areas.
 
(4)   Carrying value, which does not reflect the allowance for loan losses, includes remaining purchase accounting adjustments, which, for PCI loans may include the nonaccretable difference and the accretable yield and, for all other loans, an adjustment to mark the loans to a market yield at date of merger less any subsequent charge-offs.
     To maximize return and allow flexibility for customers to avoid foreclosure, we have in place several loss mitigation strategies for our Pick-a-Pay loan portfolio. We contact customers who are experiencing difficulty and may in certain cases modify the terms of a loan based on a customer’s documented income and other circumstances.
     We also have taken steps to work with customers to refinance or restructure their Pick-a-Pay loans into other loan products. For customers at risk, we offer combinations of term extensions of up to 40 years (from 30 years), interest rate reductions, forbearance of principal, and, in geographies with substantial property value declines, we may offer permanent principal reductions.
     We offer proprietary modification programs and the U.S. Treasury Department’s Home Affordability Modification Program (HAMP) to our real estate 1-4 family mortgage borrowers. In first quarter 2011, we completed more than 4,600 proprietary and HAMP Pick-a-Pay loan modifications and have completed more than 85,000 modifications since the Wachovia acquisition, resulting in $3.9 billion of principal forgiveness to our Pick-a-Pay customers. The majority of the loan modifications were concentrated in our PCI Pick-a-Pay loan portfolio. As part of the modification process, the loans are re-underwritten, income is documented and the negative amortization feature is eliminated. Most of the modifications result in material payment reduction to the customer. Because of the write-down of the PCI loans in purchase accounting, our post-merger modifications to PCI Pick-a-Pay loans have not resulted in any provision for credit losses. To the extent we modify loans not in the PCI Pick-a-Pay portfolio, we separately estimate impairment to the extent loans have been modified in a TDR.


24


Table of Contents

HOME EQUITY PORTFOLIOS The deterioration in specific segments of the legacy Wells Fargo Home Equity portfolios, which began in 2007, required a targeted approach to managing these assets. In fourth quarter 2007, a liquidating portfolio was identified, consisting of home equity loans generated through the wholesale channel not behind a Wells Fargo first mortgage, and home equity loans acquired through correspondents. The liquidating portfolio was $6.6 billion at March 31, 2011, compared with $6.9 billion at December 31, 2010. The loans in this liquidating portfolio represent less than 1% of our total loans outstanding at March 31, 2011, and contain some of the highest risk in our $114.1 billion Home Equity portfolio, with a loss rate of 10.10% compared with 3.44% for the core Home Equity portfolio.
     The loans in the liquidating portfolio are largely concentrated in geographic markets that have experienced the most abrupt and steepest declines in housing prices. The core portfolio was $107.6 billion at March 31, 2011, of which 98% was originated through the retail channel and approximately 20% of the outstanding balance was in a first lien position. Table 19 shows the credit attributes of the Home Equity core and liquidating portfolios. California loans represent the largest state concentration in each of these portfolios and have experienced among the highest early-term delinquency and loss rates.


Table 19: Home Equity Portfolios (1)
 
                                                 
                    % of loans     Loss rate
                    two payments   (annualized)
    Outstanding balance   or more past due   Quarter ended
    Mar. 31 ,   Dec. 31 ,   Mar. 31 ,   Dec. 31 ,   Mar. 31 ,   Dec. 31 ,
(in millions)   2011     2010     2011     2010     2011     2010  
 
 
       
Core portfolio (2)
                                               
California
  $ 27,048       27,850       3.17   %   3.30       3.98       3.95  
Florida
    11,742       12,036       5.07       5.46       6.16       5.84  
New Jersey
    8,460       8,629       3.24       3.44       2.83       1.83  
Virginia
    5,535       5,667       2.30       2.33       1.91       1.70  
Pennsylvania
    5,304       5,432       2.42       2.48       1.49       1.11  
Other
    49,491       50,976       2.65       2.83       2.97       2.86  
                                 
Total
    107,580       110,590       3.06       3.24       3.44       3.24  
                                 
 
       
Liquidating portfolio
                                               
California
    2,421       2,555       6.11       6.66       13.19       13.48  
Florida
    312       330       7.16       8.85       15.15       10.59  
Arizona
    139       149       6.25       6.91       20.02       18.45  
Texas
    118       125       2.15       2.02       3.39       2.95  
Minnesota
    87       91       4.24       5.39       8.94       8.73  
Other
    3,491       3,654       3.98       4.53       7.36       6.46  
                                 
Total
    6,568       6,904       4.94       5.54       10.10       9.49  
                                 
 
       
Total core and liquidating portfolios
  $ 114,148       117,494       3.17       3.37       3.83       3.61  
                                 
 
 
(1)   Consists predominantly of real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgages and first and junior lines of credit secured by real estate, excluding PCI loans.
 
(2)   Includes $1.6 billion and $1.7 billion at March 31, 2011, and December 31, 2010, respectively, associated with the Pick-a-Pay portfolio.

CREDIT CARDS Our credit card portfolio totaled $21.0 billion at March 31, 2011, which represented 3% of our total outstanding loans. The quarterly net charge-off rate (annualized) for our credit card loans declined throughout 2010 and was 7.21% for first quarter 2011 compared with 11.17% for first quarter 2010.
OTHER REVOLVING CREDIT AND INSTALLMENT Other revolving credit and installment loans totaled $87.4 billion at March 31, 2011, and predominantly include automobile, student and security-based margin loans. Education finance government guaranteed student loans totaled $16.8 billion of this group of loans at March 31, 2011, and are included in our non-strategic and liquidating portfolios as discussed earlier in this Report. The quarterly net charge-off rate (annualized) for other revolving credit and installment loans was 1.42% for first quarter 2011 compared with 2.45% for first quarter 2010.
     For further credit quality details on our loan portfolios, see Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.


25


Table of Contents

Risk Management — Credit Risk Management (continued)

NONACCRUAL LOANS AND OTHER NONPERFORMING ASSETS We generally place loans on nonaccrual status when:
  the full and timely collection of interest or principal becomes uncertain;
 
  they are 90 days (120 days with respect to real estate 1-4 family first and junior lien mortgages) past due for interest or principal, unless both well-secured and in the process of collection; or
  part of the principal balance has been charged off and no restructuring has occurred.
     Table 20 shows a quarterly trend for nonaccrual loans and other NPAs, and, for fourth quarter 2010, shows a decline in the total balance from the prior quarter for the first time since the acquisition of Wachovia. The decline continued in first quarter 2011.


Table 20: Nonaccrual Loans and Other Nonperforming Assets
                                                                 
    March 31, 2011     December 31, 2010     September 30, 2010     June 30, 2010  
 
            % of             % of             % of             % of  
            total             total             total             total  
($ in millions)     Balances     loans       Balances     loans       Balances     loans       Balances     loans  
 
 
Commercial:
                                                               
Commercial and industrial
    $ 2,653       1.76 %     $ 3,213       2.12 %     $ 4,103       2.79 %     $ 3,843       2.63 %
Real estate mortgage
    5,239       5.18       5,227       5.26       5,079       5.14       4,689       4.71  
Real estate construction
    2,239       9.79       2,676       10.56       3,198       11.46       3,429       11.10  
Lease financing
    95       0.73       108       0.82       138       1.06       163       1.21  
Foreign
    86       0.24       127       0.39       126       0.42       115       0.38  
                                             
 
Total commercial (1)
    10,312       3.19       11,351       3.52       12,644       3.99       12,239       3.82  
                                             
Consumer:
                                                               
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage (2)
    12,143       5.36       12,289       5.34       12,969       5.69       12,865       5.50  
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
    2,235       2.40       2,302       2.39       2,380       2.40       2,391       2.36  
Other revolving credit and installment
    275       0.31       300       0.35       312       0.35       316       0.36  
                                             
 
Total consumer
    14,653       3.42       14,891       3.42       15,661       3.58       15,572       3.49  
                                             
Total nonaccrual loans (3)(4)(5)
    24,965       3.32       26,242       3.47       28,305       3.76       27,811       3.63  
                                             
 
Foreclosed assets:
                                                               
Government insured/guaranteed (6)
    1,457               1,479               1,492               1,344          
Non-government insured/guaranteed
    4,055               4,530               4,635               3,650          
                                             
 
Total foreclosed assets
    5,512               6,009               6,127               4,994          
                                             
Other (7)
    140               120               141               131          
                                             
 
Total nonaccrual loans and other nonperforming assets
    $ 30,617       4.08 %     $ 32,371       4.27 %     $ 34,573       4.59 %     $ 32,936       4.30 %
                                             
 
Change from prior quarter
    $ (1,754 )             (2,202 )             1,637               1,436          
 
(1)   Includes LHFS of $17 million, $3 million, $89 million and $19 million at March 31, 2011, and December 31, September 30, and June 30, 2010, respectively.
 
(2)   Includes MHFS of $430 million, $426 million, $448 million and $450 million at March 31, 2011, and December 31, September 30, and June 30, 2010, respectively.
 
(3)   Excludes loans acquired from Wachovia that are accounted for as PCI loans because they continue to earn interest income from accretable yield, independent of performance in accordance with their contractual terms.
 
(4)   Real estate 1-4 family mortgage loans insured by the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) or guaranteed by the Department of Veteran Affairs (VA) and student loans predominantly guaranteed by agencies on behalf of the U.S. Department of Education under the Federal Family Education Loan Program are not placed on nonaccrual status because they are insured or guaranteed.
 
(5)   See Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report and Note 6 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in our 2010 Form 10-K for further information on impaired loans.
 
(6)   Consistent with regulatory reporting requirements, foreclosed real estate securing government insured/guaranteed loans is classified as nonperforming. Both principal and interest for government insured/guaranteed loans secured by the foreclosed real estate are collectible because the loans are insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA.
 
(7)   Includes real estate investments (loans for which any yield is based on performance of the underlying real estate collateral and are accounted for as investments) that would be classified as nonaccrual if these assets were recorded as loans, and nonaccrual debt securities.

26


Table of Contents

     Total NPAs were $30.6 billion (4.08% of total loans) at March 31, 2011, and included $25.0 billion of nonaccrual loans and $5.5 billion of foreclosed assets. Since the peak in third quarter 2010, NPAs have declined for all loan and other asset types through March 31, 2011, except commercial real estate
mortgages which increased slightly. Nonaccruals in all other loan portfolios were essentially flat or down year over year. New inflows to nonaccrual loans continued to decline. Table 21 provides an analysis of the changes in nonaccrual loans.


Table 21: Analysis of Changes in Nonaccrual Loans
                                         
    Quarter ended
 
    Mar. 31 ,   Dec. 31 ,   Sept. 30 ,   June 30 ,   Mar. 31 ,
(in millions)   2011     2010     2010     2010     2010  
 
 
Commercial nonaccrual loans
                                       
Balance, beginning of quarter
  $ 11,351       12,644       12,239       12,265       11,723  
Inflows
    1,881       2,329       2,807       2,560       2,763  
Outflows
    (2,920 )     (3,622 )     (2,402 )     (2,586 )     (2,221 )
 
 
Balance, end of quarter
    10,312       11,351       12,644       12,239       12,265  
 
 
Consumer nonaccrual loans
                                       
Balance, beginning of quarter
    14,891       15,661       15,572       15,036       12,695  
Inflows
    3,955       4,357       4,866       4,733       6,169  
Outflows
    (4,193 )     (5,127 )     (4,777 )     (4,197 )     (3,828 )
 
 
Balance, end of quarter
    14,653       14,891       15,661       15,572       15,036  
 
 
Total nonaccrual loans
  $ 24,965       26,242       28,305       27,811       27,301  
 

     Typically, changes to nonaccrual loans period-over-period represent inflows for loans that reach a specified past due status, offset by reductions for loans that are charged off, sold, transferred to foreclosed properties, or are no longer classified as nonaccrual because they return to accrual status. We continue to modify loans to assist homeowners and other borrowers in the current difficult economic cycle.
Loans are re-underwritten at the time of the modification in accordance with underwriting guidelines established for governmental and proprietary loan modification programs. For an accruing loan that has been modified, if the borrower has demonstrated performance under the previous terms and shows the capacity to continue to perform under the restructured terms, the loan will remain in accruing status. Otherwise, the loan will be placed in a nonaccrual status generally until the borrower has made six consecutive months of payments, or equivalent, inclusive of consecutive payments made prior to modification.
     Loans are placed on nonaccrual status when it is probable that we will not collect the contractual value of the asset. While nonaccrual loans are not free of loss content, we believe exposure to loss is significantly mitigated by four factors. First, 99% of consumer nonaccrual loans and 96% of commercial nonaccrual loans are secured. Second, losses have already been recognized on 55% of the remaining balance of consumer nonaccruals and commercial nonaccruals have been written down by $2.8 billion. Residential nonaccrual loans are written down to net realizable value (fair value of collateral less estimated costs to sell) at 180 days past due, except for loans that go into trial modification prior to becoming 180 days past due, and which are not written down in the trial period (three months) as long as trial payments are being made on time. Third, as of March 31, 2011, 54% of commercial nonaccrual loans were current on interest. Fourth, the inherent risk of loss
in all nonaccruals has been considered and we believe is adequately covered by the allowance for loan losses.
     Commercial nonaccrual loans, net of write-downs, amounted to $10.3 billion at March 31, 2011, compared with $12.3 billion a year ago. Consumer nonaccrual loans amounted to $14.7 billion at March 31, 2011, compared with $15.0 billion a year ago. Federal government modification programs, such as HAMP, and Wells Fargo proprietary modification programs, such as the Company’s Pick-a-Pay Mortgage Assistance program, require customers to provide updated documentation, and some programs require completion of trial payment periods to demonstrate sustained performance, before the loan can be removed from nonaccrual status. In addition, for loans in foreclosure, many states, including California, Florida and New Jersey, have enacted legislation that significantly increases the time frames to complete the foreclosure process, meaning that loans will remain in nonaccrual status for longer periods. At the conclusion of the foreclosure process, we continue to sell real estate owned in a timely fashion.
     Generally, when a consumer real estate loan is 120 days past due, we move it to nonaccrual status. When the loan reaches 180 days past due it is our policy to write these loans down to net realizable value, except for modifications in their trial period. Thereafter, we revalue each loan regularly and recognize additional charges if needed. Of the $14.7 billion of consumer nonaccrual loans at March 31, 2011, 98% are secured by real estate and 32% have a combined LTV (CLTV) ratio of 80% or below.
     Table 22 provides a summary of foreclosed assets.


27


Table of Contents

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)
Table 22: Foreclosed Assets
                                         
    Mar. 31 ,   Dec. 31 ,   Sept. 30 ,   June 30 ,   Mar. 31 ,
(in millions)   2011     2010     2010     2010     2010  
 
 
Government insured/guaranteed (1)
  $ 1,457       1,479       1,492       1,344       1,111  
PCI loans:
                                       
Commercial
    1,005       967       1,043       940       697  
Consumer
    741       1,068       1,109       722       490  
 
 
Total PCI loans
    1,746       2,035       2,152       1,662       1,187  
 
 
All other loans:
                                       
Commercial
    1,408       1,412       1,343       1,087       820  
Consumer
    901       1,083       1,140       901       963  
 
 
Total all other loans
    2,309       2,495       2,483       1,988       1,783  
 
 
Total foreclosed assets
  $ 5,512       6,009       6,127       4,994       4,081  
 
(1)   Consistent with regulatory reporting requirements, foreclosed real estate securing government insured/guaranteed loans is classified as nonperforming. Both principal and interest for government insured/guaranteed loans secured by the foreclosed real estate are collectible because the loans are insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA.

     NPAs at March 31, 2011, included $1.5 billion of foreclosed real estate that is FHA insured or VA guaranteed and expected to have little to no loss content, and $4.0 billion of foreclosed assets, which have been written down to net realizable value. Foreclosed assets increased $1.4 billion, or 35%, year over year in first quarter 2011. Of this increase, $559 million were foreclosed loans from the PCI portfolio that are now recorded as foreclosed assets. At March 31, 2011, substantially all of our foreclosed assets of $5.5 billion have been in the foreclosed assets portfolio one year or less.
     Given our real estate-secured loan concentrations and current economic conditions, we anticipate continuing to hold a high level of NPAs on our balance sheet. The loss content in the nonaccrual loans has been recognized through charge-offs or provided for in the allowance for credit losses at March 31, 2011. The performance of any one loan can be affected by external factors, such as economic or market conditions, or factors affecting a particular borrower. We are maintaining increased staffing in our workout and collection organizations to ensure troubled borrowers receive the attention and help they need. See the “Risk Management – Allowance for Credit Losses” section in this Report for additional information.
     We process foreclosures on a regular basis for the loans we service for others as well as those we hold in our loan portfolio. However, we utilize foreclosure only as a last resort for dealing with borrowers who are experiencing financial hardships. We employ extensive contact and restructuring procedures to attempt to find other solutions for our borrowers.


28


Table of Contents

TROUBLED DEBT RESTRUCTURINGS (TDRs)
Table 23: Troubled Debt Restructurings (TDRs)
                                         
    Mar. 31 ,   Dec. 31 ,   Sept. 30 ,   June 30 ,   Mar. 31 ,
(in millions)   2011     2010     2010     2010     2010  
 
 
Consumer TDRs:
                                       
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
  $ 12,261       11,603       10,951       9,525       7,972  
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
    1,824       1,626       1,566       1,469       1,563  
Other revolving credit and installment
    859       778       674       502       310  
 
 
Total consumer TDRs
    14,944       14,007       13,191       11,496       9,845  
 
 
Commercial TDRs
    2,352       1,751       1,350       656       386  
 
 
Total TDRs
  $ 17,296       15,758       14,541       12,152       10,231  
 
 
TDRs on nonaccrual status
  $ 5,041       5,185       5,177       3,877       2,738  
TDRs on accrual status
    12,255       10,573       9,364       8,275       7,493  
 
 
Total TDRs
  $ 17,296       15,758       14,541       12,152       10,231  
 

     Table 23 provides information regarding the recorded investment of loans modified in TDRs. The allowance for TDR loans was $4.2 billion at March 31, 2011, and $3.9 billion at December 31, 2010. Total charge-offs related to loans modified in a TDR were $349 million for first quarter 2011 and $322 million for first quarter 2010.
     Our nonaccrual policies are generally the same for all loan types when a restructuring is involved. We underwrite loans at the time of restructuring to determine whether there is sufficient evidence of sustained repayment capacity based on the borrower’s documented income, debt to income ratios, and other factors. Any loans lacking sufficient evidence of sustained repayment capacity at the time of modification are charged down to the fair value of the collateral, if applicable. If the borrower has demonstrated performance under the previous terms and the underwriting process shows the capacity to continue to perform under the restructured terms, the loan will remain in accruing status. Otherwise, the loan will be placed in nonaccrual status generally until the borrower demonstrates a sustained period of performance, generally six consecutive months of payments, or equivalent, inclusive of consecutive payments made prior to modification. Loans will also be placed on nonaccrual, and a corresponding charge-off is recorded to the loan balance, if we believe that principal and interest contractually due under the modified agreement will not be collectible.
     We do not forgive principal for a majority of our TDRs, but in those situations where principal is forgiven, the entire amount of such principal forgiveness is immediately charged off to the extent not done so prior to the modification. We sometimes delay the required timing of a portion of principal (principal forbearance) and charge off the amount of forbearance if that amount is not considered fully collectible. When a TDR performs in accordance with its modified terms, the loan either continues to accrue interest (for performing loans), or will return to accrual status after the borrower demonstrates a sustained period of performance.


29


Table of Contents

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)

LOANS 90 DAYS OR MORE PAST DUE AND STILL ACCRUING Loans included in this category are 90 days or more past due as to interest or principal and still accruing, because they are (1) well-secured and in the process of collection or (2) real estate 1-4 family mortgage loans or consumer loans exempt under regulatory rules from being classified as nonaccrual until later delinquency, usually 120 days past due. PCI loans of $10.8 billion at March 31, 2011, and $11.6 billion at December 31, 2010, are excluded from this disclosure even though they are 90 days or more contractually past due. These PCI loans are considered to be accruing due to the existence of the accretable
yield and not based on consideration given to contractual interest payments.
     Excluding insured/guaranteed loans, loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing at March 31, 2011, were down $221 million, or 8%, from December 31, 2010. The decline was due to loss mitigation activities including modifications and increased collection capacity/process improvements, charge-offs, lower early stage delinquency levels and credit stabilization.
     Table 24 reflects non-PCI loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing by class for loans not government insured/guaranteed.


Table 24: Loans 90 Days or More Past Due and Still Accruing
                                         
    Mar. 31 ,   Dec. 31 ,   Sept. 30 ,   June 30 ,   Mar. 31 ,
(in millions)   2011     2010     2010     2010     2010  
 
 
Total (excluding PCI):
  $ 17,901       18,488       18,815       19,384       21,822  
Less: FHA insured/guaranteed by the VA (1)
    14,353       14,733       14,529       14,387       15,865  
Less: Student loans guaranteed under the FFELP (2)
    1,120       1,106       1,113       1,122       1,072  
 
 
Total, not government insured/guaranteed
  $ 2,428       2,649       3,173       3,875       4,885  
 
 
                                       
By segment and class, not insured/guaranteed:
                                       
Commercial:
                                       
Commercial and industrial
  $ 338       308       222       540       561  
Real estate mortgage
    177       104       463       654       947  
Real estate construction
    156       193       332       471       787  
Foreign
    16       22       27       21       29  
 
 
Total commercial
    687       627       1,044       1,686       2,324  
 
 
Consumer:
                                       
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage (3)
    858       941       1,016       1,049       1,281  
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage (3)
    325       366       361       352       414  
Credit card
    413       516       560       610       719  
Other revolving credit and installment
    145       199       192       178       147  
 
 
Total consumer
    1,741       2,022       2,129       2,189       2,561  
 
 
Total, not government insured/guaranteed
  $ 2,428       2,649       3,173       3,875       4,885  
 
(1)   Represents loans whose repayments are insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA.
 
(2)   Represents loans whose repayments are predominantly guaranteed by agencies on behalf of the U.S. Department of Education under the Federal Family Education Loan Program (FFELP).
 
(3)   Includes mortgages held for sale 90 days or more past due and still accruing.

30


Table of Contents

NET CHARGE-OFFS
Table 25: Net Charge-offs
                                                                                 
    Quarter ended  
 
    March 31, 2011     December 31, 2010     September 30, 2010     June 30, 2010     March 31, 2010  
 
    Net loan     % of     Net loan     % of     Net loan     % of     Net loan     % of     Net loan     % of  
    charge-     avg.     charge-     avg.     charge-     avg.     charge-     avg.     charge-     avg.  
($ in millions)   offs     loans(1)     offs     loans (1)     offs     loans (1)     offs     loans (1)     offs     loans (1)  
 
 
Commercial:
                                                                               
Commercial and industrial
    $     354       0.96 %     $     500       1.34 %     $     509       1.38 %     $     689       1.87 %     $     650       1.68 %
Real estate mortgage
    152       0.62       234       0.94       218       0.87       360       1.47       271       1.12  
Real estate construction
    83       1.38       171       2.51       276       3.72       238       2.90       394       4.45  
Lease financing
    6       0.18       21       0.61       23       0.71       27       0.78       29       0.85  
Foreign
    28       0.34       28       0.36       39       0.52       42       0.57       36       0.52  
                                                         
 
Total commercial
    623       0.79       954       1.19       1,065       1.33       1,356       1.69       1,380       1.68  
                                                         
 
Consumer:
                                                                               
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
    904       1.60       1,024       1.77       1,034       1.78       1,009       1.70       1,311       2.17  
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
    994       4.25       1,005       4.08       1,085       4.30       1,184       4.62       1,449       5.56  
Credit card
    382       7.21       452       8.21       504       9.06       579       10.45       643       11.17  
Other revolving credit and installment
    307       1.42       404       1.84       407       1.83       361       1.64       547       2.45  
                                                         
 
Total consumer
    2,587       2.42       2,885       2.63       3,030       2.72       3,133       2.79       3,950       3.45  
                                                         
 
Total
    $ 3,210       1.73 %     $     3,839       2.02 %     $     4,095       2.14 %     $     4,489       2.33 %     $     5,330       2.71 %
                                                         
 
 
(1)   Quarterly net charge-offs as a percentage of average respective loans are annualized.

31


Table of Contents

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)

     Table 25 presents net charge-offs for first quarter 2011 and each of the four quarters of 2010. Net charge-offs in first quarter 2011 were $3.2 billion (1.73% of average total loans outstanding) compared with $5.3 billion (2.71%) in first quarter 2010.
     Net charge-offs in the 1-4 family first mortgage portfolio totaled $904 million in first quarter 2011. Our 1-4 family first mortgage portfolio continued to reflect relatively low loss rates, although until housing prices fully stabilize, these credit losses will continue to remain elevated.
     Net charge-offs in the real estate 1-4 family junior lien portfolio were $994 million in first quarter 2011. More information about the Home Equity portfolio, which includes substantially all of our real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage loans, is available in Table 19 in this Report and the related discussion.
     Credit card net charge-offs of $382 million in first quarter 2011 decreased $261 million from a year ago.
     Commercial and CRE net charge-offs were $623 million in first quarter 2011 compared with $1.4 billion a year ago. Commercial business line credit results continued to improve from first quarter 2010 as market liquidity and improving market conditions helped stabilize performance results. Increased lending activity in first quarter 2011 in the majority of our commercial business lines further supported our belief of a turn in the demand for credit.
ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES The allowance for credit losses, which consists of the allowance for loan losses and the allowance for unfunded credit commitments, is management’s estimate of credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio and unfunded credit commitments at the balance sheet date, excluding loans carried at fair value. The detail of the changes in the allowance for credit losses by portfolio segment (including charge-offs and recoveries by loan class) is in Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.
     We employ a disciplined process and methodology to establish our allowance for credit losses each quarter. This process takes into consideration many factors, including historical and forecasted loss trends, loan-level credit quality ratings and loan grade-specific loss factors. The process involves subjective as well as complex judgments. In addition, we review a variety of credit metrics and trends. However, these trends do not solely determine the adequacy of the allowance as we use several analytical tools in determining its adequacy. For additional information on our allowance for credit losses, see the “Critical Accounting Policies – Allowance for Credit Losses” section in our 2010 Form 10-K and Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.
     At March 31, 2011, the allowance for loan losses totaled $22.0 billion (2.93% of total loans), compared with $23.0 billion (3.04%), at December 31, 2010. The allowance for credit losses was $22.4 billion (2.98% of total loans) at March 31, 2011, and $23.5 billion (3.10%) at December 31, 2010. The allowance for credit losses included $257 million at March 31, 2011, and $298 million at December 31, 2010, related to PCI loans acquired from Wachovia. The allowance for unfunded credit commitments was $400 million at March 31, 2011, and $441 million at December 31, 2010. In addition to the allowance for credit losses, at March 31, 2011, and December 31, 2010, there was $12.9 billion and $13.4 billion, respectively, of nonaccretable difference to absorb losses for PCI loans. For additional information on PCI loans, see the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans” section and Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.
     The ratio of the allowance for credit losses to total nonaccrual loans was 90% at March 31, 2011, and 89% at December 31, 2010. This ratio may fluctuate significantly from period to period due to such factors as the mix of loan types in the portfolio, borrower credit strength and the value and marketability of collateral. Over half of nonaccrual loans were home mortgages, auto and other consumer loans at March 31, 2011.
     The ratio of the allowance for loan losses to annualized net charge-offs was 169% at March 31, 2011, and 130% at December 31, 2010. The $1.0 billion decline in the allowance for loan losses in first quarter 2011 reflected continued improvement in delinquencies and portfolio performance primarily in consumer portfolios. As a result of significant levels of previous charge-offs, the loan portfolio at March 31, 2011, consisted of higher percentages of more recent vintage loans subjected to tightened underwriting standards.
     Total provision for credit losses was $2.2 billion in first quarter 2011, compared with $5.3 billion a year ago. The first quarter 2011 provision was $1.0 billion less than net charge-offs, compared with a provision that equaled net charge-offs in first quarter 2010. Absent significant deterioration in the economy, we expect future allowance releases.
     In determining the appropriate allowance attributable to our residential real estate portfolios, the loss rates used in our analysis include the impact of our established loan modification programs. When modifications occur or are probable to occur, our allowance considers the impact of these modifications, taking into consideration the associated credit cost, including re-defaults of modified loans and projected loss severity. The loss content associated with existing and probable loan modifications has been considered in our allowance methodology.
     Changes in the allowance reflect changes in statistically derived loss estimates, historical loss experience, current trends in borrower risk and/or general economic activity on portfolio performance, and management’s estimate for imprecision and uncertainty.


32


Table of Contents

     We believe the allowance for credit losses of $22.4 billion was adequate to cover credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio, including unfunded credit commitments, at March 31, 2011. The allowance for credit losses is subject to change and considers existing factors at the time, including economic or market conditions and ongoing internal and external examination processes. Due to the sensitivity of the allowance for credit losses to changes in the economic environment, it is possible that unanticipated economic deterioration would create incremental credit losses not anticipated as of the balance sheet date. Our process for determining the allowance for credit losses is discussed in the “Critical Accounting Policies – Allowance for Credit Losses” section in our 2010 Form 10-K and Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to the Financial Statements in this Report.
      


33


Table of Contents

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)

LIABILITY FOR MORTGAGE LOAN REPURCHASE LOSSES We sell residential mortgage loans to various parties, including (1) Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae (GSEs) who include the mortgage loans in GSE-guaranteed mortgage securitizations, (2) special purpose entities (SPEs) that issue private label mortgage-backed securities (MBS), and (3) other financial institutions that purchase mortgage loans for investment or private label securitization. In addition, we pool FHA-insured and VA-guaranteed mortgage loans that back securities guaranteed by GNMA. We may be required to repurchase these mortgage loans, indemnify the securitization trust, investor or insurer, or reimburse the securitization trust, investor or insurer for credit losses incurred on loans (collectively “repurchase”) in the event of a breach of contractual representations or warranties that is not remedied within a period (usually 90 days or less) after we receive notice of the breach. For further detail see our 2010 Form 10-K.
     We have established a mortgage repurchase liability related to various representations and warranties that reflect management’s estimate of losses for loans for which we could have a repurchase obligation, whether or not we currently service those loans, based on a combination of factors. Currently, repurchase demands primarily relate to 2006 through 2008 vintages and to GSE-guaranteed MBS.
     During first quarter 2011, we observed a decline in our level of repurchases and losses as we continued to work through the remaining risk associated with the 2006 through 2008 vintages. We repurchased or reimbursed investors for incurred losses on mortgage loans with original balances of $805 million. We incurred net losses on repurchased loans and investor reimbursements totaling $331 million in first quarter 2011.
     Table 26 provides the number of unresolved repurchase demands and mortgage insurance rescissions. We generally do not have unresolved repurchase demands from the FHA or VA for loans in GNMA-guaranteed securities because those demands are relatively few and we quickly resolve them.


Table 26: Unresolved Repurchase Demands and Mortgage Insurance Rescissions
                                                                 
    Government                     Mortgage insurance        
    sponsored entities (1)     Private     rescissions with no demand (2)     Total  
 
       
    Number of     Original loan     Number of     Original loan     Number of     Original loan     Number of     Original loan  
($ in millions)   loans     balance (3)     loans     balance (3)     loans     balance (3)     loans     balance (3)  
 
 
                                                               
March 31, 2011
    6,210     $ 1,395       1,973     $ 424       2,885     $ 674       11,068     $ 2,493  
 
                                                               
2010
                                                               
December 31,
    6,501       1,467       2,899       680       3,248       801       12,648       2,948  
September 30,
    9,887       2,212       3,605       882       3,035       748       16,527       3,842  
June 30,
    12,536       2,840       3,160       707       2,979       760       18,675       4,307  
March 31,
    10,804       2,499       2,320       519       2,843       737       15,967       3,755  
 
                                                               
December 31, 2009
    8,354       1,911       2,929       886       2,965       859       14,248       3,656  
 
(1)   Includes repurchase demands of 685 and $132 million, 1,495 and $291 million, 2,263 and $437 million, 2,141 and $417 million, and 1,824 and $372 million, for March 31, 2011, and December 31, September 30, June 30, and March 31, 2010, respectively, received from investors on mortgage servicing rights acquired from other originators. We generally have the right of recourse against the seller and may be able to recover losses related to such repurchase demands subject to counterparty risk associated with the seller.
 
(2)   As part of our representations and warranties in our loan sales contracts, we represent that certain loans have mortgage insurance. To the extent the mortgage insurance is rescinded by the mortgage insurer, the lack of insurance may result in a repurchase demand from an investor. Similar to repurchase demands, we evaluate mortgage insurance rescission notices for validity and appeal for reinstatement if the rescission was not based on a contractual breach.
 
(3)   While original loan balance related to these demands is presented above, the establishment of the repurchase reserve is based on a combination of factors, such as our appeals success rates, reimbursement by correspondent and other third party originators, and projected loss severity, which is driven by the difference between the current loan balance and the estimated collateral value less costs to sell the property.

34


Table of Contents

     The level of repurchase demands outstanding at March 31, 2011, was generally down from a year ago in both number of outstanding loans and in total dollar balances as we continued to work through the demands. Customary with industry practice, we have the right of recourse against correspondent lenders from whom we have purchased loans with respect to representations and warranties. Of the repurchase demands presented in Table 26, approximately 20% relate to loans purchased from correspondent lenders. Due primarily to the financial difficulties of some correspondent lenders, we typically recover on average approximately 50% of losses from these lenders. Historical recovery rates as well as projected lender performance are incorporated in the establishment of our mortgage repurchase liability.
     Our liability for repurchases, included in “Accrued expenses and other liabilities” in our consolidated financial statements, was $1.2 billion at March 31, 2011, and $1.3 billion at December 31, 2010. In the quarter ended March 31, 2011, $249 million of additions to the liability were recorded, which reduced net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities. Our additions to the repurchase liability in the quarter ended March 31, 2011, reflect updated assumptions about the repurchase rate on outstanding demands, particularly on the 2006-2008 vintages.
     We believe we have a high quality residential mortgage loan servicing portfolio. Of the $1.8 trillion in the residential mortgage loan servicing portfolio at March 31, 2011, 93% was current, less than 2% was subprime at origination, and approximately 1% was home equity securitizations. Our combined delinquency and foreclosure rate on this portfolio was 7.22% at March 31, 2011, compared with 8.02% at December 31, 2010. In this portfolio 6% are private securitizations where we originated the loan and therefore have some repurchase risk. For this private securitization segment of our residential mortgage loan servicing portfolio, 58% are loans from 2005 vintages or earlier (weighted average age of 66 months); 80% were prime at origination; and approximately 70% are jumbo loans. The weighted-average LTV as of March 31, 2011, for this private securitization segment was 77%. We believe the highest risk segment of these private securitizations are the subprime loans originated in 2006 and 2007. These subprime loans have seller representations and warranties and currently have LTVs close to or exceeding 100%, and represent 8% of the 6% private securitization portion of the residential mortgage servicing portfolio. We had only $21 million of repurchases related to private securitizations in first quarter 2011. Of the servicing portfolio, 4% is non-agency acquired servicing and 3% is private whole loan sales. We did not underwrite and securitize the non-agency acquired servicing and therefore we have no obligation on that portion of our servicing portfolio to the investor for any repurchase demands arising from origination practices.
     Table 27 summarizes the changes in our mortgage repurchase liability.


35


Table of Contents

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)
Table 27: Changes in Mortgage Repurchase Liability
                                         
    Quarter ended  
 
       
    Mar. 31 ,   Dec. 31 ,   Sept. 30 ,   June 30 ,   Mar. 31 ,
(in millions)   2011     2010     2010     2010     2010  
 
 
Balance, beginning of period
  $ 1,289       1,331       1,375       1,263       1,033  
Provision for repurchase losses:
                                       
Loan sales
    35       35       29       36       44  
Change in estimate – primarily due to credit deterioration
    214       429       341       346       358  
 
 
Total additions
    249       464       370       382       402  
Losses
    (331 )     (506 )     (414 )     (270 )     (172 )
 
 
Balance, end of period
  $ 1,207       1,289       1,331       1,375       1,263  
 

     The mortgage repurchase liability of $1.2 billion at March 31, 2011, represents our best estimate of the probable loss that we may incur for various representations and warranties in the contractual provisions of our sales of mortgage loans. A range of reasonably possible losses in excess of the estimated liability may exist, but cannot be estimated with confidence. Because the level of mortgage loan repurchase losses depends upon economic factors, investor demand strategies and other external conditions that may change over the life of the underlying loans, the level of the liability for mortgage loan repurchase losses is difficult to estimate and requires considerable management judgment. We maintain regular contact with the GSEs and other significant investors to monitor and address their repurchase demand practices and concerns. For additional information on our repurchase liability, see the “Critical Accounting Policies – Liability for Mortgage Loan Repurchase Losses” section in our 2010 Form 10-K and Note 8 (Mortgage Banking Activities) to Financial Statements in this Report.
     The repurchase liability is primarily applicable to loans we originated and sold with representations and warranties. Most of these loans are included in our servicing portfolio. Our repurchase liability estimate considers many factors that influence the key assumptions of what our repurchase volume may be and what loss on average we may incur. Those key assumptions and the sensitivity of the liability to immediate adverse changes in them at March 31, 2011, are presented in Table 28.


36


Table of Contents

         
Table 28: Mortgage Repurchase Liability – Sensitivity/Assumptions  
         
    Mortgage  
    repurchase  
(in millions)   liability  
   
Balance at March 31, 2011
  $ 1,207  
 
       
Loss on repurchases (1)
    39.0   %
Increase in liability from:
       
10% higher losses
  $ 114  
25% higher losses
    285  
 
       
Repurchase rate assumption
    0.3   %
Increase in liability from:
       
10% higher repurchase rates
  $ 109  
25% higher repurchase rates
    273  
 
       
   
(1)   Represents total estimated average loss rate on repurchased loans, net of recovery from third party originators, based on historical experience and current economic conditions. The average loss rate includes the impact of repurchased loans for which no loss is expected to be realized.
     To the extent that economic conditions and the housing market do not recover or future investor repurchase demands and appeals success rates differ from past experience, we could continue to have increased demands and increased loss severity on repurchases, causing future additions to the repurchase liability. However, some of the underwriting standards that were permitted by the GSEs for conforming loans in the 2006 through 2008 vintages, which significantly contributed to recent levels of repurchase demands, were tightened starting in mid to late 2008. Accordingly, we do not expect a similar rate of repurchase requests from the 2009 and prospective vintages, absent deterioration in economic conditions or changes in investor behavior.
RISKS RELATING TO SERVICING ACTIVITIES In addition to servicing loans in our portfolio, we act as servicer and/or master servicer of residential mortgage loans included in GSE-guaranteed mortgage securitizations, GNMA-guaranteed mortgage securitizations and private label mortgage securitizations, as well as for unsecuritized loans owned by institutional investors. The loans we service were originated by us or by other mortgage loan originators. As servicer, our primary duties are typically to (1) collect payment due from borrowers, (2) advance certain delinquent payments of principal and interest, (3) maintain and administer any hazard, title or primary mortgage insurance policies relating to the mortgage loans, (4) maintain any required escrow accounts for payment of taxes and insurance and administer escrow payments, and (5) foreclose on defaulted mortgage loans or, to the extent consistent with the documents governing a securitization, consider alternatives to foreclosure, such as loan modifications or short sales. As master servicer, our primary duties are typically to (1) supervise, monitor and oversee the servicing of the mortgage loans by the servicer, (2) consult with each servicer and use reasonable efforts to cause the servicer to observe its servicing obligations, (3) prepare monthly distribution statements to security holders and, if required by the securitization documents, certain periodic reports required to be
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), (4) if required by the securitization documents, calculate distributions and loss allocations on the mortgage-backed securities, (5) prepare tax and information returns of the securitization trust, and (6) advance amounts required by non-affiliated servicers who fail to perform their advancing obligations.
     Each agreement under which we act as servicer or master servicer generally specifies a standard of responsibility for actions we take in such capacity and provides protection against expenses and liabilities we incur when acting in compliance with the specified standard. For example, most private label securitization agreements under which we act as servicer or master servicer typically provide that the servicer and the master servicer are entitled to indemnification by the securitization trust for taking action or refraining from taking action in good faith or for errors in judgment. However, we are not indemnified, but rather are required to indemnify the securitization trustee, against any failure by us, as servicer or master servicer, to perform our servicing obligations or any of our acts or omissions that involve wilful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of, or reckless disregard of, our duties. In addition, if we commit a material breach of our obligations as servicer or master servicer, we may be subject to termination if the breach is not cured within a specified period following notice, which can generally be given by the securitization trustee or a specified percentage of security holders. Whole loan sale contracts under which we act as servicer generally include similar provisions with respect to our actions as servicer. The standards governing servicing in GSE-guaranteed securitizations, and the possible remedies for violations of such standards, vary, and those standards and remedies are determined by servicing guides maintained by the GSEs, contracts between the GSEs and individual servicers and topical guides published by the GSEs from time to time. Such remedies could include indemnification or repurchase of an affected mortgage loan.
     For additional information regarding risks relating to our servicing activities, see pages 75-76 in our 2010 Form 10-K.
     The FRB and OCC completed a joint interagency horizontal examination of foreclosure processing at large mortgage servicers, including Wells Fargo, to evaluate the adequacy of their controls and governance over bank foreclosure processes, including compliance with applicable federal and state law. The OCC and other federal banking regulators published this review on April 13, 2011. We have entered into consent orders with the OCC and FRB, both of which were made public on April 13, 2011. These orders incorporate remedial requirements for identified deficiencies; however civil money penalties have not been assessed at this time. We have been working with our regulators for an extended period on servicing improvements and have already instituted enhancements. For additional information, see the discussion of mortgage-related regulatory investigations in Note 11 (Legal Actions) to Financial Statements in this Report. Changes in servicing and foreclosure practices will increase the Company’s costs of servicing mortgage loans. As part of our quarterly MSR valuation process, we assess changes in servicing and foreclosure costs, which in first quarter 2011,


37


Table of Contents

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)

included the estimated impact from the regulatory consent orders.
Asset/Liability Management
Asset/liability management involves the evaluation, monitoring and management of interest rate risk, market risk, liquidity and funding. The Corporate Asset/Liability Management Committee (Corporate ALCO), which oversees these risks and reports periodically to the Finance Committee of the Board of Directors (Board), consists of senior financial and business executives. Each of our principal business groups has its own asset/liability management committee and process linked to the Corporate ALCO process.
INTEREST RATE RISK Interest rate risk, which potentially can have a significant earnings impact, is an integral part of being a financial intermediary. We assess interest rate risk by comparing our most likely earnings plan with various earnings simulations using many interest rate scenarios that differ in the direction of interest rate changes, the degree of change over time, the speed of change and the projected shape of the yield curve. For example, as of March 31, 2011, our most recent simulation indicated estimated earnings at risk of less than 1% of our most likely earnings plan over the next 12 months using a scenario in which the federal funds rate rises to 4.25% and the 10-year Constant Maturity Treasury bond yield rises to 5.55%. Simulation estimates depend on, and will change with, the size and mix of our actual and projected balance sheet at the time of each simulation. Due to timing differences between the quarterly valuation of MSRs and the eventual impact of interest rates on mortgage banking volumes, earnings at risk in any particular quarter could be higher than the average earnings at risk over the 12-month simulation period, depending on the path of interest rates and on our hedging strategies for MSRs. See the “Risk Management – Mortgage Banking Interest Rate and Market Risk” section in this Report for more information.
     We use exchange-traded and over-the-counter (OTC) interest rate derivatives to hedge our interest rate exposures. The notional or contractual amount, credit risk amount and estimated net fair value of these derivatives as of March 31, 2011, and December 31, 2010, are presented in Note 12 (Derivatives) to Financial Statements in this Report.
     For additional information regarding interest rate risk, see page 76 of our 2010 Form 10-K.
MORTGAGE BANKING INTEREST RATE AND MARKET RISK We originate, fund and service mortgage loans, which subjects us to various risks, including credit, liquidity and interest rate risks. For a discussion of mortgage banking interest rate and market risk, see pages 76-78 of our 2010 Form 10-K.
     While our hedging activities are designed to balance our mortgage banking interest rate risks, the financial instruments we use may not perfectly correlate with the values and income being hedged. For example, the change in the value of ARM production held for sale from changes in mortgage interest rates may or may not be fully offset by Treasury and LIBOR index-based financial instruments used as economic hedges for such ARMs. Additionally, the hedge-carry income we earn on our
economic hedges for the MSRs may not continue if the spread between short-term and long-term rates decreases, we shift composition of the hedge to more interest rate swaps, or there are other changes in the market for mortgage forwards that affect the implied carry.
     The total carrying value of our residential and commercial MSRs was $17.1 billion at March 31, 2011, and $15.9 billion at December 31, 2010. The weighted-average note rate on our portfolio of loans serviced for others was 5.31% at March 31, 2011, and 5.39% at December 31, 2010. Our total MSRs were 0.92% of mortgage loans serviced for others at March 31, 2011, compared with 0.86% at December 31, 2010.
MARKET RISK – TRADING ACTIVITIES From a market risk perspective, our net income is exposed to changes in interest rates, credit spreads, foreign exchange rates, equity and commodity prices and their implied volatilities. The credit risk amount and estimated net fair value of all customer accommodation derivatives are included in Note 12 (Derivatives) to Financial Statements in this Report. Trading positions and market risk exposure are monitored by the Market Risk Committee and Corporate ALCO.
     The standardized approach for monitoring and reporting market risk for the trading activities consists of value-at-risk (VaR) metrics complemented with sensitivity analysis and stress testing. VaR measures the worst expected loss over a given time interval and within a given confidence interval. We measure and report daily VaR at a 99% confidence interval based on actual changes in rates and prices over the past 250 trading days. The analysis captures all financial instruments that are considered trading positions. The average one-day VaR throughout first quarter 2011 was $25 million, with a lower bound of $19 million and an upper bound of $32 million. For additional information regarding market risk related to trading activities, see pages 78-79 of our 2010 Form 10-K.
MARKET RISK – EQUITY MARKETS We are directly and indirectly affected by changes in the equity markets. For additional information regarding market risk related to equity markets, see page 79 of our 2010 Form 10-K.
     Table 29 provides information regarding our marketable and nonmarketable equity investments.


38


Table of Contents

Table 29: Marketable and Nonmarketable Equity Investments
                 
      Mar. 31 ,   Dec. 31 ,
(in millions)   2011     2010  
 
 
Nonmarketable equity investments:
               
Private equity investments:
               
Cost method
  $ 3,117       3,240  
Equity method
    7,692       7,624  
Federal bank stock
    5,129       5,254  
Principal investments
    302       305  
 
 
Total nonmarketable
equity investments (1)
  $ 16,240       16,423  
 
 
               
Marketable equity securities:
               
Cost
  $ 3,883       4,258  
Net unrealized gains
    1,125       931  
 
 
Total marketable
equity securities (2)
  $ 5,008       5,189  
 
(1)   Included in other assets on the balance sheet. See Note 6 (Other Assets) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information.
 
(2)   Included in securities available for sale. See Note 4 (Securities Available for Sale) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information.
      


39


Table of Contents

Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management (continued)

LIQUIDITY AND FUNDING The objective of effective liquidity management is to ensure that we can meet customer loan requests, customer deposit maturities/withdrawals and other cash commitments efficiently under both normal operating conditions and under unpredictable circumstances of industry or market stress. To achieve this objective, the Corporate ALCO establishes and monitors liquidity guidelines that require sufficient asset-based liquidity to cover potential funding requirements and to avoid over-dependence on volatile, less reliable funding markets. We set these guidelines for both the consolidated balance sheet and for the Parent to ensure that the Parent is a source of strength for its regulated, deposit-taking banking subsidiaries.
     Unencumbered debt and equity securities in the securities available-for-sale portfolio provide asset liquidity, in addition to the immediately liquid resources of cash and due from banks
and federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and other short-term investments. Asset liquidity is further enhanced by our ability to sell or securitize loans in secondary markets and to pledge loans to access secured borrowing facilities through the Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLB) and the FRB.
     Core customer deposits have historically provided a sizeable source of relatively stable and low-cost funds. Average core deposits funded 64.2% and 61.9% of average total assets in first quarter 2011 and 2010, respectively.
     Additional funding is provided by long-term debt (including trust preferred securities), other foreign deposits, and short-term borrowings.
     Table 30 shows selected information for short-term borrowings, which generally mature in less than 30 days.


Table 30: Short-Term Borrowings
                                         
    Quarter ended
 
       
    Mar. 31 ,   Dec. 31 ,   Sept. 30 ,   June 30 ,   Mar. 31,
(in millions)   2011     2010     2010     2010     2010 
 
 
Balance, period end
                                       
Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings
  $ 17,228       17,454       16,856       16,604       17,646 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    37,509       37,947       33,859       28,583       28,687 
 
 
Total
  $ 54,737       55,401       50,715       45,187       46,333 
 
 
Average daily balance for period
                                       
Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings
  $ 17,005       16,370       15,761       16,316       16,885 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    37,746       34,239       30,707       28,766       28,196 
 
 
Total
  $ 54,751       50,609       46,468       45,082       45,081 
 
 
Maximum month-end balance for period
                                       
Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings (1)
  $ 17,597       17,454       16,856       17,388       17,646 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase (2)
    37,509       37,947       33,859       28,807       29,270 
 
 
(1)   Highest month-end balance in each of the last five quarters was in February 2011, and December, September, April and March 2010.
 
(2)   Highest month-end balance in each of the last five quarters was in March 2011, and December, September, May and February 2010.

     Liquidity is also available through our ability to raise funds in a variety of domestic and international money and capital markets. We access capital markets for long-term funding through issuances of registered debt securities, private placements and asset-backed secured funding. Investors in the long-term capital markets generally will consider, among other factors, a company’s debt rating in making investment decisions. Rating agencies base their ratings on many quantitative and qualitative factors, including capital adequacy, liquidity, asset quality, business mix, the level and quality of earnings, and rating agency assumptions regarding the probability and extent of Federal financial assistance or support for certain large financial institutions. Adverse changes in these factors could result in a reduction of our credit rating; however, a reduction in credit rating would not cause us to violate any of our debt covenants. See the “Risk Factors” section in our 2010 Form 10-K for additional information regarding recent legislative developments and our credit ratings.
     We continue to evaluate the potential impact on liquidity management of regulatory proposals, including Basel III and
those required under the Dodd-Frank Act, throughout the rule-making process.
Parent Under SEC rules, the Parent is classified as a “well-known seasoned issuer,” which allows it to file a registration statement that does not have a limit on issuance capacity. In June 2009, the Parent filed a registration statement with the SEC for the issuance of senior and subordinated notes, preferred stock and other securities. The Parent’s ability to issue debt and other securities under this registration statement is limited by the debt issuance authority granted by the Board. The Parent is currently authorized by the Board to issue $60 billion in outstanding short-term debt and $170 billion in outstanding long-term debt. During first quarter 2011, the Parent issued $5.7 billion in registered senior notes. The Parent also took several actions related to Wachovia’s 2006 issuance of 5.80% fixed-to-floating rate trust preferred securities. In February 2011, the Parent remarketed $2.5 billion of junior subordinated notes owned by an unconsolidated, wholly-owned trust. The purchasers of the junior subordinated notes exchanged them


40


Table of Contents

with the Parent for newly issued senior notes, which are included in the Parent issuances described above. Proceeds of the remarketed junior subordinated securities were used by the trust to purchase $2.5 billion of Class A, Series I Preferred Stock issued by the Parent.
     Parent’s proceeds from securities issued in first quarter 2011 were used for general corporate purposes, and we expect that the proceeds from securities issued in the future will also be used for the same purposes.
     Table 31 provides information regarding the Parent’s medium-term note (MTN) programs. The Parent may issue senior and subordinated debt securities under Series I & J, and the European and Australian programmes. Under Series K, the Parent may issue senior debt securities linked to one or more indices.
Table 31: Medium-Term Note (MTN) Programs
                         
            March 31, 2011
            Debt   Available
    Date     issuance   for
(in billions)   established     authority   issuance
 
 
MTN program:
                       
Series I & J (1)
  August 2009     $ 25.0       18.8 
Series K (1)
  April 2010       25.0       24.5 
European (2)
  December 2009       25.0       25.0 
Australian (2)(3)
  June 2005   AUS $ 10.0       6.8 
 
 
(1)   SEC registered.
 
(2)   Not registered with the SEC. May not be offered in the United States without applicable exemptions from registration.
 
(3)   As amended in October 2005 and March 2010.
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. is authorized by its board of directors to issue $100 billion in outstanding short-term debt and $125 billion in outstanding long-term debt. In December 2007, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. established a $100 billion bank note program under which, subject to any other debt outstanding under the limits described above, it may issue $50 billion in outstanding short-term senior notes and $50 billion in long-term senior or subordinated notes. At March 31, 2011, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. had remaining issuance capacity on the bank note program of $50 billion in short-term senior notes and $50 billion in long-term senior or subordinated notes. Securities are issued under this program as private placements in accordance with OCC regulations.
Wells Fargo Financial Canada Corporation In January 2010, Wells Fargo Financial Canada Corporation (WFFCC), an indirect wholly owned Canadian subsidiary of the Parent, qualified with the Canadian provincial securities commissions CAD$7.0 billion in medium-term notes for distribution from time to time in Canada. During first quarter 2011, WFFCC issued CAD$500 million in medium-term notes. At March 31,2011, CAD$6.5 billion remained available for future issuance. All medium-term notes issued by WFFCC are unconditionally guaranteed by the Parent.
FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK MEMBERSHIP We are a member of the Federal Home Loan Banks based in Dallas, Des Moines and San Francisco (collectively, the FHLBs). Each member of each of the FHLBs is required to maintain a minimum investment in capital stock of the applicable FHLB. The board of directors of each FHLB can increase the minimum investment requirements in the event it has concluded that additional capital is required to allow it to meet its own regulatory capital requirements. Any increase in the minimum investment requirements outside of specified ranges requires the approval of the Federal Housing Finance Board. Because the extent of any obligation to increase our investment in any of the FHLBs depends entirely upon the occurrence of a future event, potential future payments to the FHLBs are not determinable.


41


Table of Contents

Capital Management

We have an active program for managing stockholders’ equity and regulatory capital and we maintain a comprehensive process for assessing the Company’s overall capital adequacy. We generate capital internally primarily through the retention of earnings net of dividends. Our objective is to maintain capital levels at the Company and its bank subsidiaries above the regulatory “well-capitalized” thresholds by an amount commensurate with our risk profile and risk tolerance objectives. Our potential sources of stockholders’ equity include retained earnings and issuances of common and preferred stock. Retained earnings increased $2.9 billion from December 31, 2010, predominantly from Wells Fargo net income of $3.8 billion, less common and preferred dividends of $822 million. During first quarter 2011, we issued approximately 40 million shares of common stock, with net proceeds of $634 million.
     On March 18, 2011, the Company was notified by the FRB that it did not object to the capital plan the Company submitted on January 7, 2011, as part of the Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR). Following that notification, the Company initiated several capital actions contemplated in its capital plan, including increasing the quarterly common stock dividend to $0.12 a share, authorizing the repurchase of an additional 200 million shares of our common stock, and issuing notice to call $3.2 billion of trust preferred securities that will no longer count as Tier 1 capital under the Dodd-Frank Act and the proposed Basel III capital standards. The Company will participate in any future CCAR activities to demonstrate that proposed capital actions are consistent with the existing supervisory guidance, including demonstrating that our internal capital assessment process is consistent with the complexity of our activities and risk profile.
     From time to time the Board authorizes the Company to repurchase shares of our common stock. Although we announce when the Board authorizes share repurchases (including the authorization announced on March 18, 2011), we typically do not give any public notice before we repurchase our shares. Various factors determine the amount and timing of our share repurchases, including our capital requirements, the number of shares we expect to issue for acquisitions and employee benefit plans, market conditions (including the trading price of our stock), and regulatory and legal considerations.
     In 2008, the Board authorized the repurchase of up to 25 million additional shares of our outstanding common stock. In first quarter 2011, the Board authorized the repurchase of an additional 200 million shares. During first quarter 2011, we repurchased 1.7 million shares of our common stock, all from our employee benefit plans. At March 31, 2011, the remaining common stock repurchase authority from the 2008 and 2011 authorizations was approximately 201 million shares. For more information about share repurchases during first quarter 2011, see Part II, Item 2 of this Report.
     Historically, our policy has been to repurchase shares under the “safe harbor” conditions of Rule 10b-18 of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 including a limitation on the daily volume of repurchases. Rule 10b-18 imposes an additional daily volume limitation on share repurchases during a pending merger or acquisition in which shares of our stock will constitute some or all of the consideration. Our management may determine that during a pending stock merger or acquisition when the safe harbor would otherwise be available, it is in our best interest to repurchase shares in excess of this additional daily volume limitation. In such cases, we intend to repurchase shares in compliance with the other conditions of the safe harbor, including the standing daily volume limitation that applies whether or not there is a pending stock merger or acquisition.
     In connection with our participation in the Troubled Asset Relief Program (TARP) Capital Purchase Program (CPP), we issued to the U.S. Treasury Department warrants to purchase 110,261,688 shares of our common stock with an exercise price of $34.01 per share expiring on October 28, 2018. The Board has authorized the repurchase by the Company of up to $1 billion of the warrants. On May 26, 2010, in an auction by the U.S. Treasury, we purchased 70,165,963 of the warrants at a price of $7.70 per warrant. We have purchased an additional 651,244 warrants since the U.S. Treasury auction; however, no purchases were made during first quarter 2011. At March 31, 2011, there were 39,444,481 warrants outstanding and exercisable and $455 million of unused warrant repurchase authority. Depending on market conditions, we may purchase from time to time additional warrants and/or our outstanding debt securities in privately negotiated or open market transactions, by tender offer or otherwise.
     Subsequent to the remarketing of certain junior subordinated notes issued in connection with Wachovia’s 2006 issuance of 5.80% fixed-to-floating rate trust preferred securities, the Company issued 25,010 shares of Class A, Series I Preferred Stock, with a par value of $2,501 million to Wachovia Capital Trust III (Trust), an unconsolidated wholly-owned trust. The action completed the Company’s and the Trust’s obligations under an agreement dated February 1, 2006, as amended, between the Trust and the Company (as successor to Wachovia Corporation). The Series I Preferred Stock replaces the trust preferred securities that will no longer count as Tier 1 capital under the Dodd-Frank Act.
     The Company and each of our subsidiary banks are subject to various regulatory capital adequacy requirements administered by the FRB and the OCC. Risk-based capital (RBC) guidelines establish a risk-adjusted ratio relating capital to different categories of assets and off-balance sheet exposures. At March 31, 2011, the Company and each of our subsidiary banks were “well-capitalized” under applicable regulatory capital adequacy guidelines. See Note 19 (Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information.
     Current regulatory RBC rules are based primarily on broad credit-risk considerations and limited market-related risks, but do not take into account other types of risk a financial company may be exposed to. Our capital adequacy assessment process


42


Table of Contents

Capital Management (continued)
contemplates a wide range of risks that the Company is exposed to and also takes into consideration our performance under a variety of stressed economic conditions, as well as regulatory expectations and guidance, rating agency viewpoints and the view of capital market participants.
     In July 2009, the Basel Committee on Bank Supervision published an additional set of international guidelines for review known as Basel III and finalized these guidelines in December 2010. The additional guidelines were developed in response to the financial crisis of 2009 and 2010 and address many of the weaknesses identified in the banking sector as contributing to the crisis including excessive leverage, inadequate and low quality capital and insufficient liquidity buffers. The U.S. regulatory bodies are reviewing the final international standards and final U.S. rulemaking is expected to be completed in 2011. Although uncertainty exists regarding the final rules, we evaluate the impact of Basel III on our capital ratios based on our interpretation of the proposed capital requirements and we estimate that our Tier 1 common equity ratio under the proposal exceeded the fully-phased in minimum of 7.0% by 20 basis points at the end of first quarter 2011. This estimate is subject to
change depending on final promulgation of Basel III capital rulemaking and interpretations thereof by regulatory authorities.
     We are well underway toward Basel II and Basel III implementation and are currently on schedule to enter the parallel run phase of Basel II in 2012 with regulatory approval. Our delayed entry into the parallel run phase was approved by the FRB in 2010 as a result of the acquisition of Wachovia.
     At March 31, 2011, stockholders’ equity and Tier 1 common equity levels were higher than the quarter ending prior to the Wachovia acquisition. During 2009, as regulators and the market focused on the composition of regulatory capital, the Tier 1 common equity ratio gained significant prominence as a metric of capital strength. There is no mandated minimum or “well-capitalized” standard for Tier 1 common equity; instead the RBC rules state voting common stockholders’ equity should be the dominant element within Tier 1 common equity. Tier 1 common equity was $86.0 billion at March 31, 2011, or 8.93% of risk-weighted assets, an increase of $4.7 billion from December 31, 2010. Table 32 provides the details of the Tier 1 common equity calculation.


Table 32: Tier 1 Common Equity (1)
                     
        Mar. 31 ,   Dec. 31 ,
(in billions)       2011     2010  
 
 
Total equity
      $ 134.9       127.9  
 
Noncontrolling interests
        (1.5 )     (1.5 )
 
 
Total Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity
        133.4       126.4  
 
 
Adjustments:
                   
 
Preferred equity (2)
        (10.6 )     (8.1 )
 
Goodwill and intangible assets (other than MSRs)
        (35.1 )     (35.5 )
 
Applicable deferred taxes
        4.2       4.3  
 
MSRs over specified limitations
        (0.9 )     (0.9 )
 
Cumulative other comprehensive income
        (4.9 )     (4.6 )
 
Other
        (0.1 )     (0.3 )
 
 
Tier 1 common equity
  (A)   $ 86.0       81.3  
 
 
Total risk-weighted assets (3)
  (B)   $ 962.9       980.0  
 
 
Tier 1 common equity to total risk-weighted assets
  (A)/(B)     8.93   %   8.30  
 
(1)   Tier 1 common equity is a non-generally accepted accounting principle (GAAP) financial measure that is used by investors, analysts and bank regulatory agencies to assess the capital position of financial services companies. Tier 1 common equity includes total Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity, less preferred equity, goodwill and intangible assets (excluding MSRs), net of related deferred taxes, adjusted for specified Tier 1 regulatory capital limitations covering deferred taxes, MSRs, and cumulative other comprehensive income. Management reviews Tier 1 common equity along with other measures of capital as part of its financial analyses and has included this non-GAAP financial information, and the corresponding reconciliation to total equity, because of current interest in such information on the part of market participants.
 
(2)   In March 2011, we issued $2.5 billion of Series I Preferred Stock to an unconsolidated wholly-owned trust.
 
(3)   Under the regulatory guidelines for risk-based capital, on-balance sheet assets and credit equivalent amounts of derivatives and off-balance sheet items are assigned to one of several broad risk categories according to the obligor or, if relevant, the guarantor or the nature of any collateral. The aggregate dollar amount in each risk category is then multiplied by the risk weight associated with that category. The resulting weighted values from each of the risk categories are aggregated for determining total risk-weighted assets.

43


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies
Our significant accounting policies (see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in our 2010 Form 10-K) are fundamental to understanding our results of operations and financial condition because they require that we use estimates and assumptions that may affect the value of our assets or liabilities and financial results. Six of these policies are critical because they require management to make difficult, subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because it is likely that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions. These policies govern:
  the allowance for credit losses;
 
  purchased credit-impaired (PCI) loans;
 
  the valuation of residential mortgage servicing rights (MSRs);
 
  liability for mortgage loan repurchase losses;
 
  the fair valuation of financial instruments; and
 
  income taxes.
     Management has reviewed and approved these critical accounting policies and has discussed these policies with the Board’s Audit and Examination Committee. These policies are described further in the “Financial Review – Critical Accounting Policies” section and Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in our 2010 Form 10-K.
      


44


Table of Contents

Current Accounting Developments

The following accounting pronouncement has been issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) but is not yet effective:
  Accounting Standards Update (ASU or Update) 2011-02, A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring is a Troubled Debt Restructuring.
ASU 2011-02 provides guidance clarifying under what circumstances a creditor should classify a restructured receivable as a troubled debt restructuring (TDR). A receivable is a TDR if both of the following exist: 1) a creditor has granted a concession to the debtor, and 2) the debtor is experiencing financial difficulties. The Update clarifies that a creditor should consider all aspects of a restructuring when evaluating whether it has granted a concession, which include determining whether a debtor can obtain funds from another source at market rates and assessing the value of additional collateral and guarantees obtained at the time of restructuring. The Update also provides factors a creditor should consider when determining if a debtor is experiencing financial difficulties, such as probability of payment default and bankruptcy declarations. The Update is effective for us in third quarter 2011 with retrospective application to January 1, 2011. Early adoption is permitted. We are evaluating the impact these accounting changes may have on our consolidated financial statements.
      


45


Table of Contents

Forward-Looking Statements

This Report contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements can be identified by words such as “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “seeks,” “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “projects,” “outlook,” “forecast,” “will,” “may,” “could,” “should,” “can” and similar references to future periods. Examples of forward-looking statements in this Report include, but are not limited to, statements we make about: (i) future results of the Company; (ii) future credit quality and expectations regarding future loan losses in our loan portfolios and life-of-loan estimates; the level and loss content of NPAs and nonaccrual loans; the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses, including our current expectation of future reductions in the allowance for credit losses; and the reduction or mitigation of risk in our loan portfolios and the effects of loan modification programs; (iii) the merger integration of the Company and Wachovia, including merger costs, expense savings, revenue synergies and store conversions; (iv) our mortgage repurchase exposure and exposure relating to our foreclosure practices; (v) our current estimate of our effective tax rate for 2011; (vi) our estimated future expenses, including loan resolution costs; (vii) future capital levels and our expectations regarding our estimated Tier 1 common equity ratio under proposed Basel III capital standards; (viii) the expected outcome and impact of legal, regulatory and legislative developments, including Dodd-Frank Act and FRB restrictions on debit interchange fees; and (ix) the Company’s plans, objectives and strategies.
     Forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations and assumptions regarding our business, the economy and other future conditions. Because forward-looking statements relate to the future, they are subject to inherent uncertainties, risks and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict. Our actual results may differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements. We caution you, therefore, against relying on any of these forward-looking statements. They are neither statements of historical fact nor guarantees or assurances of future performance. While there is no assurance that any list of risks and uncertainties or risk factors is complete, important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements include the following, without limitation:
  current and future economic and market conditions, including the effects of further declines in housing prices and high unemployment rates;
 
  our capital and liquidity requirements (including under regulatory capital standards, such as the proposed Basel III capital standards, as determined and interpreted by applicable regulatory authorities) and our ability to generate capital internally or raise capital on favorable terms;
 
  financial services reform and other current, pending or future legislation or regulation that could have a negative effect on our revenue and businesses, including the Dodd-Frank Act and legislation and regulation relating to overdraft fees (and changes to our overdraft practices as a
    result thereof), debit card interchange fees, credit cards, and other bank services;
 
  legislative proposals to allow mortgage cram-downs in bankruptcy or require other loan modifications;
 
  the extent of our success in our loan modification efforts, as well as the effects of regulatory requirements or guidance regarding loan modifications or changes in such requirements or guidance;
 
  the amount of mortgage loan repurchase demands that we receive and our ability to satisfy any such demands without having to repurchase loans related thereto or otherwise indemnify or reimburse third parties, and the credit quality of or losses on such repurchased mortgage loans;
 
  negative effects relating to mortgage foreclosures, including changes in our procedures or practices and/or industry standards or practices, regulatory or judicial requirements, penalties or fines, increased costs, or delays or moratoriums on foreclosures;
 
  our ability to successfully integrate the Wachovia merger and realize all of the expected cost savings and other benefits and the effects of any delays or disruptions in systems conversions relating to the Wachovia integration;
 
  our ability to realize the efficiency initiatives to lower expenses when and in the amount expected;
 
  recognition of OTTI on securities held in our available-for-sale portfolio;
 
  the effect of changes in interest rates on our net interest margin and our mortgage originations, MSRs and MHFS;
 
  hedging gains or losses;
 
  disruptions in the capital markets and reduced investor demand for mortgage loans;
 
  our ability to sell more products to our customers;
 
  the effect of the economic recession on the demand for our products and services;
 
  the effect of the fall in stock market prices on our investment banking business and our fee income from our brokerage, asset and wealth management businesses;
 
  our election to provide support to our mutual funds for structured credit products they may hold;
 
  changes in the value of our venture capital investments;
 
  changes in our accounting policies or in accounting standards or in how accounting standards are to be applied or interpreted;
 
  mergers, acquisitions and divestitures;
 
  changes in the Company’s credit ratings and changes in the credit quality of the Company’s customers or counterparties;
 
  reputational damage from negative publicity, fines, penalties and other negative consequences from regulatory violations and legal actions;
 
  the loss of checking and savings account deposits to other investments such as the stock market, and the resulting increase in our funding costs and impact on our net interest margin;
 
  fiscal and monetary policies of the FRB; and


46


Table of Contents

  the other risk factors and uncertainties described under “Risk Factors” in our 2010 Form 10-K and in this Report.
     In addition to the above factors, we also caution that there is no assurance that our allowance for credit losses will be adequate to cover future credit losses, especially if credit markets, housing prices and unemployment do not continue to stabilize or improve. Increases in loan charge-offs or in the allowance for
credit losses and related provision expense could materially adversely affect our financial results and condition.
     Any forward-looking statement made by us in this Report speaks only as of the date on which it is made. Factors or events that could cause our actual results to differ may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of them. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as may be required by law.


Risk Factors

An investment in the Company involves risk, including the possibility that the value of the investment could fall substantially and that dividends or other distributions on the investment could be reduced or eliminated. We discuss previously under “Forward-Looking Statements” and elsewhere in this Report, as well as in other documents we file with the SEC, risk factors that could adversely affect our financial results and condition and the value of, and return on, an investment in the Company. We refer you to the Financial Review section and Financial Statements (and related Notes) in this Report for more information about credit, interest rate, market, and litigation risks and to the “Risk Factors” and “Regulation and Supervision” sections in our 2010 Form 10-K for more information about risks. Any factor described in this Report or in our 2010 Form 10-K could by itself, or together with other factors, adversely affect our financial results and condition, or the value of an investment in the Company. There are factors not discussed in this Report or in our 2010 Form 10-K that could adversely affect our financial results and condition.
 


47


Table of Contents

Controls and Procedures
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
As required by SEC rules, the Company’s management evaluated the effectiveness, as of March 31, 2011, of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures. The Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer participated in the evaluation. Based on this evaluation, the Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of March 31, 2011.
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the Company’s Board, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and includes those policies and procedures that:
  pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of assets of the Company;
 
  provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and
 
  provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
     Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. No change occurred during first quarter 2011 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

48


Table of Contents

Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statement of Income (Unaudited)
                 
  Quarter ended March 31, 
 
(in millions, except per share amounts)   2011     2010  
 
 
               
Interest income
               
Trading assets
  $ 350       267  
Securities available for sale
    2,164       2,415  
Mortgages held for sale
    437       387  
Loans held for sale
    12       34  
Loans
    9,387       10,038  
Other interest income
    122       84  
 
 
               
Total interest income
    12,472       13,225  
 
 
               
Interest expense
               
Deposits
    615       735  
Short-term borrowings
    26       18  
Long-term debt
    1,104       1,276  
Other interest expense
    76       49  
 
 
               
Total interest expense
    1,821       2,078  
 
 
               
Net interest income
    10,651       11,147  
Provision for credit losses
    2,210       5,330  
 
 
               
Net interest income after provision for credit losses
    8,441       5,817  
 
 
               
Noninterest income
               
Service charges on deposit accounts
    1,012       1,332  
Trust and investment fees
    2,916       2,669  
Card fees
    957       865  
Other fees
    989       941  
Mortgage banking
    2,016       2,470  
Insurance
    503       621  
Net gains from trading activities
    612       537  
Net gains (losses) on debt securities available for sale (1)
    (166 )     28  
Net gains from equity investments (2)
    353       43  
Operating leases
    77       185  
Other
    409       610  
 
 
               
Total noninterest income
    9,678       10,301  
 
 
               
Noninterest expense
               
Salaries
    3,454       3,314  
Commission and incentive compensation
    2,347       1,992  
Employee benefits
    1,392       1,322  
Equipment
    632       678  
Net occupancy
    752       796  
Core deposit and other intangibles
    483       549  
FDIC and other deposit assessments
    305       301  
Other
    3,368       3,165  
 
 
               
Total noninterest expense
    12,733       12,117  
 
 
               
Income before income tax expense
    5,386       4,001  
Income tax expense
    1,572       1,401  
 
 
               
Net income before noncontrolling interests
    3,814       2,600  
Less: Net income from noncontrolling interests
    55       53  
 
 
               
Wells Fargo net income
  $ 3,759       2,547  
 
 
               
Less: Preferred stock dividends and other
    189       175  
 
 
               
Wells Fargo net income applicable to common stock
  $ 3,570       2,372  
 
 
               
Per share information
               
Earnings per common share
  $ 0.68       0.46  
Diluted earnings per common share
    0.67       0.45  
Dividends declared per common share
    0.12       0.05  
Average common shares outstanding
    5,278.8       5,190.4  
Diluted average common shares outstanding
    5,333.1       5,225.2  
 
(1)   Includes other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) credit-related losses of $80 million and $92 million recognized in earnings for the quarters ended March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Total OTTI losses (gains) were $(76) million and $154 million, net of $(156) million and $62 million recognized as non-credit related OTTI in other comprehensive income) for the quarters ended March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
 
(2)   Includes OTTI losses of $41 million and $105 million for the quarters ended March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

49


Table of Contents

Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheet (Unaudited)
                 
    Mar. 31,     Dec. 31, 
 
(in millions, except shares)   2011     2010  
 
 
               
Assets
               
Cash and due from banks
  $ 16,978       16,044  
Federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and other short-term investments
    93,041       80,637  
Trading assets
    57,890       51,414  
Securities available for sale
    167,906       172,654  
Mortgages held for sale (includes $28,931 and $47,531 carried at fair value)
    33,121       51,763  
Loans held for sale (includes $1,003 and $873 carried at fair value)
    1,428       1,290  
 
               
Loans (includes $98 and $309 carried at fair value)
    751,155       757,267  
Allowance for loan losses
    (21,983 )     (23,022 )
 
 
               
Net loans
    729,172       734,245  
 
 
               
Mortgage servicing rights:
               
Measured at fair value
    15,648       14,467  
Amortized
    1,423       1,419  
Premises and equipment, net
    9,545       9,644  
Goodwill
    24,777       24,770  
Other assets
    93,737       99,781  
 
 
               
Total assets (1)
  $ 1,244,666       1,258,128  
 
 
               
Liabilities
               
Noninterest-bearing deposits
  $ 190,959       191,256  
Interest-bearing deposits
    646,703       656,686  
 
 
               
Total deposits
    837,662       847,942  
Short-term borrowings
    54,737       55,401  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    68,721       69,913  
Long-term debt (includes $99 and $306 carried at fair value)
    148,603       156,983  
 
 
               
Total liabilities (2)
    1,109,723       1,130,239  
 
 
               
Equity
               
Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity:
               
Preferred stock
    11,897       8,689  
Common stock – $1-2/3 par value, authorized 9,000,000,000 shares;
issued 5,312,696,671 shares and 5,272,414,622 shares
    8,854       8,787  
Additional paid-in capital
    54,815       53,426  
Retained earnings
    54,855       51,918  
Cumulative other comprehensive income
    5,021       4,738  
Treasury stock – 11,818,765 shares and 10,131,394 shares
    (541 )     (487 )
Unearned ESOP shares
    (1,430 )     (663 )
 
 
               
Total Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity
    133,471       126,408  
Noncontrolling interests
    1,472       1,481  
 
 
               
Total equity
    134,943       127,889  
 
 
               
Total liabilities and equity
  $ 1,244,666       1,258,128  
 
(1)   Our consolidated assets at March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, include the following assets of certain variable interest entities (VIEs) that can only be used to settle the liabilities of those VIEs: Cash and due from banks, $154 million and $200 million; Trading assets, $98 million and $143 million; Securities available for sale, $2.4 billion and $2.2 billion; Loans held for sale, $53 million and $0; Net loans, $15.4 billion and $16.7 billion; Other assets, $1.4 billion and $2.0 billion, and Total assets, $19.6 billion and $21.2 billion, respectively.
 
(2)   Our consolidated liabilities at March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, include the following VIE liabilities for which the VIE creditors do not have recourse to Wells Fargo: Short-term borrowings, $31 million and $7 million; Accrued expenses and other liabilities, $90 million and $71 million; Long-term debt, $7.1 billion and $8.3 billion; and Total liabilities, $7.2 billion and $8.4 billion, respectively.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

50


Table of Contents

Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity and Comprehensive Income (Unaudited)
                                 
   
 
 
    Preferred stock   Common stock
(in millions, except shares)   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount
 
Balance January 1, 2010
    9,980,940     $ 8,485       5,178,624,593     $ 8,743  
 
Cumulative effect from change in accounting for VIEs
                               
 
Comprehensive income:
                               
Net income
                               
 
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
                               
Translation adjustments
                               
 
Net unrealized gains on securities available for sale,
net of reclassification of $40 million of net gains included in net income
                               
 
Net unrealized gains on derivatives and hedging activities, net of reclassification
of $88 million of net gains on cash flow hedges included in net income
                               
 
Unamortized losses under defined benefit plans, net of amortization
                               
 
Total comprehensive income
                               
 
Noncontrolling interests
                               
 
Common stock issued
                    21,683,461          
 
Common stock repurchased
                    (1,312,992 )        
 
Preferred stock issued to ESOP
    1,000,000       1,000                  
 
Preferred stock released by ESOP
                               
 
Preferred stock converted to common shares
    (209,008 )     (209 )     6,716,195          
 
Common stock dividends
                               
 
Preferred stock dividends
                               
 
Tax benefit upon exercise of stock options
                               
 
Stock incentive compensation expense
                               
 
Net change in deferred compensation and related plans
                               
 
Net change
    790,992       791       27,086,664       -  
 
Balance March 31, 2010
    10,771,932     $ 9,276       5,205,711,257     $ 8,743  
 
 
                               
Balance January 1, 2011
    10,185,303     $ 8,689       5,262,283,228     $ 8,787  
 
Comprehensive income:
                               
Net income
                               
 
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
                               
Translation adjustments
                               
 
Net unrealized gains on securities available for sale,
net of reclassification of $32 million of net losses included in net income
                               
 
Net unrealized losses on derivatives and hedging activities, net of reclassification of $100 million of net gains on cash flow hedges included in net income
                               
 
Unamortized gains under defined benefit plans, net of amortization
                               
 
Total comprehensive income
                               
 
Noncontrolling interests
                               
 
Common stock issued
                    24,788,653       41  
 
Common stock repurchased
                    (1,687,371 )        
 
Preferred stock issued to ESOP
    1,200,000       1,200                  
 
Preferred stock released by ESOP
                               
 
Preferred stock converted to common shares
    (492,873 )     (493 )     15,493,396       26  
 
Preferred stock issued
    25,010       2,501                  
 
Common stock dividends
                               
 
Preferred stock dividends
                               
 
Tax benefit upon exercise of stock options
                               
 
Stock incentive compensation expense
                               
 
Net change in deferred compensation and related plans
                               
 
Net change
    732,137       3,208       38,594,678       67  
 
Balance March 31, 2011
    10,917,440     $ 11,897       5,300,877,906     $ 8,854  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

51


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity and Comprehensive Income
 
                                                                 
Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity                  
                Cumulative                     Total                  
Additional             other             Unearned     Wells Fargo                  
paid-in     Retained     comprehensive     Treasury     ESOP     stockholders’         Noncontrolling     Total  
capital     earnings     income     stock     shares     equity         interests     equity  
 
  52,878       41,563       3,009       (2,450 )     (442 )     111,786    
 
    2,573       114,359  
 
          183                               183    
 
            183  
 
                                                                 
          2,547                               2,547    
 
    53       2,600  
 
                                                                 
                  5                       5    
 
            5  
 
 
                  984                       984    
 
    1       985  
 
 
                  73                       73    
 
            73  
 
                  16                       16    
 
            16  
 
                                          3,625    
 
    54       3,679  
 
  16                                       16    
 
    (615 )     (599 )
 
  (13 )     (213 )             690               464    
 
            464  
 
                          (38 )             (38 )  
 
            (38 )
 
  80                               (1,080 )     -    
 
            -  
 
  (17 )                             226       209    
 
            209  
 
  (4 )                     213               -    
 
            -  
 
          (260 )                             (260 )  
 
            (260 )
 
          (184 )                             (184 )  
 
            (184 )
 
  51                                       51    
 
            51  
 
  175                                       175    
 
            175  
 
  (10 )                     125               115    
 
            115  
 
  278       2,073       1,078       990       (854 )     4,356    
 
    (561 )     3,795  
 
  53,156       43,636       4,087       (1,460 )     (1,296 )     116,142    
 
    2,012       118,154  
 
                                               
 
               
  53,426       51,918       4,738       (487 )     (663 )     126,408    
 
    1,481       127,889  
 
                                                                 
          3,759                               3,759    
 
    55       3,814  
 
                                                                 
                  15                       15    
 
            15  
 
 
                  352                       352    
 
    (4 )     348  
 
 
                  (99 )                     (99 )  
 
            (99 )
 
                  15                       15    
 
            15  
 
                                          4,042    
 
    51       4,093  
 
  (35 )                                     (35 )  
 
    (60 )     (95 )
 
  593                                       634    
 
            634  
 
                          (55 )             (55 )  
 
            (55 )
 
  102                               (1,302 )     -    
 
            -  
 
  (42 )                             535       493    
 
            493  
 
  467                                       -    
 
            -  
 
                                          2,501    
 
            2,501  
 
  4       (638 )                             (634 )  
 
            (634 )
 
          (184 )                             (184 )  
 
            (184 )
 
  54                                       54    
 
            54  
 
  261                                       261    
 
            261  
 
  (15 )                     1               (14 )  
 
            (14 )
 
  1,389       2,937       283       (54 )     (767 )     7,063    
 
    (9 )     7,054  
 
  54,815       54,855       5,021       (541 )     (1,430 )     133,471    
 
    1,472       134,943  
 

52


Table of Contents

Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (Unaudited)
                 
  Quarter ended March 31, 
(in millions)   2011     2010  
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
               
Net income before noncontrolling interests
  $ 3,814       2,600  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
               
Provision for credit losses
    2,210       5,330  
Changes in fair value of MSRs, MHFS and LHFS carried at fair value
    (586 )     (80 )
Depreciation and amortization
    477       713  
Other net losses (gains)
    (1,354 )     319  
Preferred stock released by ESOP
    493       209  
Stock incentive compensation expense
    261       175  
Excess tax benefits related to stock option payments
    (55 )     (51 )
Originations of MHFS
    (79,389 )     (74,290 )
Proceeds from sales of and principal collected on mortgages originated for sale
    88,264       81,466  
Originations of LHFS
    -       (3,155 )
Proceeds from sales of and principal collected on LHFS
    2,299       6,036  
Purchases of LHFS
    (2,313 )     (2,407 )
Net change in:
               
Trading assets
    5,826       (3,834 )
Deferred income taxes
    539       1,199  
Accrued interest receivable
    (156 )     690  
Accrued interest payable
    14       (142 )
Other assets, net
    2,389       3,431  
Other accrued expenses and liabilities, net
    (5,522 )     (9,328 )
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    17,211       8,881  
 
Cash flows from investing activities:
               
Net change in:
               
Federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements
and other short-term investments
    (12,404 )     (13,307 )
Securities available for sale:
               
Sales proceeds
    15,361       1,795  
Prepayments and maturities
    11,651       9,295  
Purchases
    (18,831 )     (4,191 )
Loans:
               
Loans originated by banking subsidiaries, net of principal collected
    (214 )     15,532  
Proceeds from sales (including participations) of loans originated for
investment by banking subsidiaries
    2,165       1,341  
Purchases (including participations) of loans by banking subsidiaries
    (644 )     (566 )
Principal collected on nonbank entities’ loans
    2,546       4,286  
Loans originated by nonbank entities
    (1,904 )     (2,861 )
Proceeds from sales of foreclosed assets
    1,642       1,109  
Changes in MSRs from purchases and sales
    (45 )     (8 )
Other, net
    1,909       270  
 
Net cash provided by investing activities
    1,232       12,695  
 
Cash flows from financing activities:
               
Net change in:
               
Deposits
    (10,280 )     (19,125 )
Short-term borrowings
    (664 )     2,240  
Long-term debt:
               
Proceeds from issuance
    5,217       1,415  
Repayment
    (13,933 )     (16,508 )
Preferred stock:
               
Proceeds from issuance
    2,501       -  
Cash dividends paid
    (251 )     (251 )
Common stock:
               
Proceeds from issuance
    634       464  
Repurchased
    (55 )     (38 )
Cash dividends paid
    (634 )     (260 )
Excess tax benefits related to stock option payments
    55       51  
Net change in noncontrolling interests
    (99 )     (343 )
 
Net cash used by financing activities
    (17,509 )     (32,355 )
 
Net change in cash and due from banks
    934       (10,779 )
Cash and due from banks at beginning of period
    16,044       27,080  
 
Cash and due from banks at end of period
  $ 16,978       16,301  
 
Supplemental cash flow disclosures:
               
Cash paid for interest
  $ 1,807       2,220  
Cash paid for income taxes
    144       325  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements. See Note 1 for noncash activities.

53


Table of Contents

See the Glossary of Acronyms at the end of this Report for terms used throughout the Financial Statements and related Notes of this Form 10-Q.
Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Wells Fargo & Company is a nation-wide diversified, community-based financial services company. We provide banking, insurance, investments, mortgage banking, investment banking, retail banking, brokerage, and consumer finance through banking stores, the internet and other distribution channels to consumers, businesses and institutions in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, and in other countries. When we refer to “Wells Fargo,” “the Company,” “we,” “our” or “us” in this Form 10-Q, we mean Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries (consolidated). Wells Fargo & Company (the Parent) is a financial holding company and a bank holding company. We also hold a majority interest in a real estate investment trust, which has publicly traded preferred stock outstanding.
     Our accounting and reporting policies conform with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and practices in the financial services industry. To prepare the financial statements in conformity with GAAP, management must make estimates based on assumptions about future economic and market conditions (for example, unemployment, market liquidity, real estate prices, etc.) that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and income and expenses during the reporting period and the related disclosures. Although our estimates contemplate current conditions and how we expect them to change in the future, it is reasonably possible that actual conditions could be worse than anticipated in those estimates, which could materially affect our results of operations and financial condition. Management has made significant estimates in several areas, including other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) on investment securities (Note 4), allowance for credit losses and purchased credit-impaired (PCI) loans (Note 5), valuations of residential mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) (Notes 7 and 8) and financial instruments (Note 13), liability for mortgage loan repurchase losses (Note 8) and income taxes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
     The information furnished in these unaudited interim statements reflects all adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair statement of the results for the periods presented. These adjustments are of a normal recurring nature, unless otherwise disclosed in this Form 10-Q. The results of operations in the interim statements do not necessarily indicate the results that may be expected for the full year. The interim financial information should be read in conjunction with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 (2010 Form 10-K).
Accounting Standards Adopted in 2011
In first quarter 2011, we adopted certain provisions of Accounting Standards Update (ASU or Update) 2010-6, Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements.
ASU 2010-6 amends the disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. Companies are required to disclose significant transfers in and out of Levels 1 and 2 of the fair value hierarchy. The Update also clarifies that fair value measurement disclosures should be presented for each asset and liability class, which is generally a subset of a line item in the statement of financial position. In the rollforward of Level 3 activity, companies must present information on purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements on a gross basis rather than on a net basis. Companies should also provide information about the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value for both recurring and nonrecurring instruments classified as either Level 2 or Level 3. In first quarter 2011, we adopted the requirement for gross presentation in the Level 3 rollforward with prospective application. The remaining provisions were effective for us in first quarter 2010. Our adoption of the Update did not affect our consolidated financial statement results since it amends only the disclosure requirements for fair value measurements.


54


Table of Contents

Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION Noncash activities are presented below, including information on transfers affecting MHFS, LHFS, and MSRs.
 
                 
  Quarter ended March 31, 
 
(in millions)   2011     2010  
 
 
               
Transfers from loans to securities available for sale
  $ -       2,057  
 
               
Trading assets retained from securitization of MHFS
    12,302       -  
Capitalization of MSRs from sale of MHFS
    1,291       1,065  
Transfers from MHFS to foreclosed assets
    40       51  
Transfers from loans to MHFS
    25       46  
Transfers from (to) loans to (from) LHFS
    106       (149 )
Transfers from loans to foreclosed assets
    1,237       2,697  
Changes in consolidations of variable interest entities:
               
Trading assets
    -       155  
Securities available for sale
    9       (7,590 )
Loans
    (210 )     25,657  
Other assets
    -       193  
Short-term borrowings
    -       5,127  
Long-term debt
    (204 )     13,134  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    -       (32 )
Decrease in noncontrolling interests due to deconsolidation of subsidiaries
    -       239  
 
               
 
SUBSEQUENT EVENTS We have evaluated the effects of subsequent events that have occurred subsequent to period end March 31, 2011, and there have been no material events that
would require recognition in our first quarter 2011 consolidated financial statements or disclosure in the Notes to the financial statements.


Note 2: Business Combinations
We regularly explore opportunities to acquire financial services companies and businesses. Generally, we do not make a public announcement about an acquisition opportunity until a definitive agreement has been signed. For information on additional consideration related to acquisitions, which is considered to be a guarantee, see Note 10.
     We did not complete any acquisitions in first quarter 2011. At March 31, 2011, we had one pending business combination with total assets of approximately $5 million. We expect to complete this transaction in 2011.


Note 3: Federal Funds Sold, Securities Purchased under Resale Agreements and Other Short-Term Investments
The following table provides the detail of federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and other short-term investments.
 
                 
    Mar. 31,    Dec. 31, 
 
(in millions)   2011     2010  
 
 
               
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements
  $ 20,868       24,880  
Interest-earning deposits
    70,058       53,433  
Other short-term investments
    2,115       2,324  
 
 
               
Total
  $ 93,041       80,637  
 
We receive collateral from other entities under resale agreements and securities borrowings. For additional information, see Note 10.
      


55


Table of Contents

Note 4: Securities Available for Sale
The following table provides the cost and fair value for the major categories of securities available for sale carried at fair value. The net unrealized gains (losses) are reported on an after-tax basis as
a component of cumulative OCI. There were no securities classified as held to maturity as of the periods presented.


 
                                 
            Gross     Gross        
            unrealized     unrealized     Fair
(in millions)   Cost     gains     losses     value
 
 
                               
March 31, 2011
                               
 
                               
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
  $ 1,483       43       (19 )     1,507  
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
    21,374       616       (831 )     21,159  
Mortgage-backed securities:
                               
Federal agencies
    72,475       3,207       (130 )     75,552  
Residential
    17,119       2,188       (359 )     18,948  
Commercial
    12,823       1,343       (386 )     13,780  
 
 
                               
Total mortgage-backed securities
    102,417       6,738       (875 )     108,280  
 
 
                               
Corporate debt securities
    9,506       1,412       (90 )     10,828  
Collateralized debt obligations (1)
    5,322       478       (184 )     5,616  
Other (2)
    15,045       642       (179 )     15,508  
 
 
                               
Total debt securities
    155,147       9,929       (2,178 )     162,898  
 
 
                               
Marketable equity securities:
                               
Perpetual preferred securities
    3,290       287       (66 )     3,511  
Other marketable equity securities
    593       905       (1 )     1,497  
 
 
                               
Total marketable equity securities
    3,883       1,192       (67 )     5,008  
 
 
                               
Total
  $ 159,030       11,121       (2,245 )     167,906  
 
 
                               
December 31, 2010
                               
 
                               
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
  $ 1,570       49       (15 )     1,604  
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
    18,923       568       (837 )     18,654  
Mortgage-backed securities:
                               
Federal agencies
    78,578       3,555       (96 )     82,037  
Residential
    18,294       2,398       (489 )     20,203  
Commercial
    12,990       1,199       (635 )     13,554  
 
 
                               
Total mortgage-backed securities
    109,862       7,152       (1,220 )     115,794  
 
 
                               
Corporate debt securities
    9,015       1,301       (37 )     10,279  
Collateralized debt obligations (1)
    4,638       369       (229 )     4,778  
Other (2)
    16,063       576       (283 )     16,356  
 
 
                               
Total debt securities
    160,071       10,015       (2,621 )     167,465  
 
 
                               
Marketable equity securities:
                               
Perpetual preferred securities
    3,671       250       (89 )     3,832  
Other marketable equity securities
    587       771       (1 )     1,357  
 
 
                               
Total marketable equity securities
    4,258       1,021       (90 )     5,189  
 
 
                               
Total
  $ 164,329       11,036       (2,711 )     172,654  
 
(1)   Includes collateralized loan obligations with a cost basis and fair value of $4.7 billion and $5.0 billion, respectively, at March 31, 2011, and $4.0 billion and $4.2 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2010.
 
(2)   Included in the “Other” category are asset-backed securities collateralized by auto leases or loans and cash reserves with a cost basis and fair value of $4.4 billion and $4.4 billion, respectively, at March 31, 2011, and $6.2 billion and $6.4 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2010. Also included in the “Other” category are asset-backed securities collateralized by home equity loans with a cost basis and fair value of $900 million and $1.1 billion, respectively, at March 31, 2011, and $927 million and $1.1 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2010. The remaining balances primarily include asset-backed securities collateralized by credit cards and student loans.

56


Table of Contents

Note 4: Securities Available for Sale (continued)
Gross Unrealized Losses and Fair Value
The following table shows the gross unrealized losses and fair value of securities in the securities available-for-sale portfolio by length of time that individual securities in each category had been in a continuous loss position. Debt securities on which we
have taken only credit-related OTTI write-downs are categorized as being “less than 12 months” or “12 months or more” in a continuous loss position based on the point in time that the fair value declined to below the cost basis and not the period of time since the credit-related OTTI write-down.


 
                                                 
    Less than 12 months   12 months or more   Total
    Gross           Gross           Gross    
    unrealized   Fair   unrealized   Fair   unrealized   Fair
(in millions)   losses   value   losses   value   losses   value
 
 
                                               
March 31, 2011
                                               
 
                                               
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
  $ (19 )     583       -       -       (19 )     583  
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
    (319 )     6,358       (512 )     3,002       (831 )     9,360  
Mortgage-backed securities:
                                               
Federal agencies
    (121 )     15,690       (9 )     701       (130 )     16,391  
Residential
    (32 )     1,068       (327 )     3,870       (359 )     4,938  
Commercial
    (15 )     607       (371 )     4,021       (386 )     4,628  
 
 
                                               
Total mortgage-backed securities
    (168 )     17,365       (707 )     8,592       (875 )     25,957  
 
 
                                               
Corporate debt securities
    (7 )     459       (83 )     193       (90 )     652  
Collateralized debt obligations
    (15 )     844       (169 )     473       (184 )     1,317  
Other
    (13 )     933       (166 )     782       (179 )     1,715  
 
 
                                               
Total debt securities
    (541 )     26,542       (1,637 )     13,042       (2,178 )     39,584  
 
 
                                               
Marketable equity securities:
                                               
Perpetual preferred securities
    (9 )     490       (57 )     672       (66 )     1,162  
Other marketable equity securities
    -       -       (1 )     5       (1 )     5  
 
 
                                               
Total marketable equity securities
    (9 )     490       (58 )     677       (67 )     1,167  
 
 
                                               
Total
  $ (550 )     27,032       (1,695 )     13,719       (2,245 )     40,751  
 
 
                                               
December 31, 2010
                                               
 
                                               
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
  $ (15 )     544       -       -       (15 )     544  
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
    (322 )     6,242       (515 )     2,720       (837 )     8,962  
Mortgage-backed securities:
                                               
Federal agencies
    (95 )     8,103       (1 )     60       (96 )     8,163  
Residential
    (35 )     1,023       (454 )     4,440       (489 )     5,463  
Commercial
    (9 )     441       (626 )     5,141       (635 )     5,582  
 
 
                                               
Total mortgage-backed securities
    (139 )     9,567       (1,081 )     9,641       (1,220 )     19,208  
 
 
                                               
Corporate debt securities
    (10 )     477       (27 )     157       (37 )     634  
Collateralized debt obligations
    (13 )     679       (216 )     456       (229 )     1,135  
Other
    (13 )     1,985       (270 )     757       (283 )     2,742  
 
 
                                               
Total debt securities
    (512 )     19,494       (2,109 )     13,731       (2,621 )     33,225  
 
 
                                               
Marketable equity securities:
                                               
Perpetual preferred securities
    (41 )     962       (48 )     467       (89 )     1,429  
Other marketable equity securities
    -       -       (1 )     7       (1 )     7  
 
 
                                               
Total marketable equity securities
    (41 )     962       (49 )     474       (90 )     1,436  
 
 
                                               
Total
  $ (553 )     20,456       (2,158 )     14,205       (2,711 )     34,661  
 

57


Table of Contents

We do not have the intent to sell any securities included in the previous table. For debt securities included in the table, we have concluded it is more likely than not that we will not be required to sell prior to recovery of the amortized cost basis. We have assessed each security for credit impairment. For debt securities, we evaluate, where necessary, whether credit impairment exists by comparing the present value of the expected cash flows to the securities amortized cost basis. For equity securities, we consider numerous factors in determining whether impairment exists, including our intent and ability to hold the securities for a period of time sufficient to recover the cost basis of the securities.
     For complete descriptions of the factors we consider when analyzing debt securities for impairment, see Note 5 in our 2010 Form 10-K. There have been no material changes to our methodologies for assessing impairment in first quarter 2011.
SECURITIES OF U.S. TREASURY AND FEDERAL AGENCIES AND FEDERAL AGENCY MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES (MBS) The unrealized losses associated with U.S. Treasury and federal agency securities and federal agency MBS are primarily driven by changes in interest rates and not due to credit losses given the explicit or implicit guarantees provided by the U.S. government.
SECURITIES OF U.S. STATES AND POLITICAL SUBDIVISIONS The unrealized losses associated with securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions are primarily driven by changes in interest rates and not due to the credit quality of the securities. Substantially all of these investments are investment grade. The securities were generally underwritten in accordance with our own investment standards prior to the decision to purchase, without relying on a bond insurer’s guarantee in making the investment decision. These investments will continue to be monitored as part of our ongoing impairment analysis, but are expected to perform, even if the rating agencies reduce the credit rating of the bond insurers. As a result, we expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities.
RESIDENTIAL AND COMMERCIAL MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES (MBS) The unrealized losses associated with private residential MBS and commercial MBS are primarily driven by changes in projected collateral losses, credit spreads and interest rates. We assess for credit impairment using a cash flow model. The key assumptions include default rates, severities and prepayment rates. We estimate losses to a security by forecasting the underlying mortgage loans in each transaction. We use forecasted loan performance to project cash flows to the various tranches in the structure. We also consider cash flow forecasts and, as applicable, independent industry analyst reports and forecasts, sector credit ratings, and other independent market data. Based upon our assessment of the expected credit losses of the security given the performance of the underlying collateral compared with our credit enhancement, we expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities.
CORPORATE DEBT SECURITIES The unrealized losses associated with corporate debt securities are primarily related to securities backed by commercial loans and individual issuer
companies. For securities with commercial loans as the underlying collateral, we have evaluated the expected credit losses in the security and concluded that we have sufficient credit enhancement when compared with our estimate of credit losses for the individual security. For individual issuers, we evaluate the financial performance of the issuer on a quarterly basis to determine that the issuer can make all contractual principal and interest payments. Based upon this assessment, we expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities.
COLLATERALIZED DEBT OBLIGATIONS (CDOs) The unrealized losses associated with CDOs relate to securities primarily backed by commercial, residential or other consumer collateral. The losses are primarily driven by changes in projected collateral losses, credit spreads and interest rates. We assess for credit impairment using a cash flow model. The key assumptions include default rates, severities and prepayment rates. We also consider cash flow forecasts and, as applicable, independent industry analyst reports and forecasts, sector credit ratings, and other independent market data. Based upon our assessment of the expected credit losses of the security given the performance of the underlying collateral compared with our credit enhancement, we expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities.
OTHER DEBT SECURITIES The unrealized losses associated with other debt securities primarily relate to other asset-backed securities, which are primarily backed by home equity and student loans. The losses are primarily driven by changes in projected collateral losses, credit spreads and interest rates. We assess for credit impairment using a cash flow model. The key assumptions include default rates, severities and prepayment rates. Based upon our assessment of the expected credit losses of the security given the performance of the underlying collateral compared with our credit enhancement, we expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities.
MARKETABLE EQUITY SECURITIES Our marketable equity securities include investments in perpetual preferred securities, which provide very attractive tax-equivalent yields. We evaluated these hybrid financial instruments with investment-grade ratings for impairment using an evaluation methodology similar to that used for debt securities. Perpetual preferred securities are not considered to be other-than-temporarily impaired if there is no evidence of credit deterioration or investment rating downgrades of any issuers to below investment grade, and we expect to continue to receive full contractual payments. We will continue to evaluate the prospects for these securities for recovery in their market value in accordance with our policy for estimating OTTI. We have recorded impairment write-downs on perpetual preferred securities where there was evidence of credit deterioration.


58


Table of Contents

Note 4: Securities Available for Sale (continued)

      The fair values of our investment securities could decline in the future if the underlying performance of the collateral for the residential and commercial MBS or other securities deteriorate and our credit enhancement levels do not provide sufficient protection to our contractual principal and interest. As a result, there is a risk that significant OTTI may occur in the future.
      The following table shows the gross unrealized losses and fair value of debt and perpetual preferred securities available for sale by those rated investment grade and those rated less than investment grade, according to their lowest credit rating by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services (S&P) or Moody’s Investors Service (Moody’s). Credit ratings express opinions about the credit quality of a security. Securities rated investment grade, that is those rated BBB- or higher by S&P or Baa3 or higher by Moody’s, are generally considered by the rating agencies and
market participants to be low credit risk. Conversely, securities rated below investment grade, labeled as “speculative grade” by the rating agencies, are considered to be distinctively higher credit risk than investment grade securities. We have also included securities not rated by S&P or Moody’s in the table below based on the internal credit grade of the securities (used for credit risk management purposes) equivalent to the credit rating assigned by major credit agencies. The unrealized losses and fair value of unrated securities categorized as investment grade based on internal credit grades were $201 million and $1.9 billion, respectively, at March 31, 2011, and $83 million and $1.3 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2010. If an internal credit grade was not assigned, we categorized the security as non-investment grade.


 
                                 
 
    Investment grade   Non-investment grade
 
    Gross           Gross    
 
    unrealized   Fair   unrealized   Fair
 
(in millions)   losses   value   losses   value
 
 
                               
March 31, 2011
                               
 
                               
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
    $ (19 )     583       -       -  
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
    (733 )     8,911       (98 )     449  
Mortgage-backed securities:
                               
Federal agencies
    (130 )     16,391       -       -  
Residential
    (21 )     714       (338 )     4,224  
Commercial
    (200 )     3,725       (186 )     903  
 
 
                               
Total mortgage-backed securities
    (351 )     20,830       (524 )     5,127  
 
Corporate debt securities
    (13 )     339       (77 )     313  
Collateralized debt obligations
    (42 )     954       (142 )     363  
Other
    (158 )     1,477       (21 )     238  
 
 
                               
Total debt securities
    (1,316 )     33,094       (862 )     6,490  
Perpetual preferred securities
    (63 )     1,052       (3 )     110  
 
 
                               
Total
    $ (1,379 )     34,146       (865 )     6,600  
 
 
                               
December 31, 2010
                               
 
                               
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
    $ (15 )     544       -       -  
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
    (722 )     8,423       (115 )     539  
Mortgage-backed securities:
                               
Federal agencies
    (96 )     8,163       -       -  
Residential
    (23 )     888       (466 )     4,575  
Commercial
    (299 )     4,679       (336 )     903  
 
 
                               
Total mortgage-backed securities
    (418 )     13,730       (802 )     5,478  
 
 
                               
Corporate debt securities
    (22 )     330       (15 )     304  
Collateralized debt obligations
    (42 )     613       (187 )     522  
Other
    (180 )     2,510       (103 )     232  
 
 
                               
Total debt securities
    (1,399 )     26,150       (1,222 )     7,075  
Perpetual preferred securities
    (81 )     1,327       (8 )     102  
 
 
                               
Total
    $ (1,480 )     27,477       (1,230 )     7,177  
 

59


Table of Contents

Contractual Maturities
The following table shows the remaining contractual maturities and contractual yields of debt securities available for sale. The remaining contractual principal maturities for MBS do not consider prepayments. Remaining expected maturities will differ
from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to prepay obligations before the underlying mortgages mature.


 
                                                                                 
 
                    Remaining contractual maturity  
 
            Weighted-                   After one year   After five years    
 
    Total   average   Within one year   through five years   through ten years   After ten years  
 
(in millions)   amount   yield   Amount   Yield   Amount   Yield   Amount   Yield   Amount   Yield  
   
 
                                                                               
March 31, 2011
                                                                               
 
                                                                               
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
    $ 1,507       3.05   %    $ 8       4.99     $ 583       2.86     $ 816       3.04     $ 100       4.04   %
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
    21,159       5.66       339       3.12       4,565       3.07       1,935       5.85       14,320       6.52    
Mortgage-backed securities:
                                                                               
Federal agencies
    75,552       5.06       5       6.57       34       6.09       529       5.06       74,984       5.06    
Residential
    18,948       5.02       -       -       -       -       660       2.04       18,288       5.13    
Commercial
    13,780       5.39       -       -       1       1.03       205       5.04       13,574       5.40    
                                                         
 
                                                                               
Total mortgage-backed securities
    108,280       5.09       5       6.57       35       5.97       1,394       3.63       106,846       5.11    
                                                         
 
                                                                               
Corporate debt securities
    10,828       5.76       416       6.36       5,041       5.16       3,939       6.57       1,432       5.46    
Collateralized debt obligations
    5,616       0.84       -       -       579       0.91       3,155       0.80       1,882       0.90    
Other
    15,508       2.17       1,609       1.66       7,557       2.41       3,393       2.44       2,949       1.55    
                                                         
 
                                                                               
Total debt securities at fair value
    $ 162,898       4.77   %    $ 2,377       2.71     $ 18,360       3.30     $ 14,632       3.79     $ 127,529       5.13   %
   
 
                                                                               
December 31, 2010
                                                                               
 
                                                                               
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
    $ 1,604       2.54     $ 9       5.07     $ 641       1.72     $ 852       2.94     $ 102       4.15   %
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
    18,654       5.99       322       3.83       3,210       3.57       1,884       6.13       13,238       6.60    
Mortgage-backed securities:
                                                                                 
Federal agencies
    82,037       5.01       5       6.63       28       6.58       420       5.23       81,584       5.00    
Residential
    20,203       4.98       -       -       -       -       341       3.20       19,862       5.01    
Commercial
    13,554       5.39       -       -       1       1.38       215       5.28       13,338       5.39    
                                                           
 
                                                                               
Total mortgage-backed securities
    115,794       5.05       5       6.63       29       6.38       976       4.53       114,784       5.05    
                                                           
Corporate debt securities
    10,279       5.94       545       7.82       3,853       6.01       4,817       5.62       1,064       6.21    
Collateralized debt obligations
    4,778       0.80       -       -       545       0.88       2,581       0.72       1,652       0.90    
Other
    16,356       2.53       1,588       2.89       7,887       3.00       4,367       2.01       2,514       1.72    
                                                           
 
                                                                               
Total debt securities at fair value
    $ 167,465       4.81     $ 2,469       4.12     $ 16,165       3.72     $ 15,477       3.63     $ 133,354       5.10   %
     

60


Table of Contents

Note 4: Securities Available for Sale (continued)

Realized Gains and Losses
The following table shows the gross realized gains and losses on sales and OTTI write-downs related to the securities available-for-sale portfolio, which includes marketable equity securities, as well as net realized gains and losses on nonmarketable equity securities (see Note 6 – Other Assets).
 
                 
    Quarter ended March 31,
 
(in millions)   2011     2010  
 
 
               
Gross realized gains
  $ 70       184  
Gross realized losses
    (42 )     (15 )
OTTI write-downs
    (80 )     (106 )
 
 
               
Net realized gains (losses) from securities available for sale
    (52 )     63  
 
 
               
Net realized gains from principal and private equity investments
    239       8  
 
 
               
Net realized gains from debt securities and equity investments
  $ 187       71  
 
      


61


Table of Contents

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment
The following table shows the detail of total OTTI write-downs included in earnings for debt securities and marketable and nonmarketable equity securities.
      


 
                 
    Quarter ended March 31,
 
(in millions)   2011     2010  
 
 
               
OTTI write-downs included in earnings
               
Debt securities:
               
U.S. states and political subdivisions
    $ -       5  
Mortgage-backed securities:
               
Residential
    62       39  
Commercial
    14       13  
Corporate debt securities
    -       1  
Collateralized debt obligations
    -       6  
Other debt securities
    4       28  
 
 
               
Total debt securities
    80       92  
 
 
               
Equity securities:
               
Marketable equity securities:
               
Perpetual preferred securities
    -       14  
 
 
               
Total marketable equity securities
    -       14  
 
 
               
Total securities available for sale
    80       106  
 
               
Nonmarketable equity securities
    41       91  
 
 
               
Total OTTI write-downs included in earnings
    $ 121       197  
 
Other-Than-Temporarily Impaired Debt Securities
The following table shows the detail of OTTI write-downs on debt securities available for sale included in earnings and the related changes in OCI for the same securities.
 


 
                 
    Quarter ended March 31,
 
(in millions)   2011     2010  
 
OTTI on debt securities
               
Recorded as part of gross realized losses:
               
Credit-related OTTI
    $ 79       89  
Intent-to-sell OTTI
    1       3  
 
 
               
Total recorded as part of gross realized losses
    80       92  
 
 
               
Recorded directly to OCI for non-credit-related impairment:
               
U.S. states and political subdivisions
    -       (4 )
Residential mortgage-backed securities
    (104 )     26  
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
    (53 )     (2 )
Collateralized debt obligations
    -       59  
Other debt securities
    1       (17 )
 
 
               
Total recorded directly to OCI for increase (decrease) in noncredit related impairment (1)
    (156 )     62  
 
 
               
Total OTTI losses (gains) recorded on debt securities
    $ (76 )     154  
 
(1)   Represents amounts recorded to OCI on debt securities in periods OTTI write-downs have occurred. Changes in fair value in subsequent periods on such securities, to the extent additional credit-related OTTI did not occur, are not reflected in this total. For the quarter ended March 31, 2011, the non-credit-related impairment recorded to OCI was a $156 million reduction in total OTTI because the fair value of the security increased due to factors other than credit. This fair value increase (net of the $79 million decrease related to credit) was not sufficient to recover the full amount of the unrealized loss on such securities and therefore required recognition of OTTI.

62


Table of Contents

Note 4: Securities Available for Sale (continued)
The following table presents a rollforward of the credit loss component recognized in earnings for debt securities we still own (referred to as “credit-impaired” debt securities). The credit loss component of the amortized cost represents the difference between the present value of expected future cash flows and the amortized cost basis of the security prior to considering credit losses. OTTI recognized in earnings for credit-impaired debt securities is presented as additions in two components based upon whether the current period is
the first time the debt security was credit-impaired (initial credit impairment) or is not the first time the debt security was credit impaired (subsequent credit impairments). The credit loss component is reduced if we sell, intend to sell or believe we will be required to sell previously credit-impaired debt securities. Additionally, the credit loss component is reduced if we receive or expect to receive cash flows in excess of what we previously expected to receive over the remaining life of the credit-impaired debt security, the security matures or is fully written down.
      Changes in the credit loss component of credit-impaired debt securities that we do not intend to sell were:


 
                 
    Quarter ended March 31,
 
(in millions)   2011     2010  
 
 
               
Credit loss component, beginning of period
    $ 1,043       1,187  
Additions:
               
Initial credit impairments
    11       20  
Subsequent credit impairments
    68       69  
 
 
               
Total additions
    79       89  
 
 
               
Reductions:
               
For securities sold
    (23 )     (25 )
For securities derecognized resulting from adoption of consolidation accounting guidance
    -       (242 )
For recoveries of previous credit impairments (1)
    (12 )     (7 )
 
 
               
Total reductions
    (35 )     (274 )
 
 
               
Credit loss component, end of period
    $ 1,087       1,002  
 
(1)   Recoveries of previous credit impairments result from increases in expected cash flows subsequent to credit loss recognition. Such recoveries are reflected prospectively as interest yield adjustments using the effective interest method.

63


Table of Contents

For asset-backed securities (e.g., residential MBS), we estimated expected future cash flows of the security by estimating the expected future cash flows of the underlying collateral and applying those collateral cash flows, together with any credit enhancements such as subordinated interests owned by third parties, to the security. The expected future cash flows of the underlying collateral are determined using the remaining contractual cash flows adjusted for future expected credit losses (which consider current delinquencies and nonperforming assets
(NPAs), future expected default rates and collateral value by vintage and geographic region) and prepayments. The expected cash flows of the security are then discounted at the interest rate used to recognize interest income on the security to arrive at a present value amount. Total credit impairment losses on residential MBS that we do not intend to sell are shown in the table below. The table also presents a summary of the significant inputs considered in determining the measurement of the credit loss component recognized in earnings for residential MBS.


 
                 
    Quarter ended March 31,
 
($ in millions)   2011     2010  
 
 
               
Credit impairment losses on residential MBS
               
Investment grade
    $ 5       -  
Non-investment grade
    57       39  
 
 
               
Total credit impairment losses on residential MBS
    $ 62       39  
 
 
               
Significant inputs (non-agency – non-investment grade MBS)
               
Expected remaining life of loan losses (1):
               
Range (2)
    2-26   %     2-36  
Credit impairment distribution (3):
               
0 - 10% range
    57       53  
10 - 20% range
    25       20  
20 - 30% range
    18       22  
Greater than 30%
    -       5  
Weighted average (4)
    9       10  
Current subordination levels (5):
               
Range (2)
    0-11       0-22  
Weighted average (4)
    5       7  
Prepayment speed (annual CPR (6)):
               
Range (2)
    5-15       3-13  
Weighted average (4)
    10       8  
 
               
 
(1)   Represents future expected credit losses on underlying pool of loans expressed as a percentage of total current outstanding loan balance.
(2)   Represents the range of inputs/assumptions based upon the individual securities within each category.
(3)   Represents distribution of credit impairment losses recognized in earnings categorized based on range of expected remaining life of loan losses. For example 57% of credit impairment losses recognized in earnings for the quarter ended March 31, 2011, had expected remaining life of loan loss assumptions of 0 to 10%.
(4)   Calculated by weighting the relevant input/assumption for each individual security by current outstanding amortized cost basis of the security.
(5)   Represents current level of credit protection (subordination) for the securities, expressed as a percentage of total current underlying loan balance.
(6)   Constant prepayment rate.

64


Table of Contents

Note 5: Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses
The following table presents total loans outstanding by portfolio segment and class of financing receivable. Outstanding balances are presented net of unearned income, net deferred loan fees, and unamortized discounts and premiums totaling a net reduction of $10.8 billion and $11.3 billion at March 31, 2011 and
December 31, 2010, respectively. Outstanding balances also include PCI loans net of any remaining purchase accounting adjustments. Information about PCI loans is presented separately in the “Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans” section of this Note.


 
                 
    Mar. 31,     Dec. 31,  
 
(in millions)   2011     2010  
 
 
               
Commercial:
               
Commercial and industrial
    $ 150,857       151,284  
Real estate mortgage
    101,084       99,435  
Real estate construction
    22,868       25,333  
Lease financing
    12,937       13,094  
Foreign (1)
    35,476       32,912  
 
 
               
Total commercial
    323,222       322,058  
 
 
               
Consumer:
               
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
    226,509       230,235  
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
    93,041       96,149  
Credit card
    20,996       22,260  
Other revolving credit and installment
    87,387       86,565  
 
 
               
Total consumer
    427,933       435,209  
 
 
               
Total loans
    $ 751,155       757,267  
 
(1)   Substantially all of our foreign loan portfolio is commercial loans. Loans are classified as foreign if the borrower’s primary address is outside of the United States.
     The following table summarizes the proceeds paid or received for purchases and sales of loans, respectively. It also includes transfers from (to) mortgages/loans held for sale at lower of
cost or market. The table excludes PCI loans and loans recorded at fair value, including loans originated for sale. This activity primarily includes purchases or sales of commercial loan participation interests, whereby we receive or transfer a portion of a loan after origination.


 
                                                 
 
    Quarter ended March 31,
 
    2011   2010
 
(in millions)   Commercial   Consumer   Total   Commercial   Consumer   Total
 
 
                                               
Purchases
    $ 644       -       644       543       24       567  
Sales
    (1,571 )     (1 )     (1,572 )     (1,068 )     -       (1,068 )
Transfers from/(to) MHFS/LHFS
    106       25       131       (15 )     (88 )     (103 )
 
                                               
 

65


Table of Contents

Allowance for Credit Losses (ACL)
The ACL is management’s estimate of credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio, including unfunded credit commitments, at the balance sheet date. We have an established process to determine the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses that assesses the losses inherent in our portfolio and related unfunded credit commitments. While we attribute portions of the allowance to specific portfolio segments, the entire allowance is available to absorb credit losses inherent in the total loan portfolio and unfunded credit commitments.
      Our process involves procedures to appropriately consider the unique risk characteristics of our commercial and consumer loan portfolio segments. For each portfolio segment, losses are estimated collectively for groups of loans with similar characteristics, individually for impaired loans or, for PCI loans, based on the changes in cash flows expected to be collected.
      Our allowance levels are influenced by loan volumes, loan grade migration or delinquency status, historic loss experience influencing loss factors, and other conditions influencing loss expectations, such as economic conditions.
COMMERCIAL PORTFOLIO SEGMENT ACL METHODOLOGY Generally, commercial loans are assessed for estimated losses by grading each loan using various risk factors as identified through periodic reviews. We apply historic grade-specific loss factors to the aggregation of each funded grade pool. These historic loss factors are also used to estimate losses for unfunded credit commitments. In the development of our statistically derived loan grade loss factors, we observe historical losses over a relevant period for each loan grade. These loss estimates are adjusted as appropriate based on additional analysis of long-term average loss experience compared to previously forecasted losses, external loss data or other risks identified from current economic conditions and credit quality trends.
      The allowance also includes an amount for the estimated impairment on nonaccrual commercial loans and commercial loans modified in a TDR, whether on accrual or nonaccrual status.
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SEGMENT ACL METHODOLOGY For consumer loans, not identified as a TDR, we determine the allowance on a collective basis utilizing forecasted losses to represent our best estimate of inherent loss. We pool loans, generally by product types with similar risk characteristics, such as residential real estate mortgages and credit cards. As appropriate, to achieve greater accuracy, we may further stratify selected portfolios by sub-product, origination channel, vintage, loss type, geographic location and other predictive characteristics. Models designed for each pool are utilized to develop the loss estimates. We use assumptions for these pools in our forecast models, such as historic delinquency and default, loss severity, home price trends, unemployment trends, and other key economic variables that may influence the frequency and severity of losses in the pool.
      We separately estimate impairment for consumer loans that have been modified in a TDR, whether on accrual or nonaccrual status.
OTHER ACL MATTERS Commercial and consumer PCI loans may require an allowance subsequent to their acquisition. This allowance requirement is due to probable decreases in expected principal and interest cash flows (other than due to decreases in interest rate indices and changes in prepayment assumptions).
      The allowance for credit losses for both portfolio segments includes an amount for imprecision or uncertainty that may change from period to period. This amount represents management’s judgment of risks inherent in the processes and assumptions used in establishing the allowance. This imprecision considers economic environmental factors, modeling assumptions and performance, process risk, and other subjective factors, including industry trends.


66


Table of Contents

Note 5: Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)
      The allowance for credit losses consists of the allowance for loan losses and the allowance for unfunded credit commitments. Changes in the allowance for credit losses were:
                 
 
 
    Quarter ended March 31,
 
(in millions)   2011     2010  
 
 
               
Balance, beginning of period
    $ 23,463       25,031  
Provision for credit losses
    2,210       5,330  
Interest income on certain impaired loans (1)
    (83 )     (74 )
Loan charge-offs:
               
Commercial:
               
Commercial and industrial
    (468 )     (767 )
Real estate mortgage
    (179 )     (281 )
Real estate construction
    (119 )     (405 )
Lease financing
    (13 )     (34 )
Foreign
    (39 )     (47 )
 
 
               
Total commercial
    (818 )     (1,534 )
 
 
               
Consumer:
               
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
    (1,015 )     (1,397 )
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
    (1,046 )     (1,496 )
Credit card
    (448 )     (696 )
Other revolving credit and installment
    (500 )     (750 )
 
 
               
Total consumer
    (3,009 )     (4,339 )
 
 
               
Total loan charge-offs
    (3,827 )     (5,873 )
 
 
               
Loan recoveries:
               
Commercial:
               
Commercial and industrial
    114       117  
Real estate mortgage
    27       10  
Real estate construction
    36       11  
Lease financing
    7       5  
Foreign
    11       11  
 
 
               
Total commercial
    195       154  
 
 
               
Consumer:
               
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
    111       86  
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
    52       47  
Credit card
    66       53  
Other revolving credit and installment
    193       203  
 
 
               
Total consumer
    422       389  
 
 
               
Total loan recoveries
    617       543  
 
 
               
Net loan charge-offs (2)
    (3,210 )     (5,330 )
 
 
               
Allowances related to business combinations/other (3)
    3       699  
 
 
               
Balance, end of period
    $ 22,383       25,656  
 
 
               
Components:
               
Allowance for loan losses
    $ 21,983       25,123  
Allowance for unfunded credit commitments
    400       533  
 
 
               
Allowance for credit losses (4)
    $ 22,383       25,656  
 
 
               
Net loan charge-offs (annualized) as a percentage of average total loans (2)
    1.73  %     2.71  
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans (4)
    2.93       3.22  
Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total loans (4)
    2.98       3.28  
 
(1)   Certain impaired loans with an allowance calculated by discounting expected cash flows using the loan’s effective interest rate over the remaining life of the loan recognize reductions in the allowance as interest income.
(2)   For PCI loans, charge-offs are only recorded to the extent that losses exceed the purchase accounting estimates.
(3)   Includes $693 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2010, related to the adoption of consolidation accounting guidance on January 1, 2010.
(4)   The allowance for credit losses includes $257 million and $247 million at March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, related to PCI loans acquired from Wachovia. Loans acquired from Wachovia are included in total loans net of related purchase accounting net write-downs.

67


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the activity in the allowance for credit losses by our commercial and consumer portfolio segments.
                                                 
 
 
    Quarter ended March 31,
 
    2011   2010
 
(in millions)   Commercial   Consumer   Total   Commercial   Consumer   Total
     
 
                                               
Balance, beginning of period
  $ 8,169       15,294       23,463       8,141       16,890       25,031  
Provision for credit losses
    472       1,738       2,210       2,104       3,226       5,330  
Interest income on certain impaired loans
    (45 )     (38 )     (83 )     (41 )     (33 )     (74 )
 
                                               
Loan charge-offs
    (818 )     (3,009 )     (3,827 )     (1,534 )     (4,339 )     (5,873 )
Loan recoveries
    195       422       617       154       389       543  
     
 
                                               
Net loan charge-offs
    (623 )     (2,587 )     (3,210 )     (1,380 )     (3,950 )     (5,330 )
     
 
                                               
Allowance related to business combinations/other
    -       3       3       9       690       699  
     
 
                                               
Balance, end of period
  $ 7,973       14,410       22,383       8,833       16,823       25,656  
 
The following table disaggregates our allowance for credit losses and recorded investment in loans by impairment methodology.
                                                 
 
 
 
    Allowance for credit losses   Recorded investment in loans
 
(in millions)   Commercial   Consumer   Total   Commercial   Consumer   Total
 
 
                                               
March 31, 2011
                                               
 
                                               
Collectively evaluated (1)
    $ 5,222       10,480       15,702       304,630       380,509       685,139  
Individually evaluated (2)
    2,517       3,907       6,424       11,085       14,944       26,029  
PCI (3)
    234       23       257       7,507       32,480       39,987  
 
 
                                               
Total
    $ 7,973       14,410       22,383       323,222       427,933       751,155  
 
 
                                               
December 31, 2010
                                               
 
                                               
Collectively evaluated (1)
  $ 5,424       11,539       16,963       302,392       387,707       690,099  
Individually evaluated (2)
    2,479       3,723       6,202       11,731       14,007       25,738  
PCI (3)
    266       32       298       7,935       33,495       41,430  
 
 
                                               
Total
  $ 8,169       15,294       23,463       322,058       435,209       757,267  
 
(1)   Represents loans collectively evaluated for impairment in accordance with ASC 450-20, Loss Contingencies (formerly FAS 5), and pursuant to amendments by ASU 2010-20 regarding allowance for unimpaired loans.
(2)   Represents loans individually evaluated for impairment in accordance with ASC 310-10, Receivables (formerly FAS 114), and pursuant to amendments by ASU 2010-20 regarding allowance for impaired loans.
(3)   Represents the allowance and related loan carrying value determined in accordance with ASC 310-30, Receivables – Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality (formerly SOP 03-3) and pursuant to amendments by ASU 2010-20 regarding allowance for PCI loans.

68


Table of Contents

Note 5:  Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)
 
Credit Quality
We monitor credit quality as indicated by evaluating various attributes and utilize such information in our evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses. The following sections provide the credit quality indicators we most closely monitor. See the “Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans” section of this Note for credit quality information on our PCI portfolio.
      The majority of credit quality indicators are based on March 31, 2011, information, with the exception of updated FICO and updated loan-to-value (LTV)/combined LTV (CLTV), which are obtained at least quarterly. Generally, these indicators are updated in the second month of each quarter, with updates no older than December 31, 2010.
COMMERCIAL CREDIT QUALITY INDICATORS In addition to monitoring commercial loan concentration risk, we manage a
consistent process for assessing commercial loan credit quality. Commercial loans are subject to individual risk assessment using our internal borrower and collateral quality ratings. Our ratings are aligned to Pass and Criticized categories. The Criticized category includes Special Mention, Substandard, and Doubtful categories which are defined by banking regulatory agencies.
     The table below provides a breakdown of outstanding commercial loans by risk category. Both the CRE mortgage and construction criticized totals are relatively high as a result of the current conditions in the real estate market. Of the $35.0 billion in criticized CRE loans, $7.5 billion has been placed on nonaccrual status and written down to net realizable value. Loans in both populations have a high level of surveillance and monitoring in place to manage these assets and mitigate any loss exposure.

 
                                                 
 
   
Commercial
  Real   Real            
   
and
  estate   estate   Lease        
(in millions)  
industrial
  mortgage   construction   financing   Foreign   Total
 
 
                                               
March 31, 2011
                                               
 
                                               
By risk category:
                                               
Pass
  $ 127,340       72,940       10,586       12,341       32,834       256,041  
Criticized
    22,909       25,180       9,835       596       1,154       59,674  
 
 
                                               
Total commercial loans (excluding PCI)
    150,249       98,120       20,421       12,937       33,988       315,715  
Total commercial PCI loans (carrying value)
    608       2,964       2,447       -       1,488       7,507  
 
 
                                               
Total commercial loans
  $ 150,857       101,084       22,868       12,937       35,476       323,222  
 
 
                                               
December 31, 2010
                                               
 
                                               
By risk category:
                                               
Pass
  $ 126,058       70,597       11,256       12,411       30,341       250,663  
Criticized
    24,508       25,983       11,128       683       1,158       63,460  
 
 
                                               
Total commercial loans (excluding PCI)
    150,566       96,580       22,384       13,094       31,499       314,123  
Total commercial PCI loans (carrying value)
    718       2,855       2,949       -       1,413       7,935  
 
 
                                               
Total commercial loans
  $ 151,284       99,435       25,333       13,094       32,912       322,058  
 

69


Table of Contents

      In addition, while we monitor past due status, we do not consider it a key driver of our credit risk management practices
for commercial loans. The following table provides past due information for commercial loans.

 
                                                 
 
   
Commercial
  Real   Real            
   
and
  estate   estate   Lease        
  (in millions)  
industrial
  mortgage   construction   financing   Foreign   Total  
 
 
                                               
  March 31, 2011
                                               
 
                                               
  By delinquency status:
                                               
 
                                               
  Current-29 DPD
  $ 146,268       91,667       17,473       12,772       33,779       301,959  
  30-89 DPD
    990       1,037       553       70       107       2,757  
  90+ DPD and still accruing
    338       177       156       -       16       687  
  Nonaccrual loans
    2,653       5,239       2,239       95       86       10,312  
 
 
                                               
  Total commercial loans (excluding PCI)
    150,249       98,120       20,421       12,937       33,988       315,715  
  Total commercial PCI loans (carrying value)
    608       2,964       2,447       -       1,488       7,507  
 
 
                                               
  Total commercial loans
  $ 150,857       101,084       22,868       12,937       35,476       323,222  
 
 
                                               
  December 31, 2010
                                               
 
                                               
  By delinquency status:
                                               
  Current-29 DPD
  $ 146,135       90,233       19,005       12,927       31,350       299,650  
  30-89 DPD
    910       1,016       510       59       -       2,495  
  90+ DPD and still accruing
    308       104       193       -       22       627  
  Nonaccrual loans
    3,213       5,227       2,676       108       127       11,351  
 
 
                                               
  Total commercial loans (excluding PCI)
    150,566       96,580       22,384       13,094       31,499       314,123  
  Total commercial PCI loans (carrying value)
    718       2,855       2,949       -       1,413       7,935  
 
 
                                               
  Total commercial loans
  $ 151,284       99,435       25,333       13,094       32,912       322,058  
 
 
CONSUMER CREDIT QUALITY INDICATORS We have various classes of consumer loans that present respective unique risks. Loan delinquency, FICO credit scores and LTV for loan types are common credit quality indicators that we monitor and utilize in our evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses for the consumer portfolio segment.
      The majority of our loss estimation techniques used for the allowance for credit losses rely on delinquency matrix models or delinquency roll rate models. Therefore, delinquency is an important indicator of credit quality and the establishment of our allowance for credit losses.
      


70


Table of Contents

Note 5:  Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)
The following table provides the outstanding balances of our consumer portfolio by delinquency status.
                                         
 
   
Real estate
  Real estate           Other    
   
1-4 family
  1-4 family           revolving    
   
first
  junior lien   Credit   credit and    

(in millions)
  mortgage   mortgage   card   installment   Total
 
 
                                       
March 31, 2011
                                       
 
                                       
By delinquency status:
                                       
Current
  $ 156,523       86,950       19,623       62,579       325,675  
1-29 DPD
    5,723       2,811       578       6,687       15,799  
30-59 DPD
    4,080       817       215       836       5,948  
60-89 DPD
    1,831       508       167       258       2,764  
90-119 DPD
    1,272       415       148       127       1,962  
120-179 DPD
    1,934       695       264       51       2,944  
180+ DPD
    7,053       606       1       9       7,669  
Government insured/guaranteed loans (1)
    15,852       -       -       16,840       32,692  
 
 
                                       
Total consumer loans (excluding PCI)
    194,268       92,802       20,996       87,387       395,453  
Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)
    32,241       239       -       -       32,480  
 
 
                                       
Total consumer loans
  $ 226,509       93,041       20,996       87,387       427,933  
 
 
                                       
December 31, 2010 (2)
                                       
 
                                       
By delinquency status:
                                       
Current
  $ 158,961       89,408       20,546       59,295       328,210  
1-29 DPD
    5,597       3,104       730       7,834       17,265  
30-59 DPD
    4,516       917       262       1,261       6,956  
60-89 DPD
    2,173       608       207       376       3,364  
90-119 DPD
    1,399       476       190       171       2,236  
120-179 DPD
    2,080       764       324       58       3,226  
180+ DPD
    6,750       622       1       117       7,490  
Government insured/guaranteed loans (1)
    15,514       -       -       17,453       32,967  
 
 
                                       
Total consumer loans (excluding PCI)
    196,990       95,899       22,260       86,565       401,714  
Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)
    33,245       250       -       -       33,495  
 
 
                                       
Total consumer loans
  $ 230,235       96,149       22,260       86,565       435,209  
 
(1)   Represents loans whose repayments are insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA and student loans whose repayments are predominantly guaranteed by agencies on behalf of the U.S. Department of Education under FFELP.
 
(2)   Amounts at December 31, 2010, have been revised to conform to the current presentation.
 
      Of the $12.6 billion of loans that are 90 days or more past due at March 31, 2011, $1.7 billion was accruing, compared with $13.0 billion and $20.0 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2010.
      Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage loans 180 days or more past due totaled $7.1 billion, or 3.6% of total first mortgages (excluding PCI), up slightly from 3.4% at December 31, 2010. The aging of the delinquent real estate 1-4 family first mortgage loans is a result of the prolonged foreclosure process and our effort to help customers stay in their homes through various loan modification programs, as loans continue to age until these processes are complete.
      The following table provides a breakdown of our consumer portfolio by updated FICO. We obtain FICO scores at loan origination and the scores are updated at least quarterly. FICO is not available for certain loan types and may not be obtained if we deem it unnecessary due to strong collateral and other borrower attributes, primarily securities-based margin loans of $5.2 billion at March 31, 2011, and $4.1 billion at December 31, 2010. The majority of our portfolio is underwritten with a FICO score of 680 and above.
      


71


Table of Contents

                                         
 
   
Real estate
  Real estate           Other    
   
1-4 family
  1-4 family           revolving    
   
first
  junior lien   Credit   credit and    

(in millions)
  mortgage   mortgage   card   installment   Total
 
 
                                       
March 31, 2011
                                       
 
                                       
By updated FICO:
                                       
< 600
  $ 25,024       7,915       2,643       10,453       46,035  
600-639
    11,148       4,186       1,743       5,893       22,970  
640-679
    15,940       7,530       3,159       8,427       35,056  
680-719
    24,942       13,587       4,350       9,597       52,476  
720-759
    29,162       19,614       4,250       8,845       61,871  
760-799
    47,466       25,854       2,966       9,106       85,392  
800+
    19,252       9,467       1,625       4,622       34,966  
No FICO available
    5,482       4,649       260       8,444       18,835  
FICO not required
    -       -       -       5,160       5,160  
Government insured/guaranteed loans (1)
    15,852       -       -       16,840       32,692  
 
 
                                       
Total consumer loans (excluding PCI)
    194,268       92,802       20,996       87,387       395,453  
Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)
    32,241       239       -       -       32,480  
 
 
                                       
Total consumer loans
  $ 226,509       93,041       20,996       87,387       427,933  
 
 
                                       
December 31, 2010 (2)
                                       
 
                                       
By updated FICO:
                                       
< 600
  $ 26,013       9,126       2,872       10,806       48,817  
600-639
    11,105       4,457       1,826       5,965       23,353  
640-679
    16,202       7,678       3,305       8,344       35,529  
680-719
    25,549       13,759       4,522       9,480       53,310  
720-759
    29,443       20,334       4,441       8,808       63,026  
760-799
    47,250       27,222       3,215       9,357       87,044  
800+
    19,719       10,607       1,794       4,692       36,812  
No FICO available
    6,195       2,716       285       7,528       16,724  
FICO not required
    -       -       -       4,132       4,132  
Government insured/guaranteed loans (1)
    15,514       -       -       17,453       32,967  
 
 
                                       
Total consumer loans (excluding PCI)
    196,990       95,899       22,260       86,565       401,714  
Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)
    33,245       250       -       -       33,495  
 
 
                                       
Total consumer loans
  $ 230,235       96,149       22,260       86,565       435,209  
 
(1)   Represents loans whose repayments are insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA and student loans whose repayments are predominantly guaranteed by agencies on behalf of the U.S. Department of Education under FFELP.
 
(2)   Amounts at December 31, 2010, have been revised to conform to the current presentation.

LTV refers to the ratio comparing the loan’s unpaid principal balance to the property’s collateral value. CLTV refers to the combination of first mortgage and junior lien mortgage ratios. LTVs and CLTVs are updated quarterly using a cascade approach which first uses values provided by automated valuation models (AVMs) for the property. If an AVM is not available, then the value is estimated using the original appraised value adjusted by the change in Home Price Index (HPI) for the property location. If an HPI is not available, the original appraised value is used. The HPI value is normally the only method considered for high value properties as the AVM values have proven less accurate for these properties.
      The following table shows the most updated LTV and CLTV distribution of the real estate 1-4 family first and junior lien mortgage loan portfolios. In recent years, the residential real estate markets have experienced significant declines in property values and several markets, particularly California and Florida have experienced declines that turned out to be more significant than the national decline. These trends are considered in the way that we monitor credit risk and establish our allowance for credit
losses. LTV does not necessarily reflect the likelihood of performance of a given loan, but does provide an indication of collateral value. In the event of a default, any loss should be limited to the portion of the loan amount in excess of the net realizable value of the underlying real estate collateral value. Certain loans do not have an LTV or CLTV primarily due to industry data availability and portfolios acquired from or serviced by other institutions.


72


Table of Contents

Note 5:  Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)
                                                 
 
   
March 31, 2011
  December 31, 2010 (3)
   
Real estate
  Real estate           Real estate   Real estate    
   
1-4 family
  1-4 family           1-4 family   1-4 family    
   
first
  junior lien           first   junior lien    
   
mortgage
  mortgage           mortgage   mortgage    

(in millions)
  by LTV   by CLTV   Total   by LTV   by CLTV   Total
 
 
                                               
By LTV/CLTV:
                                               
0-60%
    $ 46,886       13,286       60,172       47,808       14,814       62,622  
60.01-80%
    42,682       16,692       59,374       42,542       17,744       60,286  
80.01-100%
    40,168       22,354       62,522       39,497       24,255       63,752  
100.01-120% (1)
    23,416       17,870       41,286       24,147       17,887       42,034  
> 120% (1)
    21,299       19,716       41,015       24,243       18,628       42,871  
No LTV/CLTV available
    3,965       2,884       6,849       3,239       2,571       5,810  
Government insured/guaranteed loans (2)
    15,852       -       15,852       15,514       -       15,514  
 
Total consumer loans (excluding PCI)
    194,268       92,802       287,070       196,990       95,899       292,889  
Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)
    32,241       239       32,480       33,245       250       33,495  
 
 
                                               
Total consumer loans
    $ 226,509       93,041       319,550       230,235       96,149       326,384  
 
(1)   Reflects total loan balances with LTV/CLTV amounts in excess of 100%. In the event of default, the loss content would generally be limited to only the amount in excess of 100% LTV/CLTV.
 
(2)   Represents loans whose repayments are insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA.
 
(3)   Amounts at December 31, 2010, have been revised to conform to the current presentation.
NONACCRUAL LOANS The following table provides loans on nonaccrual status. PCI loans are excluded from this table due to the existence of the accretable yield.
                 
 
   
Mar. 31,
  Dec. 31,

(in millions)
  2011     2010  
 
 
               
Commercial:
               
Commercial and industrial
  $ 2,653       3,213  
Real estate mortgage
    5,239       5,227  
Real estate construction
    2,239       2,676  
Lease financing
    95       108  
Foreign
    86       127  
 
 
               
Total commercial (1)
    10,312       11,351  
 
 
               
Consumer:
               
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage (2)
    12,143       12,289  
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
    2,235       2,302  
Other revolving credit and installment
    275       300  
 
 
               
Total consumer
    14,653       14,891  
 
 
               
Total nonaccrual loans
(excluding PCI)
  $ 24,965       26,242  
 
(1)   Includes LHFS of $17 million and $3 million at March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.
 
(2)   Includes MHFS of $430 million and $426 million at March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.
      


73


Table of Contents

LOANS 90 DAYS OR MORE PAST DUE AND STILL ACCRUING Certain loans 90 days or more past due as to interest or principal are still accruing, because they are (1) well-secured and in the process of collection or (2) real estate 1-4 family mortgage loans or consumer loans exempt under regulatory rules from being classified as nonaccrual until later delinquency, usually 120 days past due. PCI loans of $10.8 billion at March 31, 2011, and $11.6 billion at December 31, 2010, are excluded from this disclosure even though they are 90 days or more contractually past due. These PCI loans are considered to be accruing due to the existence of the accretable yield and not based on consideration given to contractual interest payments.
      The following table shows non-PCI loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing by class for loans not government insured/guaranteed.
                 
 
   
Mar. 31,
  Dec. 31,
 
(in millions)   2011     2010  
 
 
               
Total (excluding PCI):
  $ 17,901       18,488  
Less: FHA insured/guaranteed by the VA (1)
    14,353       14,733  
Less: Student loans guaranteed under the FFELP (2)
    1,120       1,106  
 
 
               
Total, not government insured/guaranteed
  $ 2,428       2,649  
 
 
               
By segment and class, not insured/guaranteed:
               
Commercial:
               
Commercial and industrial
  $ 338       308  
Real estate mortgage
    177       104  
Real estate construction
    156       193  
Foreign
    16       22  
 
 
               
Total commercial
    687       627  
 
 
               
Consumer:
               
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage (3)
    858       941  
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage (3)
    325       366  
Credit card
    413       516  
Other revolving credit and installment
    145       199  
 
 
               
Total consumer
    1,741       2,022  
 
 
               
Total, not government insured/guaranteed
  $ 2,428       2,649  
 
(1)   Represents loans whose repayments are insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA.
 
(2)   Represents loans whose repayments are predominantly guaranteed by agencies on behalf of the U.S. Department of Education under the FFELP.
 
(3)   Includes mortgage loans held for sale 90 days or more past due and still accruing.
      


74


Table of Contents

Note 5:  Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)
 
IMPAIRED LOANS The table below summarizes key information for impaired loans. Our impaired loans include loans on nonaccrual status in the commercial portfolio segment and loans modified in a TDR, whether on accrual or nonaccrual status.
These impaired loans may have estimated impairment which is included in the allowance for credit losses. Impaired loans exclude PCI loans.

 
                                 
 
         
Recorded investment
   
 
                    Impaired loans    
    Unpaid           with related   Related
    principal   Impaired   allowance for   allowance for
(in millions)   balance   loans   credit losses   credit losses
 
 
                               
March 31, 2011
                               
 
                               
Commercial:
                               
Commercial and industrial
  $ 7,501       2,901       2,901       548  
Real estate mortgage
    7,374       5,566       5,239       1,357  
Real estate construction
    4,078       2,495       2,495       573  
Lease financing
    139       97       90       32  
Foreign
    175       26       22       7  
 
 
                               
Total commercial
    19,267       11,085       10,747       2,517  
 
 
                               
Consumer:
                               
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
    13,706       12,261       12,261       2,875  
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
    1,949       1,824       1,824       621  
Credit card
    602       602       602       356  
Other revolving credit and installment
    259       257       257       55  
 
 
                               
Total consumer
    16,516       14,944       14,944       3,907  
 
 
                               
Total impaired loans (excluding PCI)
  $ 35,783       26,029       25,691       6,424  
 
 
                               
December 31, 2010
                               
 
                               
Commercial:
                               
Commercial and industrial
  $ 8,190       3,600       3,276       607  
Real estate mortgage
    7,439       5,239       5,163       1,282  
Real estate construction
    4,676       2,786       2,786       548  
Lease financing
    149       91       91       34  
Foreign
    215       15       15       8  
 
 
                               
Total commercial
    20,669       11,731       11,331       2,479  
 
 
                               
Consumer:
                               
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
    12,834       11,603       11,603       2,754  
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
    1,759       1,626       1,626       578  
Credit card
    548       548       548       333  
Other revolving credit and installment
    231       230       230       58  
 
 
                               
Total consumer
    15,372       14,007       14,007       3,723  
 
 
                               
Total impaired loans (excluding PCI)
  $ 36,041       25,738       25,338       6,202  
 

75


Table of Contents

      Commitments to lend additional funds on loans whose terms have been modified in a TDR amounted to $1.7 billion and $1.2 billion at March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. These commitments primarily relate to CRE loans, which, at the time of modification, had an amount of availability to the borrower that continues under the modified terms of the TDR
and totaled $1.3 billion and $861 million at March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.
      The following table provides the average recorded investment in impaired loans and the amount of interest income recognized on impaired loans after impairment by portfolio segment and class.

                                 
 
   
Quarter ended March 31,
 
    2011     2010  
 
    Average   Recognized   Average   Recognized
   
recorded
  interest   recorded   interest

(in millions)
  investment   income   investment   income
 
 
                               
Commercial:
                               
Commercial and industrial
  $ 3,105       24       3,277       29  
Real estate mortgage
    5,522       13       2,040       8  
Real estate construction
    2,681       14       2,556       4  
Lease financing
    106       -       73       -  
Foreign
    40       -       78       -  
 
 
                               
Total commercial
    11,454       51       8,024       41  
 
 
                               
Consumer:
                               
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
    11,901       151       7,491       104  
Real estate 1-4 family
junior lien mortgage
    1,763       14       1,404       13  
Credit card
    581       6       105       1  
Other revolving credit and installment
    243       9       47       -  
 
 
                               
Total consumer
    14,488       180       9,047       118  
 
 
                               
Total impaired loans (excluding PCI)
  $ 25,942       231       17,071       159  
 
 
                               
Interest income:
                               
 
                               
Cash basis of accounting
          $ 38               47  
Other (1)
            193               112  
                     
Total interest income
          $ 231               159  
 
(1)   Includes interest recognized on accruing TDRs, interest recognized related to certain impaired loans which have an allowance calculated using discounting, and amortization of purchase accounting adjustments related to certain impaired loans. See footnote 1 to the table of changes in the allowance for credit losses.

76


Table of Contents

Note 5:  Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)
 
Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans
.
Certain loans acquired in the Wachovia acquisition are accounted for as PCI loans. The following table presents PCI loans net of any remaining purchase accounting adjustments.

                 
 
 
    Mar. 31,   Dec. 31,
 
(in millions)   2011     2010  
 
 
               
Commercial:
               
Commercial and industrial
  $ 608       718  
Real estate mortgage
    2,964       2,855  
Real estate construction
    2,447       2,949  
Foreign
    1,488       1,413  
 
 
               
Total commercial
    7,507       7,935  
 
 
               
Consumer:
               
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
    32,241       33,245  
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
    239       250  
Other revolving credit and installment
    -       -  
 
 
               
Total consumer
    32,480       33,495  
 
 
               
Total PCI loans (carrying value)
  $ 39,987       41,430  
 
 
               
Total PCI loans (unpaid principal balance)
  $ 61,341       64,331  
 
 
ACCRETABLE YIELD The excess of cash flows expected to be collected over the carrying value of PCI loans is referred to as the accretable yield and is recognized in interest income using an effective yield method over the remaining life of the loan, or pools of loans. The accretable yield is affected by:
  Changes in interest rate indices for variable rate PCI loans – Expected future cash flows are based on the variable rates in effect at the time of the regular evaluations of cash flows expected to be collected;
 
  Changes in prepayment assumptions – Prepayments affect the estimated life of PCI loans which may change the amount of interest income, and possibly principal, expected to be collected; and
  Changes in the expected principal and interest payments over the estimated life – Updates to expected cash flows are driven by the credit outlook and actions taken with borrowers. Changes in expected future cash flows from loan modifications are included in the regular evaluations of cash flows expected to be collected.
     The change in the accretable yield related to PCI loans is presented in the following table.

                         
 
 
    Quarter ended   Year ended
 
    Mar. 31,   Dec. 31,
 
(in millions)   2011     2010     2009  
 
 
                       
Total, beginning of period
    $ 16,714       14,559       10,447  
Accretion(1)
    (701 )     (2,435 )     (2,606 )
Reclassification from nonaccretable difference for loans with improving cash flows
    115       3,399       441  
Changes in expected cash flows that do not affect nonaccretable difference (2)
    (247 )     1,191       6,277  
 
 
                       
Total, end of period
    $ 15,881       16,714       14,559  
 
(1)   Includes accretable yield released as a result of settlements with borrowers, which are included in interest income, and sales to third parties, which are included in noninterest income ($155 million in first quarter 2011).
 
(2)   Represents changes in cash flows expected to be collected due to changes in interest rates on variable rate PCI loans and the impact of modifications.

77


Table of Contents

PCI ALLOWANCE When it is estimated that the cash flows expected to be collected have decreased subsequent to acquisition for a PCI loan or pool of loans, an allowance is
established and a provision for additional loss is recorded as a charge to income. The following table summarizes the changes in allowance for PCI loan losses.

                                 
 
                   
Other
   

(in millions)
  Commercial   Pick-a-Pay   consumer   Total
 
 
                               
Balance, December 31, 2008
  $ -       -       -       -  
Provision for losses due to credit deterioration
    850       -       3       853  
Charge-offs
    (520 )     -       -       (520 )
 
 
                               
Balance, December 31, 2009
    330       -       3       333  
Provision for losses due to credit deterioration
    712       -       59       771  
Charge-offs
    (776 )     -       (30 )     (806 )
 
 
                               
Balance, December 31, 2010
    266       -       32       298  
Provision for losses due to credit deterioration
    11       -       (1 )     10  
Charge-offs
    (43 )     -       (8 )     (51 )
   
Balance, March 31, 2011
  $ 234       -       23       257  
 
COMMERCIAL PCI CREDIT QUALITY INDICATORS The following table provides a breakdown of commercial PCI loans by risk category.
 
                                         
 
   
Commercial
  Real   Real        
   
and
  estate   estate        

(in millions)
  industrial   mortgage   construction   Foreign   Total
 
 
                                       
March 31, 2011
                                       
 
                                       
By risk category:
                                       
Pass
  $ 227       530       87       204       1,048  
Criticized
    381       2,434       2,360       1,284       6,459  
 
 
                                       
Total commercial PCI loans
  $ 608       2,964       2,447       1,488       7,507  
 
 
                                       
December 31, 2010
                                       
 
                                       
By risk category:
                                       
Pass
  $ 214       352       128       210       904  
Criticized
    504       2,503       2,821       1,203       7,031  
 
 
                                       
Total commercial PCI loans
  $ 718       2,855       2,949       1,413       7,935  
 
     The following table provides past due information for commercial PCI loans.
                                         
 
   
Commercial
  Real   Real        
   
and
  estate   estate        

(in millions)
  industrial   mortgage   construction   Foreign   Total  
 
 
                                       
March 31, 2011
                                       
 
                                       
By delinquency status:
                                       
Current-29 DPD
  $ 477       2,479       1,193       1,309       5,458  
30-89 DPD
    46       121       192       -       359  
90+ DPD and still accruing
    85       364       1,062       179       1,690  
 
 
                                       
Total commercial PCI loans
  $ 608       2,964       2,447       1,488       7,507  
 
 
                                       
December 31, 2010
                                       
 
                                       
By delinquency status:
                                       
Current-29 DPD
  $ 612       2,295       1,395       1,209       5,511  
30-89 DPD
    22       113       178       -       313  
90+ DPD and still accruing
    84       447       1,376       204       2,111  
 
 
                                       
Total commercial PCI loans
  $ 718       2,855       2,949       1,413       7,935  
 

78


Table of Contents

 
Note 5:  Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)
 
CONSUMER PCI CREDIT QUALITY INDICATORS Our consumer PCI loans were aggregated into several pools of loans at acquisition. Below, we have provided credit quality indicators based on the individual loans included in the pool,
but we have not allocated the remaining purchase accounting adjustments, which were established at a pool level. The following table provides the delinquency status of consumer PCI loans.

                                                 
 
 
      March 31, 2011   December 31, 2010
 
    Real estate   Real estate           Real estate   Real estate    
   
1-4 family
  1-4 family           1-4 family   1-4 family    
   
first
  junior lien           first   junior lien    

(in millions)
  mortgage   mortgage   Total   mortgage   mortgage   Total
 
 
                                               
By delinquency status:
                                               
Current
  $ 28,664       249       28,913       29,253       357       29,610  
1-29 DPD
    42       57       99       44       79       123  
30-59 DPD
    3,207       20       3,227       3,586       30       3,616  
60-89 DPD
    1,185       11       1,196       1,364       17       1,381  
90-119 DPD
    779       8       787       881       13       894  
120-179 DPD
    1,353       13       1,366       1,346       19       1,365  
180+ DPD
    7,125       177       7,302       7,214       220       7,434  
 
 
                                               
Total consumer PCI loans
  $ 42,355       535       42,890       43,688       735       44,423  
 
 
                                               
Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)
  $ 32,241       239       32,480       33,245       250       33,495  
 

79


Table of Contents

The following table provides FICO scores for consumer PCI loans.
                                                 
 
 
      March 31, 2011     December 31, 2010
 
    Real estate   Real estate           Real estate   Real estate    
 
    1-4 family   1-4 family           1-4 family   1-4 family    
 
    first   junior lien           first   junior lien    
 
(in millions)   mortgage   mortgage   Total   mortgage   mortgage   Total
 
 
                                               
By FICO:
                                               
 
                                               
< 600
  $ 20,959       282       21,241       22,334       363       22,697  
 
                                               
600-639
    7,586       81       7,667       7,563       109       7,672  
 
                                               
640-679
    6,374       78       6,452       6,185       96       6,281  
 
                                               
680-719
    3,877       49       3,926       3,949       60       4,009  
 
                                               
720-759
    1,966       14       1,980       2,057       17       2,074  
 
                                               
760-799
    1,026       6       1,032       1,087       7       1,094  
 
                                               
800+
    208       2       210       232       2       234  
 
                                               
No FICO available
    359       23       382       281       81       362  
 
 
                                               
Total consumer PCI loans
  $ 42,355       535       42,890       43,688       735       44,423  
 
 
                                               
Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)
  $ 32,241       239       32,480       33,245       250       33,495  
 
The following table shows the distribution of consumer PCI loans by LTV for real estate 1-4 family first mortgages and by CLTV for real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgages.
 
 
      March 31, 2011     December 31, 2010
 
    Real estate   Real estate           Real estate   Real estate    
 
    1-4 family   1-4 family           1-4 family   1-4 family    
 
    first   junior lien           first   junior lien    
 
    mortgage   mortgage           mortgage   mortgage    
 
(in millions)   by LTV   by CLTV   Total   by LTV   by CLTV   Total
 
 
                                               
By LTV/CLTV:
                                               
 
                                               
0-60%
  $ 1,280       32       1,312       1,653       43       1,696  
 
                                               
60.01-80%
    4,623       57       4,680       5,513       42       5,555  
 
                                               
80.01-100%
    11,416       82       11,498       11,861       89       11,950  
 
                                               
100.01-120% (1)
    9,618       93       9,711       9,525       116       9,641  
 
                                               
> 120% (1)
    15,295       269       15,564       15,047       314       15,361  
 
                                               
No LTV/CLTV available
    123       2       125       89       131       220  
 
 
                                               
Total consumer PCI loans
  $ 42,355       535       42,890       43,688       735       44,423  
 
 
                                               
Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)
  $ 32,241       239       32,480       33,245       250       33,495  
 
     
(1)   Reflects total loan balances with LTV/CLTV amounts in excess of 100%. In the event of default, the loss content would generally be limited to only the amount in excess of 100% LTV/CLTV.

80


Table of Contents

Note 6: Other Assets
 
The components of other assets were:
                 
 
 
  Mar. 31, Dec. 31,
 
(in millions)   2011     2010
 
 
               
Nonmarketable equity investments:
               
 
               
Cost method:
               
 
               
Private equity investments
  $ 3,117       3,240  
 
               
Federal bank stock
    5,129       5,254  
 
 
               
Total cost method
    8,246       8,494  
 
               
Equity method
    7,692       7,624  
Principal investments (1)
    302       305  
 
               
 
 
               
Total nonmarketable equity investments
    16,240       16,423  
 
               
Corporate/bank-owned life insurance
    19,924       19,845  
 
               
Accounts receivable
    19,126       23,763  
 
               
Interest receivable
    5,051       4,895  
 
               
Core deposit intangibles
    8,493       8,904  
 
               
Customer relationship and other amortized intangibles
    1,773       1,847  
Foreclosed assets:
               
 
               
Government insured/guaranteed (2)
    1,457       1,479  
 
               
Non-government insured/guaranteed
    4,055       4,530  
 
               
Operating lease assets
    1,785       1,873  
 
               
Due from customers on acceptances
    165       229  
 
               
Other
    15,668       15,993  
 
 
               
Total other assets
  $ 93,737       99,781  
 
     
(1)   Principal investments are recorded at fair value with realized and unrealized gains (losses) included in net gains (losses) from equity investments in the income statement.
 
(2)   These are foreclosed real estate securing FHA insured and VA guaranteed loans. Both principal and interest for these loans secured by the foreclosed real estate are collectible because they are insured/guaranteed.
      Income related to nonmarketable equity investments was:
                 
 
 
      Quarter ended March 31,
 
(in millions)     2011       2010 
 
 
               
Net gains (losses) from:
               
 
               
Private equity investments
  $ 221       (1 )
 
               
Principal investments
    18       9  
 
               
All other nonmarketable equity investments
    (60 )     (17 )
 
 
               
Net gains (losses) from nonmarketable equity investments
  $ 179       (9 )
 


81


Table of Contents

Note 7: Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities
 
Involvement with SPEs
In the normal course of business, we enter into various types of on- and off-balance sheet transactions with special purpose entities (SPEs), which are corporations, trusts or partnerships that are established for a limited purpose. Historically, the majority of SPEs were formed in connection with securitization transactions. In a securitization transaction, assets from our balance sheet are transferred to an SPE, which then issues to investors various forms of interests in those assets and may also enter into derivative transactions. In a securitization transaction, we typically receive cash and/or other interests in an SPE as proceeds for the assets we transfer. Also, in certain transactions, we may retain the right to service the transferred receivables and to repurchase those receivables from the SPE if the outstanding balance of the receivables falls to a level where the cost exceeds the benefits of servicing such receivables. In addition, we may purchase the right to service loans in an SPE that were transferred to the SPE by a third party.
      In connection with our securitization activities, we have various forms of ongoing involvement with SPEs, which may include:
  underwriting securities issued by SPEs and subsequently making markets in those securities;
 
  providing liquidity facilities to support short-term obligations of SPEs issued to third party investors;
 
  providing credit enhancement on securities issued by SPEs or market value guarantees of assets held by SPEs through the use of letters of credit, financial guarantees, credit default swaps and total return swaps;
 
  entering into other derivative contracts with SPEs;
 
  holding senior or subordinated interests in SPEs;
 
  acting as servicer or investment manager for SPEs; and
 
  providing administrative or trustee services to SPEs.
      SPEs are generally considered variable interest entities (VIEs). A VIE is an entity that has either a total equity investment that is insufficient to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support or whose equity investors lack the ability to control the entity’s activities. A VIE is consolidated by its primary beneficiary, the party that has both the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE and a variable interest that could potentially be significant to the VIE. A variable interest is a contractual, ownership or other interest that changes with changes in the fair value of the VIE’s net assets. To determine whether or not a variable interest we hold could potentially be significant to the VIE, we consider both qualitative and quantitative factors regarding the nature, size and form of our involvement with the VIE. We assess whether or not we are the primary beneficiary of a VIE on an on-going basis.
      We have segregated our involvement with VIEs between those VIEs which we consolidate, those which we do not consolidate and transfers of financial assets that are accounted for as secured borrowings. Secured borrowings are transactions involving transfers of our financial assets to third parties that are accounted for as financings with the assets pledged as collateral. Accordingly, the transferred assets remain recognized on our balance sheet. Subsequent tables within this Note further segregate these transactions by structure type.


82


Table of Contents

      The classifications of assets and liabilities in our balance sheet associated with our transactions with VIEs follow:
                                 
 
 
                    Transfers that    
 
    VIEs that we   VIEs   we account    
 
    do not   that we   for as secured    
 
(in millions)   consolidate   consolidate   borrowings   Total
 
 
                               
March 31, 2011
                               
 
                               
Cash
  $ -       154       480       634  
 
                               
Trading assets
    4,808       98       30       4,936  
 
                               
Securities available for sale (1)
    21,065       2,377       8,459       31,901  
 
                               
Loans held for sale
    -       53       -       53  
 
                               
Loans
    12,205       15,407       1,480       29,092  
 
                               
Mortgage servicing rights
    14,432       -       -       14,432  
 
                               
Other assets
    3,831       1,467       114       5,412  
 
 
                               
Total assets
    56,341       19,556       10,563       86,460  
 
 
                               
Short-term borrowings
    -       3,608   (2)   8,455       12,063  
 
                               
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    3,417       660   (2)   16       4,093  
 
                               
Long-term debt
    -       7,173   (2)   1,681       8,854  
 
 
                               
Total liabilities
    3,417       11,441       10,152       25,010  
 
 
                               
Noncontrolling interests
    -       20       -       20  
 
 
                               
Net assets
  $ 52,924       8,095       411       61,430  
 
 
                               
December 31, 2010
                               
 
                               
Cash
  $ -       200       398       598  
 
                               
Trading assets
    5,351       143       32       5,526  
 
                               
Securities available for sale (1)
    24,001       2,159       7,834       33,994  
 
                               
Loans
    12,401       16,708       1,613       30,722  
 
                               
Mortgage servicing rights
    13,261       -       -       13,261  
 
                               
Other assets
    3,783       2,039       90       5,912  
 
 
                               
Total assets
    58,797       21,249       9,967       90,013  
 
 
                               
Short-term borrowings
    -       3,636   (2)   7,773       11,409  
 
                               
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    3,514       716   (2)   14       4,244  
 
                               
Long-term debt
    -       8,377   (2)   1,700       10,077  
 
 
                               
Total liabilities
    3,514       12,729       9,487       25,730  
 
 
                               
Noncontrolling interests
    -       40       -       40  
 
 
                               
Net assets
  $ 55,283       8,480       480       64,243  
 
     
(1)   Excludes certain debt securities related to loans serviced for the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC) and GNMA.
 
(2)   Includes the following VIE liabilities at March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, with recourse to the general credit of Wells Fargo: Short-term borrowings, $3.6 billion and $3.6 billion; Accrued expenses and other liabilities, $570 million and $645 million; and Long-term debt, $53 million and $53 million.
Transactions with Unconsolidated VIEs
Our transactions with VIEs include securitizations of consumer loans, CRE loans, student loans, auto loans and municipal bonds; investment and financing activities involving CDOs backed by asset-backed and CRE securities, collateralized loan obligations (CLOs) backed by corporate loans, and other types of structured financing. We have various forms of involvement with VIEs, including holding senior or subordinated interests, entering into liquidity arrangements, credit default swaps and other derivative contracts. These involvements with unconsolidated VIEs are recorded on our balance sheet primarily in trading assets, securities available for sale, loans, MSRs, other assets and other liabilities, as appropriate.
      The following tables provide a summary of unconsolidated VIEs with which we have significant continuing involvement, but are not the primary beneficiary. The balances presented represent our unconsolidated VIEs for which we consider our involvement to be significant. Our definition of significant continuing involvement excludes unconsolidated VIEs when our continuing involvement relates to third-party sponsored VIEs for which we were not the transferor, and unconsolidated VIEs for which we were the sponsor but do not have any other significant continuing involvement.
      Significant continuing involvement includes transactions where we were the sponsor or transferor and have other significant forms of involvement. Sponsorship includes transactions with unconsolidated VIEs where we solely or materially participated in the initial design or structuring of the entity or marketing of the transaction to investors. When we


83


Table of Contents

transfer assets to a VIE and account for the transfer as a sale, we are considered the transferor. We consider investments in securities held outside of trading, loans, guarantees, liquidity agreements, written options and servicing of collateral to be other forms of involvement that may be significant. We have excluded certain transactions with unconsolidated VIEs from the balances presented in the table below where we have determined
that our continuing involvement is not significant due to the temporary nature and size of our variable interests, because we were not the transferor or because we were not involved in the design or operations of the unconsolidated VIEs.

                                                 
 
 
                                    Other    
 
    Total   Debt and                   commitments    
 
    VIE   equity   Servicing           and   Net
 
(in millions)   assets   interests (1)   assets   Derivatives   guarantees   assets
 
 
                                               
March 31, 2011
                                               
 
                                               
            Carrying value - asset (liability)
           
 
Residential mortgage loan
securitizations:
                                               
 
                                               
Conforming
  $ 1,108,820       5,282       13,248       -       (898 )     17,632  
 
                                               
Other/nonconforming
    68,234       2,777       525       4       (129 )     3,177  
 
                                               
Commercial mortgage securitizations
    188,172       5,553       617       240       -       6,410  
 
                                               
Collateralized debt obligations:
                                               
 
                                               
Debt securities
    18,257       1,317       -       598       -       1,915  
 
                                               
Loans (2)
    9,986       9,736       -       -       -       9,736  
 
                                               
Asset-based finance structures
    9,310       4,511       -       (96 )     -       4,415  
 
                                               
Tax credit structures
    18,805       3,662       -       -       (1,168 )     2,494  
 
                                               
Collateralized loan obligations
    12,435       2,718       -       60       -       2,778  
 
                                               
Investment funds
    8,575       1,459       -       -       -       1,459  
 
                                               
Other (3)
    18,278       2,553       42       314       (1 )     2,908  
 
 
                                               
Total
  $ 1,460,872       39,568       14,432       1,120       (2,196 )     52,924  
 
 
                                               
 
                                               
            Maximum exposure to loss
           
 
                                               
 
Residential mortgage loan
securitizations:
                                               
 
                                               
Conforming
         $   5,282       13,248       -       3,516       22,046  
 
                                               
Other/nonconforming
            2,777       525       4       196       3,502  
 
                                               
Commercial mortgage securitizations
            5,553       617       441       -       6,611  
 
                                               
Collateralized debt obligations:
                                               
 
                                               
Debt securities
            1,317       -       2,528       -       3,845  
 
                                               
Loans (2)
            9,736       -       -       -       9,736  
Asset-based finance structures
            4,511       -       96       2,484       7,091  
 
                                               
Tax credit structures
            3,662       -       -       -       3,662  
 
                                               
Collateralized loan obligations
            2,718       -       60       576       3,354  
 
                                               
Investment funds
            1,459       -       -       57       1,516  
 
                                               
Other (3)
            2,553       42       789       150       3,534  
 
 
                                               
Total
         $   39,568       14,432       3,918       6,979       64,897  
 
(continued on following page)

84


Table of Contents

(continued from previous page)
                                                 
 
 
                                    Other    
 
    Total   Debt and                   commitments    
 
    VIE   equity   Servicing           and   Net
 
(in millions)   assets   interests (1)   assets   Derivatives   guarantees   assets
 
 
                                               
December 31, 2010
                                               
 
                                               
            Carrying value - asset (liability)
           
 
Residential mortgage loan securitizations:
                                               
 
                                               
Conforming
  $ 1,068,737       5,527       12,115       -       (928 )     16,714  
 
                                               
Other/nonconforming
    76,304       2,997       495       6       (107 )     3,391  
 
                                               
Commercial mortgage securitizations
    190,377       5,506       608       261       -       6,375  
 
                                               
Collateralized debt obligations:
                                               
 
                                               
Debt securities
    20,046       1,436       -       844       -       2,280  
 
                                               
Loans (2)
    9,970       9,689       -       -       -       9,689  
 
                                               
Asset-based finance structures
    12,055       6,556       -       (118 )     -       6,438  
 
                                               
Tax credit structures
    20,981       3,614       -       -       (1,129 )     2,485  
 
                                               
Collateralized loan obligations
    13,196       2,804       -       56       -       2,860  
 
                                               
Investment funds
    10,522       1,416       -       -       -       1,416  
 
                                               
Other (3)
    20,031       3,221       43       377       (6 )     3,635  
 
 
                                               
Total
  $ 1,442,219       42,766       13,261       1,426       (2,170 )     55,283  
 
 
                                               
            Maximum exposure to loss
           
 
                                               
Residential mortgage loan securitizations:
                                               
 
                                               
Conforming
        $   5,527       12,115       -       4,248       21,890  
 
                                               
Other/nonconforming
            2,997       495       6       233       3,731  
 
                                               
Commercial mortgage securitizations
            5,506       608       488       -       6,602  
 
                                               
Collateralized debt obligations:
                                               
 
                                               
Debt securities
            1,436       -       2,850       7       4,293  
 
                                               
Loans (2)
            9,689       -       -       -       9,689  
 
                                               
Asset-based finance structures
            6,556       -       118       2,175       8,849  
 
                                               
Tax credit structures
            3,614       -       -       1       3,615  
 
                                               
Collateralized loan obligations
            2,804       -       56       519       3,379  
 
                                               
Investment funds
            1,416       -       -       87       1,503  
 
                                               
Other (3)
            3,221       43       916       162       4,342  
 
 
                                               
Total
        $   42,766       13,261       4,434       7,432       67,893  
 
     
(1)   Excludes certain debt securities held related to loans serviced for FNMA, FHLMC and GNMA.
 
(2)   Represents senior loans to trusts that are collateralized by asset-backed securities. The trusts invest primarily in senior tranches from a diversified pool of primarily U.S. asset securitizations, of which all are current, and over 92% were rated as investment grade by the primary rating agencies at March 31, 2011. These senior loans were acquired in the Wachovia business combination and are accounted for at amortized cost as initially determined under purchase accounting and are subject to the Company’s allowance and credit charge-off policies.
 
(3)   Includes student loan securitizations, auto loan securitizations and credit-linked note structures. Also contains investments in auction rate securities (ARS) issued by VIEs that we do not sponsor and, accordingly, are unable to obtain the total assets of the entity.

85


Table of Contents

      In the two preceding tables, “Total VIE assets” represents the remaining principal balance of assets held by unconsolidated VIEs using the most current information available. For VIEs that obtain exposure to assets synthetically through derivative instruments, the remaining notional amount of the derivative is included in the asset balance. “Carrying value” is the amount in our consolidated balance sheet related to our involvement with the unconsolidated VIEs. “Maximum exposure to loss” from our involvement with off-balance sheet entities, which is a required disclosure under GAAP, is determined as the carrying value of our involvement with off-balance sheet (unconsolidated) VIEs plus the remaining undrawn liquidity and lending commitments, the notional amount of net written derivative contracts, and generally the notional amount of, or stressed loss estimate for, other commitments and guarantees. It represents estimated loss that would be incurred under severe, hypothetical circumstances, for which we believe the possibility is extremely remote, such as where the value of our interests and any associated collateral declines to zero, without any consideration of recovery or offset from any economic hedges. Accordingly, this required disclosure is not an indication of expected loss.
RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGE LOANS Residential mortgage loan securitizations are financed through the issuance of fixed- or floating-rate-asset-backed-securities, which are collateralized by the loans transferred to a VIE. We typically transfer loans we originated to these VIEs, account for the transfers as sales, retain the right to service the loans and may hold other beneficial interests issued by the VIEs. We also may be exposed to limited liability related to recourse agreements and repurchase agreements we make to our issuers and purchasers, which are included in other commitments and guarantees. In certain instances, we may service residential mortgage loan securitizations structured by third parties whose loans we did not originate or transfer. Our residential mortgage loan securitizations consist of conforming and nonconforming securitizations.
      Conforming residential mortgage loan securitizations are those that are guaranteed by GSEs, including GNMA. We do not consolidate our conforming residential mortgage loan securitizations because we do not have power over the VIEs.
      The loans sold to the VIEs in nonconforming residential mortgage loan securitizations are those that do not qualify for a GSE guarantee. We do not consolidate the nonconforming residential mortgage loan securitizations included in the table because we do not have a variable interest that could potentially be significant or we do not have power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the performance of the VIE.
      Other commitments and guarantees include amounts related to loans sold that we may be required to repurchase, or otherwise indemnify or reimburse the investor or insurer for losses incurred, due to material breach of contractual representations and warranties. The maximum exposure to loss for material breach of contractual representations and warranties represents a stressed case estimate we utilize for determining stressed case regulatory capital needs.
COMMERCIAL MORTGAGE LOAN SECURITIZATIONS Commercial mortgage loan securitizations are financed through the issuance of fixed- or floating-rate-asset-backed-securities, which are collateralized by the loans transferred to the VIE. In a typical securitization, we may transfer loans we originate to these VIEs, account for the transfers as sales, retain the right to service the loans and may hold other beneficial interests issued by the VIEs. In certain instances, we may service commercial mortgage loan securitizations structured by third parties whose loans we did not originate or transfer. We typically serve as primary or master servicer of these VIEs. The primary or master servicer in a commercial mortgage loan securitization typically cannot make the most significant decisions impacting the performance of the VIE and therefore does not have power over the VIE. We do not consolidate the commercial mortgage loan securitizations included in the disclosure because we either do not have power or do not have a variable interest that could potentially be significant to the VIE.
COLLATERALIZED DEBT OBLIGATIONS (CDOs) A CDO is a securitization where an SPE purchases a pool of assets consisting of asset-backed securities and issues multiple tranches of equity or notes to investors. In some transactions, a portion of the assets are obtained synthetically through the use of derivatives such as credit default swaps or total return swaps.
      Prior to 2008, we engaged in the structuring of CDOs on behalf of third party asset managers who would select and manage the assets for the CDO. Typically, the asset manager has some discretion to manage the sale of assets of, or derivatives used by the CDO, which generally gives the asset manager the power over the CDO. We have not structured these types of transactions since the credit market disruption began in late 2007.
      In addition to our role as arranger we may have other forms of involvement with these transactions, including transactions established prior to 2008. Such involvement may include acting as liquidity provider, derivative counterparty, secondary market maker or investor. For certain transactions, we may also act as the collateral manager or servicer. We receive fees in connection with our role as collateral manager or servicer.
      We assess whether we are the primary beneficiary of CDOs based on our role in the transaction in combination with the variable interests we hold. Subsequently, we monitor our ongoing involvement in these transactions to determine if the nature of our involvement has changed. We are not the primary beneficiary of these transactions in most cases because we do not act as the collateral manager or servicer, which generally denotes power. In cases where we are the collateral manager or servicer, we are not the primary beneficiary because we do not hold interests that could potentially be significant to the VIE.
COLLATERALIZED LOAN OBLIGATIONS (CLOs) A CLO is a securitization where an SPE purchases a pool of assets consisting of loans and issues multiple tranches of equity or notes to investors. Generally, CLOs are structured on behalf of a third party asset manager that typically selects and manages the assets for the term of the CLO. Typically, the asset manager has the power over the significant decisions of the VIE through its


86


Table of Contents

discretion to manage the assets of the CLO. We assess whether we are the primary beneficiary of CLOs based on our role in the transaction and the variable interests we hold. In most cases, we are not the primary beneficiary of these transactions because we do not have the power to manage the collateral in the VIE.
      In addition to our role as arranger, we may have other forms of involvement with these transactions. Such involvement may include acting as underwriter, derivative counterparty, secondary market maker or investor. For certain transactions, we may also act as the servicer, for which we receive fees in connection with that role. We also earn fees for arranging these transactions and distributing the securities.
ASSET-BASED FINANCE STRUCTURES We engage in various forms of structured finance arrangements with VIEs that are collateralized by various asset classes including energy contracts, auto and other transportation leases, intellectual property, equipment and general corporate credit. We typically provide senior financing, and may act as an interest rate swap or commodity derivative counterparty when necessary. In most cases, we are not the primary beneficiary of these structures because we do not have power over the significant activities of the VIEs involved in these transactions.
      For example, we have investments in asset-backed securities that are collateralized by auto leases or loans and cash reserves. These fixed-rate and variable-rate securities have been structured as single-tranche, fully amortizing, unrated bonds that are equivalent to investment-grade securities due to their significant overcollateralization. The securities are issued by VIEs that have been formed by third party auto financing institutions primarily because they require a source of liquidity to fund ongoing vehicle sales operations. The third party auto financing institutions manage the collateral in the VIEs, which is indicative of power in these transactions and we therefore do not consolidate these VIEs.
TAX CREDIT STRUCTURES We co-sponsor and make investments in affordable housing and sustainable energy projects that are designed to generate a return primarily through the realization of federal tax credits. In some instances, our investments in these structures may require that we fund future capital commitments at the discretion of the project sponsors. While the size of our investment in a single entity may at times exceed 50% of the outstanding equity interests, we do not consolidate these structures due to the project sponsor’s ability to manage the projects, which is indicative of power in these transactions.
INVESTMENT FUNDS At March 31, 2011, we had investments of $1.5 billion and no lending arrangements with certain funds managed by one of our majority owned subsidiaries compared with investments of $1.4 billion and lending arrangements of $14 million at December 31, 2010. In addition, we also provide a default protection agreement to a third party lender to one of these funds. Our involvement in these funds is either senior or of equal priority to third party investors. We do not consolidate the investment funds because we do not absorb the majority of the expected future variability associated with the funds’ assets,
including variability associated with credit, interest rate and liquidity risks.
OTHER TRANSACTIONS WITH VIEs In August 2008, Wachovia reached an agreement to purchase at par auction rate securities (ARS) that were sold to third-party investors by certain of its subsidiaries. ARS are debt instruments with long-term maturities, but which re-price more frequently, and preferred equities with no maturity. All remaining ARS issued by VIEs subject to the agreement were redeemed. At March 31, 2011, we held in our securities available-for-sale portfolio $1.3 billion of ARS issued by VIEs redeemed pursuant to this agreement, compared with $1.6 billion at December 31, 2010.
      On November 18, 2009, we reached agreements to purchase additional ARS from eligible investors who bought ARS through one of our broker-dealer subsidiaries. All remaining ARS issued by VIEs subject to the agreement were redeemed. As of March 31, 2011, we held in our securities available-for-sale portfolio $809 million of ARS issued by VIEs redeemed pursuant to this agreement, compared with $901 million at December 31, 2010.
      We do not consolidate the VIEs that issued the ARS because we do not have power over the activities of the VIEs.
TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES In addition to the involvements disclosed in the preceding table, through the issuance of trust preferred securities we had $16.7 billion and $19.3 billion of junior subordinated debt financing at March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, and $2.5 billion of preferred stock at March 31, 2011. In these transactions, VIEs that we wholly own issue debt securities or preferred equity to third party investors. All of the proceeds of the issuance are invested in debt securities or preferred equity that we issue to the VIEs. The VIEs’ operations and cash flows relate only to the issuance, administration and repayment of the securities held by third parties. We do not consolidate these VIEs because the sole assets of the VIEs are receivables from us. This is the case even though we own all of the voting equity shares of the VIEs, have fully guaranteed the obligations of the VIEs and may have the right to redeem the third party securities under certain circumstances. We report the debt securities issued to the VIEs as long-term debt and the preferred equity securities issued to the VIEs as preferred stock in our consolidated balance sheet.
      In first quarter 2011, we issued notice to call $3.2 billion of trust preferred securities that will no longer count as Tier 1 capital under the Dodd-Frank Act and the Basel Committee recommendations known as the Basel III standards.


87


Table of Contents

Securitization Activity Related to Unconsolidated VIEs
We use VIEs to securitize consumer and CRE loans and other types of financial assets, including student loans, auto loans and municipal bonds. We typically retain the servicing rights from these sales and may continue to hold other beneficial interests in the VIEs. We may also provide liquidity to investors in the beneficial interests and credit enhancements in the form of standby letters of credit. Through these securitizations we may
be exposed to liability under limited amounts of recourse as well as standard representations and warranties we make to purchasers and issuers.
      We recognized net gains of $34 million from transfers accounted for as sales of financial assets in securitizations in first quarter 2011, and net gains of $2 million in first quarter 2010. Additionally, we had the following cash flows with our securitization trusts that were involved in transfers accounted for as sales.

                                 
 
 
    2011   2010
 
            Other           Other
 
    Mortgage   financial   Mortgage   financial
 
(in millions)   loans   assets   loans   assets
 
 
Quarter ended March 31,
                               
 
                               
Sales proceeds from securitizations (1)
  $ 100,241       -       82,322       -  
 
                               
Servicing fees
    1,088       3       1,040       9  
 
                               
Other interests held
    503       87       407       112  
 
                               
Purchases of delinquent assets
    3       -       -       -  
 
                               
Net servicing advances
    (9 )     -       19       -  
 
                               
 
     
(1)   Represents cash flow data for all loans securitized in the period presented.
     Sales with continuing involvement during the first quarter of 2011 predominantly related to conforming residential mortgage securitizations. During first quarter 2011 we transferred $101.4 billion in fair value of conforming residential mortgages to unconsolidated VIEs and recorded the transfers as sales. These transfers did not result in a gain or loss because the loans are
already carried at fair value. In connection with these transfers, in first quarter 2011 we recorded a $1.3 billion servicing asset and a $35 million liability for repurchase reserves, which are both initially measured at fair value.
      We used the following key assumptions to measure mortgage servicing assets at the date of securitization:


 
 
    2011   2010
 
 
               
Quarter ended March 31,
               
 
               
Prepayment speed (annual CPR (1))
    11.4   %   12.4  
 
               
Life (in years)
    6.4       5.8  
 
               
Discount rate
    7.9   %   8.2  
 
               
 
     
(1)   Constant prepayment rate.


88


Table of Contents

      Key economic assumptions and the sensitivity of the current fair value to immediate adverse changes in those assumptions at March 31, 2011, for residential and commercial mortgage servicing rights, and other interests held related primarily to residential mortgage loan securitizations are presented in the following table. In the following table “Other interests held” exclude securities retained in securitizations issued through GSEs such as FNMA, FHLMC and GNMA because we do not
believe the value of these securities would be materially affected by the adverse changes in assumptions noted in the table. Subordinated interests include only those bonds whose credit rating was below AAA by a major rating agency at issuance. Senior interests include only those bonds whose credit rating was AAA by a major rating agency at issuance. The information presented excludes trading positions held in inventory.

                                 
 
 
            Other interests held
 
    Mortgage   Interest-        
 
    servicing   only   Subordinated   Senior
 
(in millions)   rights   strips   bonds   bonds
 
 
                               
Fair value of interests held at March 31, 2011
  $ 17,546       231       47       420  
 
                               
Expected weighted-average life (in years)
    5.6       5.9       7.3       5.9  
 
                               
Prepayment speed assumption (annual CPR)
    11.9   %   10.0       5.9       12.4  
 
                               
Decrease in fair value from:
                               
 
                               
10% adverse change
  $ 880       6       -       1  
 
                               
25% adverse change
    2,075       14       1       3  
 
                               
Discount rate assumption
    7.8   %   17.1       13.6       6.4  
 
                               
Decrease in fair value from:
                               
 
                               
100 basis point increase
  $ 870       7       3       17  
 
                               
200 basis point increase
    1,664       13       5       34  
 
                               
Credit loss assumption
                    1.2   %   3.8  
 
                               
Decrease in fair value from:
                               
 
                               
10% higher losses
                  $ -       1  
 
                               
25% higher losses
                    -       2  
 
 

89


Table of Contents

      The sensitivities in the preceding table are hypothetical and caution should be exercised when relying on this data. Changes in value based on variations in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in the assumption to the change in value may not be linear. Also, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the value of the other interests held is calculated independently without changing any other assumptions. In reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in others (for example, changes in prepayment speed estimates could result in changes in the credit losses), which might magnify or counteract the sensitivities.
      The following table presents information about the principal balances of off-balance sheet securitized loans, including residential mortgages sold to FNMA, FHLMC and GNMA and securitizations where servicing is our only form of continuing involvement. Delinquent loans include loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest as well as nonaccrual loans. Delinquent loans and net charge-offs exclude loans sold to FNMA, FHLMC and GNMA. We continue to service those loans and would only experience a loss if required to repurchase a delinquent loan due to a breach in original representations and warranties associated with their required underwriting standards.


                                                 
 
 
                                    Net charge-offs
 
    Total loans   Delinquent loans   Three months
    Mar. 31,   Dec. 31,   Mar. 31,   Dec. 31,   ended Mar. 31,
 
(in millions)   2011   2010   2011   2010   2011   2010
 
 
                                               
Commercial:
                                               
 
                                               
Commercial and industrial
   $ 1       1       -       -       -       -  
 
                                               
Real estate mortgage
    143,938       207,015       8,697       11,515       73       70  
 
 
                                               
Total commercial
    143,939       207,016       8,697       11,515       73       70  
 
 
                                               
Consumer:
                                               
 
                                               
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
    1,129,770       1,090,755       5,096       5,275       406       330  
 
                                               
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
    1       1       -       -       -       -  
 
                                               
Other revolving credit and installment
    2,408       2,454       102       102       -       -  
 
 
                                               
Total consumer
    1,132,179       1,093,210       5,198       5,377       406       330  
 
 
                                               
Total off-balance sheet securitized loans
   $ 1,276,118       1,300,226       13,895       16,892       479       400  
 

90


Table of Contents

Transactions with Consolidated VIEs and Secured Borrowings
The following table presents a summary of transfers of financial assets accounted for as secured borrowings and involvements with consolidated VIEs. “Consolidated assets” are presented using GAAP measurement methods, which may include fair
value, credit impairment or other adjustments, and therefore in some instances will differ from “Total VIE assets.” On the consolidated balance sheet, we separately disclose the consolidated assets of certain VIEs that can only be used to settle the liabilities of those VIEs.


 
                                         
            Carrying value
 
    Total           Third        
    VIE   Consolidated   party   Noncontrolling   Net
(in millions)   assets   assets   liabilities   interests   assets
 
 
                                       
March 31, 2011
                                       
 
                                       
Secured borrowings:
                                       
Municipal tender option bond securitizations
  $ 11,391       8,510       (8,461 )     -       49  
Auto loan securitizations
    129       129       -       -       129  
Commercial real estate loans
    1,336       1,336       (1,274 )     -       62  
Residential mortgage securitizations
    664       588       (417 )     -       171  
 
 
                                       
Total secured borrowings
    13,520       10,563       (10,152 )     -       411  
 
 
                                       
Consolidated VIEs:
                                       
Nonconforming residential mortgage loan securitizations
    13,267       12,442       (5,953 )     -       6,489  
Multi-seller commercial paper conduit
    3,184       3,184       (3,254 )     -       (70 )
Auto loan securitizations
    610       610       (561 )     -       49  
Structured asset finance
    145       145       (22 )     -       123  
Investment funds
    1,175       1,175       (54 )     (14 )     1,107  
Other
    2,048       2,000       (1,597 )     (6 )     397  
 
 
                                       
Total consolidated VIEs
    20,429       19,556       (11,441 )     (20 )     8,095  
 
 
                                       
Total secured borrowings and consolidated VIEs
  $ 33,949       30,119       (21,593 )     (20 )     8,506  
 
 
                                       
December 31, 2010
                                       
 
                                       
Secured borrowings:
                                       
Municipal tender option bond securitizations
  $ 10,687       7,874       (7,779 )     -       95  
Auto loan securitizations
    154       154       -       -       154  
Commercial real estate loans
    1,321       1,321       (1,272 )     -       49  
Residential mortgage securitizations
    700       618       (436 )     -       182  
 
 
                                       
Total secured borrowings
    12,862       9,967       (9,487 )     -       480  
 
 
                                       
Consolidated VIEs:
                                       
Nonconforming residential mortgage loan securitizations
    14,518       13,529       (6,723 )     -       6,806  
Multi-seller commercial paper conduit
    3,197       3,197       (3,279 )     -       (82 )
Auto loan securitizations
    1,010       1,010       (955 )     -       55  
Structured asset finance
    146       146       (21 )     (11 )     114  
Investment funds
    1,197       1,197       (54 )     (14 )     1,129  
Other
    2,173       2,170       (1,697 )     (15 )     458  
 
 
                                       
Total consolidated VIEs
    22,241       21,249       (12,729 )     (40 )     8,480  
 
 
                                       
Total secured borrowings and consolidated VIEs
  $ 35,103       31,216       (22,216 )     (40 )     8,960  
 
     In addition to the transactions included in the table above, at March 31, 2011, we had issued approximately $6.0 billion of private placement debt financing through a consolidated VIE. The issuance is classified as long-term debt in our consolidated financial statements. At March 31, 2011, we had pledged approximately $6.1 billion in loans, $446 million in securities available for sale and $178 million in cash and cash equivalents to collateralize the VIE’s borrowings. Such assets were not transferred to the VIE and accordingly we have excluded the VIE from the previous table.
     We have raised financing through the securitization of certain financial assets in transactions with VIEs accounted for as
secured borrowings. We also consolidate VIEs where we are the primary beneficiary. In certain transactions other than the multi-seller commercial paper conduit, we provide contractual support in the form of limited recourse and liquidity to facilitate the remarketing of short-term securities issued to third party investors. Other than this limited contractual support, the assets of the VIEs are the sole source of repayment of the securities held by third parties. The liquidity support we provide to the multi-seller commercial paper conduit ensures timely repayment of commercial paper issued by the conduit and is described further below.


91


Table of Contents

NONCONFORMING RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGE LOAN SECURITIZATIONS We have consolidated certain of our nonconforming residential mortgage loan securitizations in accordance with consolidation accounting guidance. We have determined we are the primary beneficiary of these securitizations because we have the power to direct the most significant activities of the entity through our role as primary servicer and also hold variable interests that we have determined to be significant. The nature of our variable interests in these entities may include beneficial interests issued by the VIE, mortgage servicing rights and recourse or repurchase reserve liabilities.
MULTI-SELLER COMMERCIAL PAPER CONDUIT We administer a multi-seller asset-based commercial paper conduit that finances certain client transactions. This conduit is a bankruptcy remote entity that makes loans to, or purchases certificated interests, generally from SPEs, established by our clients (sellers) and which are secured by pools of financial assets. The conduit funds itself through the issuance of highly rated commercial paper to third party investors. The primary source of repayment of the commercial paper is the cash flows from the conduit’s assets or the re-issuance of commercial paper upon maturity. The conduit’s assets are structured with deal-specific credit enhancements generally in the form of overcollateralization provided by the seller, but may also include subordinated interests, cash reserve accounts, third party credit support facilities and excess spread capture. The timely repayment of the commercial paper is further supported by asset-specific liquidity facilities in the form of liquidity asset purchase agreements that we provide. Each facility is equal to 102% of the conduit’s funding commitment to a client. The aggregate amount of liquidity must be equal to or greater than all the commercial paper issued by the conduit. At the discretion of the administrator, we may be required to purchase assets from the conduit at par value plus accrued interest or discount on the related commercial paper, including situations where the conduit is unable to issue commercial paper. Par value may be different from fair value.
     We receive fees in connection with our role as administrator and liquidity provider. We may also receive fees related to the structuring of the conduit’s transactions. In 2010, the conduit terminated its subordinated note to a third party investor and repaid all amounts due under the terms of the note agreement. We are the primary beneficiary of the conduit because we have power over the significant activities of the conduit and have a significant variable interest due to our liquidity arrangement.
      


92


Table of Contents

Note 8: Mortgage Banking Activities
Mortgage banking activities, included in the Community Banking and Wholesale Banking operating segments, consist of residential and commercial mortgage originations and servicing.
     We apply the amortization method to all commercial and some residential MSRs and apply the fair value method to only residential MSRs. The changes in MSRs measured using the fair value method were:


 
                 
    Quarter ended March 31,
 
(in millions)   2011     2010  
 
 
               
Fair value, beginning of period
  $ 14,467       16,004  
Adjustments from adoption of consolidation accounting guidance
    -       (118 )
Servicing from securitizations or asset transfers
    1,262       1,054  
 
 
               
Net additions
    1,262       936  
 
 
               
Changes in fair value:
               
Due to changes in valuation model inputs or assumptions (1)
    499       (777 )
Other changes in fair value (2)
    (580 )     (619 )
 
 
               
Total changes in fair value
    (81 )     (1,396 )
 
 
               
Fair value, end of period
  $ 15,648       15,544  
 
(1)   Principally reflects changes in discount rates and prepayment speed assumptions, mostly due to changes in interest rates, and costs to service, including delinquency and foreclosure costs.
 
(2)   Represents changes due to collection/realization of expected cash flows over time.
The changes in amortized MSRs were:
 
                 
    Quarter ended March 31,
 
(in millions)   2011     2010  
 
 
               
Balance, beginning of period
  $ 1,422       1,119  
Adjustments from adoption of consolidation accounting guidance
    -       (5 )
Purchases
    45       1  
Servicing from securitizations or asset transfers
    29       11  
Amortization
    (64 )     (57 )
 
 
               
Balance, end of period (1)
    1,432       1,069  
 
 
               
Valuation allowance:
               
Balance, beginning of period
    (3 )     -  
Provision for MSRs in excess of fair value
    (6 )     -  
 
 
               
Balance, end of period (2)
    (9 )     -  
 
 
               
Amortized MSRs, net
  $ 1,423       1,069  
 
 
               
Fair value of amortized MSRs:
               
Beginning of period
  $ 1,812       1,261  
End of period (3)
    1,898       1,283  
 
               
 
(1)   Includes $390 million in residential amortized MSRs at March 31, 2011. The March 31, 2010 balance is commercial amortized MSRs. For the quarter ended March 31, 2011, the residential MSR amortization was $(10) million.
 
(2)   Commercial amortized MSRs are evaluated for impairment purposes by the following risk strata: agency (GSEs) and non-agency. There was no valuation allowance recorded for the periods presented on the commercial amortized MSRs. Residential amortized MSRs are evaluated for impairment purposes by the following risk strata: Mortgages sold to GSEs (FHLMC and FNMA) and mortgages sold to GNMA, each by interest rate stratifications. A valuation allowance of $9 million was recorded on the residential amortized MSRs at March 31, 2011.
 
(3)   Includes fair value of $445 million in residential amortized MSRs and $1,453 million in commercial amortized MSRs at March 31, 2011.

93


Table of Contents

     We present the components of our managed servicing portfolio in the following table at unpaid principal balance for
loans serviced and subserviced for others and at book value for owned loans serviced.


 
                 
    Mar. 31,     Dec. 31,  
 
(in billions)   2011     2010  
 
 
               
Residential mortgage servicing:
               
Serviced for others
  $ 1,453       1,429  
Owned loans serviced
    346       371  
Subservicing
    9       9  
 
 
               
Total residential servicing
    1,808       1,809  
 
 
               
Commercial mortgage servicing:
               
Serviced for others
    406       408  
Owned loans serviced
    101       99  
Subservicing
    14       13  
 
 
               
Total commercial servicing
    521       520  
 
 
               
Total managed servicing portfolio
  $ 2,329       2,329  
 
 
               
Total serviced for others
  $ 1,859       1,837  
Ratio of MSRs to related loans serviced for others
    0.92  %     0.86  
 
               
 
     The components of mortgage banking noninterest income were:
 
                 
    Quarter ended March 31,
 
(in millions)   2011     2010  
 
 
               
Servicing income, net:
               
Servicing fees (1)
  $ 1,137       1,053  
Changes in fair value of MSRs carried at fair value:
               
Due to changes in valuation model inputs or assumptions (2)
    499       (777 )
Other changes in fair value (3)
    (580 )     (619 )
 
 
               
Total changes in fair value of MSRs carried at fair value
    (81 )     (1,396 )
Amortization
    (64 )     (57 )
Provision for MSRs in excess of fair value
    (6 )     -  
Net derivative gains (losses) from economic hedges (4)
    (120 )     1,766  
 
 
               
Total servicing income, net
    866       1,366  
Net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities
    1,150       1,104  
 
 
               
Total mortgage banking noninterest income
  $ 2,016       2,470  
 
 
               
Market-related valuation changes to MSRs, net of hedge results (2) + (4)
  $ 379       989  
 
               
 
(1)   Amounts are presented net of certain unreimbursed direct servicing obligations primarily associated with workout activities.
 
(2)   Principally reflects changes in discount rates and prepayment speed assumptions, mostly due to changes in interest rates and costs to service, including delinquency and foreclosure costs.
 
(3)   Represents changes due to collection/realization of expected cash flows over time.
 
(4)   Represents results from free-standing derivatives (economic hedges) used to hedge the risk of changes in fair value of MSRs. See Note 12 – Free-Standing Derivatives for additional discussion and detail.

94


Table of Contents

     In addition, servicing fees in the previous table included:
 
                 
    Quarter ended March 31,  
 
(in millions)   2011     2010  
 
 
               
Contractually specified servicing fees
    $ 1,145       1,107  
Late charges
    94       90  
Ancillary fees
    89       106  
 
               
 
     The table below summarizes the changes in our liability for mortgage loan repurchase losses. This liability is in “Accrued expenses and other liabilities” in our consolidated financial statements and the provision for repurchase losses reduces net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities.
 
                 
    Quarter ended March 31,  
 
(in millions)   2011     2010  
 
 
               
Balance, beginning of period
    $ 1,289       1,033  
Provision for repurchase losses:
               
Loan sales
    35       44  
Change in estimate – primarily due to credit deterioration
    214       358  
 
 
               
Total additions
    249       402  
 
               
Losses
    (331 )     (172 )
 
 
               
Balance, end of period
    $ 1,207       1,263  
 
      


95


Table of Contents

Note 9: Intangible Assets
The gross carrying value of intangible assets and accumulated amortization was:
 
                                                 
     
 
    March 31, 2011   December 31, 2010
 
    Gross           Net   Gross           Net
    carrying   Accumulated   carrying   carrying   Accumulated   carrying
(in millions)   value   amortization   value   value   amortization   value
 
 
                                               
Amortized intangible assets:
                                               
MSRs (1)
    $ 2,199       (776 )     1,423       2,131       (712 )     1,419  
Core deposit intangibles
    15,079       (6,586 )     8,493       15,133       (6,229 )     8,904  
Customer relationship and other intangibles
    3,077       (1,304 )     1,773       3,077       (1,230 )     1,847  
 
 
                                               
Total amortized intangible assets
    $ 20,355       (8,666 )     11,689       20,341       (8,171 )     12,170  
 
 
                                               
MSRs (carried at fair value) (1)
    $ 15,648               15,648       14,467               14,467  
Goodwill
    24,777               24,777       24,770               24,770  
Trademark
    14               14       14               14  
 
                                               
 
(1)   See Note 8 for additional information on MSRs.
     We based our projections of amortization expense shown below on existing asset balances at March 31, 2011. Future amortization expense may vary from these projections.
     The following table provides the current year and estimated future amortization expense for amortized intangible assets.
 
                                 
                    Customer    
            Core   relationship    
    Amortized   deposit   and other    
(in millions)   MSRs   intangibles   intangibles   Total
 
 
                               
Three months ended March 31, 2011 (actual)
  $ 64       412       73       549  
 
 
                               
Estimate for the remainder of 2011
  $ 171       1,182       213       1,566  
Estimate for year ended December 31,
                               
2012
    221       1,396       269       1,886  
2013
    190       1,241       249       1,680  
2014
    165       1,113       234       1,512  
2015
    147       1,022       212       1,381  
 
                               
 
     For our goodwill impairment analysis, we allocate all of the goodwill to the individual operating segments. We identify reporting units that are one level below an operating segment (referred to as a component), and distinguish these reporting units based on how the segments and components are managed, taking into consideration the economic characteristics, nature of
the products and customers of the components. We allocate goodwill to reporting units based on relative fair value, using certain performance metrics. See Note 17 for further information on management reporting.
     The following table shows the allocation of goodwill to our operating segments for purposes of goodwill impairment testing.


 
                                 
                    Wealth,    
    Community   Wholesale   Brokerage and   Consolidated
(in millions)   Banking   Banking   Retirement   Company
 
 
                               
December 31, 2009
  $ 17,974       6,465       373       24,812  
Goodwill from business combinations
    -       7       -       7  
 
 
                               
March 31, 2010
  $ 17,974       6,472       373       24,819  
 
 
                               
December 31, 2010
  $ 17,922       6,475       373       24,770  
Goodwill from business combinations
    -       7       -       7  
 
 
                               
March 31, 2011
  $ 17,922       6,482       373       24,777  
 

96


Table of Contents

Note 10: Guarantees, Pledged Assets and Collateral
Guarantees are contracts that contingently require us to make payments to a guaranteed party based on an event or a change in an underlying asset, liability, rate or index. Guarantees are generally in the form of standby letters of credit, securities lending and other indemnifications, liquidity agreements,
written put options, recourse obligations, residual value guarantees, and contingent consideration. The following table shows carrying value, maximum exposure to loss on our guarantees and the amount with a higher risk of performance.


 
                                                 
    March 31, 2011     December 31, 2010  
 
            Maximum     Non-             Maximum     Non-  
    Carrying     exposure     investment     Carrying     exposure     investment  
(in millions)   value     to loss     grade     value     to loss     grade  
 
 
                                               
Standby letters of credit
  $ 115       42,564       20,327       142       42,159       19,596  
Securities lending and other indemnifications
    21       14,682       3,416       45       13,645       3,993  
Liquidity agreements (1)
    -       -       2       -       49       1  
Written put options (1)(2)
    647       7,718       2,405       747       8,134       2,615  
Loans and MHFS sold with recourse
    116       5,831       3,692       119       5,474       3,564  
Residual value guarantees
    8       197       -       8       197       -  
Contingent consideration
    23       97       95       23       118       116  
Other guarantees
    1       179       -       -       73       -  
 
 
                                               
Total guarantees
  $ 931       71,268       29,937       1,084       69,849       29,885  
 
(1)   Certain of these agreements included in this table are related to off-balance sheet entities and, accordingly, are also disclosed in Note 7.
 
(2)   Written put options, which are in the form of derivatives, are also included in the derivative disclosures in Note 12.

     “Maximum exposure to loss” and “Non-investment grade” are required disclosures under GAAP. Non-investment grade represents those guarantees on which we have a higher risk of being required to perform under the terms of the guarantee. If the underlying assets under the guarantee are non-investment grade (that is, an external rating that is below investment grade or an internal credit default grade that is equivalent to a below investment grade external rating), we consider the risk of performance to be high. Internal credit default grades are determined based upon the same credit policies that we use to evaluate the risk of payment or performance when making loans and other extensions of credit. These credit policies are more fully described in Note 5.
     Maximum exposure to loss represents the estimated loss that would be incurred under an assumed hypothetical circumstance, despite what we believe is its extremely remote possibility, where the value of our interests and any associated collateral declines to zero, without any consideration of recovery or offset from any economic hedges. Accordingly, this required disclosure is not an indication of expected loss. We believe the carrying value, which is either fair value or cost adjusted for incurred credit losses, is more representative of our exposure to loss than maximum exposure to loss.
STANDBY LETTERS OF CREDIT We issue standby letters of credit, which include performance and financial guarantees, for customers in connection with contracts between our customers and third parties. Standby letters of credit are agreements where we are obligated to make payment to a third party on behalf of a customer in the event the customer fails to meet their contractual obligations. We consider the credit risk in standby letters of credit and commercial and similar letters of credit in determining the allowance for credit losses.
SECURITIES LENDING AND OTHER INDEMNIFICATIONS As a securities lending agent, we lend securities from participating institutional clients’ portfolios to third-party borrowers. We indemnify our clients against default by the borrower in returning these lent securities. This indemnity is supported by collateral received from the borrowers. Collateral is generally in the form of cash or highly liquid securities that are marked to market daily. There was $15.1 billion at March 31, 2011, and $14.0 billion at December 31, 2010, in collateral supporting loaned securities with values of $14.7 billion and $13.6 billion, respectively.
     We enter into other types of indemnification agreements in the ordinary course of business under which we agree to indemnify third parties against any damages, losses and expenses incurred in connection with legal and other proceedings arising from relationships or transactions with us. These relationships or transactions include those arising from service as a director or officer of the Company, underwriting agreements relating to our securities, acquisition agreements and various other business transactions or arrangements. Because the extent of our obligations under these agreements depends entirely upon the occurrence of future events, our potential future liability under these agreements we are unable to determine. We do, however, record a liability for residential mortgage loans that we may have to repurchase pursuant to various representations and warranties. See Note 8 for additional information on the liability for mortgage loan repurchase losses.
LIQUIDITY AGREEMENTS We provide liquidity facilities on all commercial paper issued by the conduit we administer. We also provide liquidity to certain off-balance sheet entities that hold securitized fixed-rate municipal bonds and consumer or commercial assets that are partially funded with the issuance of


97


Table of Contents

money market and other short-term notes. See Note 7 for additional information on these arrangements.
WRITTEN PUT OPTIONS Written put options are contracts that give the counterparty the right to sell to us an underlying instrument held by the counterparty at a specified price, and include options, floors, caps and credit default swaps. These written put option contracts generally permit net settlement. While these derivative transactions expose us to risk in the event the option is exercised, we manage this risk by entering into offsetting trades or by taking short positions in the underlying instrument. We offset substantially all put options written to customers with purchased options. Additionally, for certain of these contracts, we require the counterparty to pledge the underlying instrument as collateral for the transaction. Our ultimate obligation under written put options is based on future market conditions and is only quantifiable at settlement. See Note 7 for additional information regarding transactions with VIEs and Note 12 for additional information regarding written derivative contracts.
LOANS AND MHFS SOLD WITH RECOURSE In certain loan sales or securitizations, we provide recourse to the buyer whereby we are required to repurchase loans at par value plus accrued interest on the occurrence of certain credit-related events within a certain period of time. The maximum exposure to loss represents the outstanding principal balance of the loans sold or securitized that are subject to recourse provisions or the maximum losses per the contractual agreements, but the likelihood of the repurchase of the entire balance is remote and amounts paid can be recovered in whole or in part from the sale of collateral. In first quarter 2011, we did not repurchase a significant amount of loans associated with these agreements. We do not consider loans sold with representation and warranty requirements, for which we have established a repurchase liability, to be loans sold with recourse.
RESIDUAL VALUE GUARANTEES We have provided residual value guarantees as part of certain leasing transactions of corporate assets. At March 31, 2011, the only remaining residual value guarantee is related to a leasing transaction on certain corporate buildings. The lessors in these leases are generally large financial institutions or their leasing subsidiaries. These guarantees protect the lessor from loss on sale of the related asset at the end of the lease term. To the extent that a sale of the leased assets results in proceeds less than a stated percent (generally 80% to 89%) of the asset’s cost, we would be required to reimburse the lessor under our guarantee.
CONTINGENT CONSIDERATION In connection with certain brokerage, asset management, insurance agency and other acquisitions we have made, the terms of the acquisition agreements provide for deferred payments or additional consideration, based on certain performance targets.
     We have entered into various contingent performance guarantees through credit risk participation arrangements. Under these agreements, if a customer defaults on its obligation
to perform under certain credit agreements with third parties, we will be required to make payments to the third parties.
Pledged Assets and Collateral
As part of our liquidity management strategy, we pledge assets to secure trust and public deposits, borrowings from the FHLB and FRB and for other purposes as required or permitted by law. The following table provides pledged loans and securities available for sale where the secured party does not have the right to sell or repledge the collateral. At March 31, 2011, and December 31, 2010, we did not pledge any loans or securities available for sale where the secured party has the right to sell or repledge the collateral. The table excludes pledged assets related to VIEs, which can only be used to settle the liabilities of those entities. See Note 7 for additional information on consolidated VIE assets.
 
                 
    Mar. 31,     Dec. 31,  
 
(in millions)   2011     2010  
 
Securities available for sale
  $ 84,225       94,212  
Loans
    298,270       312,602  
 
 
               
Total
  $ 382,495       406,814  
 
We also pledge certain financial instruments that we own to collateralize repurchase agreements and other securities financings. The types of collateral we pledge include securities issued by federal agencies, government-sponsored entities (GSEs), and domestic and foreign companies. We pledged $29.0 billion at March 31, 2011, and $27.3 billion at December 31, 2010, under agreements that permit the secured parties to sell or repledge the collateral. Pledged collateral where the secured party cannot sell or repledge were $4.6 billion and $5.9 billion as of the same periods, respectively.
     We receive collateral from other entities under resale agreements and securities borrowings. We received $16.8 billion at March 31, 2011, and $22.5 billion at December 31, 2010, for which we have the right to sell or repledge the collateral. These amounts include securities we have sold or repledged to others with a fair value of $16.1 billion at March 31, 2011, and $14.6 billion at December 31, 2010.


98


Table of Contents

Note 11: Legal Actions

The following supplements and amends our discussion of certain matters previously reported in Item 3 (Legal Proceedings) of our 2010 Form 10-K for events occurring in first quarter 2011.
ERISA LITIGATION A hearing on final approval of the settlement of the In re Wachovia Corporation ERISA Litigation is scheduled before the U.S. District Court for the Western District of North Carolina on August 25, 2011.
     A hearing on final approval of the settlement of Figas v. Wells Fargo & Company, et al. is scheduled before the U.S. District Court for the District of Minnesota on July 21, 2011.
IN RE WELLS FARGO MORTGAGE-BACKED CERTIFICATES LITIGATION A hearing on plaintiffs’ motion for class certification has been scheduled for June 23, 2011.
MORTGAGE FORECLOSURE DOCUMENT LITIGATION On March 29, 2011, Wells Fargo, along with other mortgage servicers, entered into a stipulation in connection with the action commenced by the New Jersey Supreme Court, the New Jersey Administrative Office of the Courts and the Superior Court of New Jersey for Mercer County providing for the appointment of a special master to review mortgage foreclosure affidavit processes.
MORTGAGE RELATED REGULATORY INVESTIGATIONS On March 31, 2011, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (the Bank) entered into a Consent Order with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) under which the OCC made certain findings in connection with the Bank’s foreclosure practices, which findings the Bank neither admitted nor denied. The Bank agreed in the consent order, among other things, and subject to the OCC’s approval (i) to establish a Compliance Committee to monitor and coordinate the Bank’s compliance with the Consent Order; (ii) to create a comprehensive Action Plan describing the actions needed to achieve compliance with the Consent Order; (iii) to submit an acceptable compliance plan to ensure that its mortgage servicing and foreclosure operations, including loss mitigation and loan modification, comply with legal requirements, OCC supervisory guidance, and the terms of the Consent Order; (iv) to submit a plan to ensure appropriate controls and oversight of the Bank’s activities with respect to the Mortgage Electronic Registration System; (v) to take certain other actions with respect to its mortgage servicing and foreclosure operations; and (vi) to conduct a foreclosure review through an independent consultant on certain residential foreclosure actions. On April 4, 2011, Wells Fargo & Company (Wells Fargo) entered into a Consent Order with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve pursuant to which Wells Fargo agreed, among other things, (i) to ensure the Bank’s compliance with the OCC Consent Order; (ii) to develop for the Federal Reserve’s approval a written plan to enhance its Enterprise Risk Management with respect to oversight of residential mortgage loan servicing; (iii) to develop for the Federal Reserve’s approval a written plan to enhance its enterprise-wide compliance program with respect to oversight of residential mortgage loan
servicing; and (iv) to develop for the Federal Reserve’s approval a written plan to enhance the internal audit program with respect to residential mortgage loan servicing. Neither Consent Order provided for civil money penalties but both government entities reserved the ability to seek such penalties and Wells Fargo reserved the ability to oppose the imposition of such penalties. In addition, as previously disclosed in our 2010 Form 10-K, other government agencies, including state attorneys general and the U.S. Department of Justice, continue to investigate various mortgage related practices of the Bank and other major mortgage servicers. Wells Fargo continues to cooperate with these investigation. These investigations could result in material fines, penalties, equitable remedies (including requiring default servicing or other process changes), or other enforcement actions, and result in significant legal costs in responding to governmental investigations and additional litigation.
WACHOVIA EQUITY SECURITIES AND BONDS/NOTES LITIGATION On March 31, 2011, the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York entered a Decision and Order granting Wachovia’s motions to dismiss the In re Wachovia Equity Securities Litigation and the Stichting Pensioenfonds ABP, FC Holdings AB, Deka Investment GmbH and Forsta AP-Fonden cases. By the same Decision and Order, the Court granted in part and denied in part Wachovia’s motion to dismiss the In re Wachovia Preferred Securities and Bond/Notes Litigation, allowing that case to go forward after limiting the number of offerings at issue.
OUTLOOK When establishing a liability for contingent litigation losses, the Company determines a range of potential losses for each matter that is both probable and estimable, and records the amount it considers to be the best estimate within the range. The high end of the range of potential litigation losses in excess of the Company’s best estimates within the range of potential losses used in establishing the total litigation liability was $1.7 billion as of March 31, 2011. For these matters and others where an unfavorable outcome is reasonably possible but not probable, there may be a range of possible losses in excess of the established liability that cannot be estimated. Based on information currently available, advice of counsel, available insurance coverage and established reserves, Wells Fargo believes that the eventual outcome of the actions against Wells Fargo and/or its subsidiaries, including the matters described above, will not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on Wells Fargo’s consolidated financial position. However, in the event of unexpected future developments, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of those matters, if unfavorable, may be material to Wells Fargo’s results of operations for any particular period.


99


Table of Contents

Note 12: Derivatives

We use derivatives to manage exposure to market risk, interest rate risk, credit risk and foreign currency risk, to generate profits from proprietary trading and to assist customers with their risk management objectives. Derivative transactions are measured in terms of the notional amount, but this amount is not recorded on the balance sheet and is not, when viewed in isolation, a meaningful measure of the risk profile of the instruments. The notional amount is generally not exchanged, but is used only as the basis on which interest and other payments are determined.
     Our asset/liability management approach to interest rate, foreign currency and certain other risks includes the use of derivatives. Such derivatives are typically designated as fair value or cash flow hedges, or economic hedge derivatives for those that do not qualify for hedge accounting. This helps minimize significant, unplanned fluctuations in earnings, fair values of assets and liabilities, and cash flows caused by interest rate, foreign currency and other market value volatility. This approach involves modifying the repricing characteristics of certain assets and liabilities so that changes in interest rates, foreign currency and other exposures do not have a significant adverse effect on the net interest margin, cash flows and earnings. As a result of fluctuations in these exposures, hedged assets and liabilities will gain or lose market value. In a fair value or economic hedge, the effect of this unrealized gain or loss will generally be offset by the gain or loss on the derivatives linked to the hedged assets and liabilities. In a cash flow hedge, where we manage the variability of cash payments due to interest rate fluctuations by the effective use of derivatives linked to hedged assets and liabilities, the unrealized gain or loss on the derivatives or the hedged asset or liability is generally not reflected in earnings.
     We also offer various derivatives, including interest rate, commodity, equity, credit and foreign exchange contracts, to our customers but usually offset our exposure from such contracts by purchasing other financial contracts. The customer accommodations and any offsetting financial contracts are treated as free-standing derivatives. Free-standing derivatives also include derivatives we enter into for risk management that do not otherwise qualify for hedge accounting, including economic hedge derivatives. To a lesser extent, we take positions based on market expectations or to benefit from price differentials between financial instruments and markets. Additionally, free-standing derivatives include embedded derivatives that are required to be separately accounted for from their host contracts.
     The following table presents the total notional or contractual amounts and fair values for derivatives, the fair values of derivatives designated as qualifying hedge contracts, which are used as asset/liability management hedges, and free-standing derivatives (economic hedges) not designated as hedging instruments are recorded on the balance sheet in other assets or other liabilities. Customer accommodation, trading and other free-standing derivatives are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value in trading assets or other liabilities.


100


Table of Contents

Note 12: Derivatives (continued)
 
                                                 
    March 31, 2011     December 31, 2010
 
    Notional or     Fair value     Notional or     Fair value
    contractual     Asset     Liability     contractual     Asset     Liability
(in millions)   amount     derivatives     derivatives     amount     derivatives     derivatives
 
 
                                               
Qualifying hedge contracts
                                               
Interest rate contracts (1)
  $ 97,822       6,014       1,301       110,314       7,126       1,614  
Foreign exchange contracts
    25,256       2,107       482       25,904       1,527       727  
                         
 
                                               
Total derivatives designated as
qualifying hedging instruments
            8,121       1,783               8,653       2,341  
                         
 
                                               
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
                                               
Free-standing derivatives (economic hedges):
                                               
Interest rate contracts (2)
    325,303       1,342       1,074       408,563       2,898       2,625  
Equity contracts
    -       -       -       176       -       46  
Foreign exchange contracts
    7,184       11       210       5,528       23       53  
Credit contracts - protection purchased
    361       41       -       396       80       -  
Other derivatives
    2,597       8       26       2,538       -       35  
                         
 
                                               
Subtotal
            1,402       1,310               3,001       2,759  
                         
 
                                               
Customer accommodation, trading and other free-standing derivatives:
                                               
Interest rate contracts
    2,693,468       50,229       51,200       2,809,387       58,225       59,329  
Commodity contracts
    96,134       5,446       4,940       83,114       4,133       3,918  
Equity contracts
    72,980       3,798       3,980       73,278       3,272       3,450  
Foreign exchange contracts
    151,790       3,022       2,852       110,889       2,800       2,682  
Credit contracts - protection sold
    45,738       622       5,180       47,699       605       5,826  
Credit contracts - protection purchased
    44,713       3,917       609       44,776       4,661       588  
Other derivatives
    194       1       -       190       8       -  
                         
 
                                               
Subtotal
            67,035       68,761               73,704       75,793  
                         
 
                                               
Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
            68,437       70,071               76,705       78,552  
                         
 
                                               
Total derivatives before netting
            76,558       71,854               85,358       80,893  
                         
 
                                               
Netting (3)
            (54,113 )     (59,793 )             (63,469 )     (70,009 )
                         
 
                                               
Total
          $ 22,445       12,061               21,889       10,884  
 
(1)   Notional amounts presented exclude $20.1 billion at March 31, 2011, and $20.9 billion at December 31, 2010, of basis swaps that are combined with receive fixed-rate/pay floating-rate swaps and designated as one hedging instrument.
 
(2)   Includes free-standing derivatives (economic hedges) used to hedge the risk of changes in the fair value of residential MSRs, MHFS, interest rate lock commitments and other interests held.
 
(3)   Represents netting of derivative asset and liability balances, and related cash collateral, with the same counterparty subject to master netting arrangements. The amount of cash collateral netted against derivative assets and liabilities was $5.5 billion and $11.2 billion, respectively, at March 31, 2011, and $5.5 billion and $12.1 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2010.

101


Table of Contents

Fair Value Hedges
We use interest rate swaps to convert certain of our fixed-rate long-term debt and CDs to floating rates to hedge our exposure to interest rate risk. We also enter into cross-currency swaps, cross-currency interest rate swaps and forward contracts to hedge our exposure to foreign currency risk and interest rate risk associated with the issuance of non-U.S. dollar denominated long-term debt and repurchase agreements. In addition, we use interest rate swaps and forward contracts to hedge against changes in fair value of certain investments in available-for-sale debt securities due to changes in interest rates, foreign currency rates, or both. The entire derivative gain or loss is included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness for all fair value hedge relationships, except for those involving foreign-currency denominated securities available for sale, short-term borrowings and long-term debt hedged with foreign currency forward derivatives for which the component of the derivative gain or
loss related to the changes in the difference between the spot and forward price is excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.
      We use statistical regression analysis to assess hedge effectiveness, both at inception of the hedging relationship and on an ongoing basis. The regression analysis involves regressing the periodic change in fair value of the hedging instrument against the periodic changes in fair value of the asset or liability being hedged due to changes in the hedged risk(s). The assessment includes an evaluation of the quantitative measures of the regression results used to validate the conclusion of high effectiveness.
      The following table shows the net gains (losses) recognized in the income statement related to derivatives in fair value hedging relationships.


                                         
 
 
                                       
    Interest rate   Foreign exchange   Total net
    contracts hedging:   contracts hedging:   gains
                                    (losses)
    Securities           Securities           on fair
    available   Long-term   available   Long-term   value
(in millions)   for sale   debt   for sale   debt   hedges
 
 
                                       
Quarter ended March 31, 2011
                                       
Gains (losses) recorded in net interest income
    $ (106 )     414       (1 )     90       397  
 
 
                                       
Gains (losses) recorded in noninterest income
                                       
Recognized on derivatives
    169       (645 )     35       1,080       639  
Recognized on hedged item
    (237 )     622       (33 )     (1,117 )     (765 )
 
 
                                       
Recognized on fair value hedges (ineffective portion) (1)
    $ (68 )     (23 )     2       (37 )     (126 )
 
 
                                       
Quarter ended March 31, 2010
                                       
Gains (losses) recorded in net interest income
    $ (94 )     531       (1 )     97       533  
 
 
                                       
Gains (losses) recorded in noninterest income
                                       
Recognized on derivatives
    (126 )     532       119       (1,136 )     (611 )
Recognized on hedged item
    135       (517 )     (119 )     1,154       653  
 
 
                                       
Recognized on fair value hedges (ineffective portion) (1)
    $ 9       15       -       18       42  
 
 
(1)   Includes $8 million and $1 million, respectively, for the quarters ended March 31, 2011 and 2010, of gains (losses) on forward derivatives hedging foreign currency securities available for sale, short-term borrowings and long-term debt, representing the portion of derivatives gains (losses) excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness (time value).

102


Table of Contents

Note 12: Derivatives (continued)
Cash Flow Hedges
We hedge floating-rate debt against future interest rate increases by using interest rate swaps, caps, floors and futures to limit variability of cash flows due to changes in the benchmark interest rate. We also use interest rate swaps and floors to hedge the variability in interest payments received on certain floating-rate commercial loans, due to changes in the benchmark interest rate. Gains and losses on derivatives that are reclassified from cumulative OCI to current period earnings are included in the line item in which the hedged item’s effect on earnings is recorded. All parts of gain or loss on these derivatives are included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness. We assess hedge effectiveness using regression analysis, both at inception of the hedging relationship and on an ongoing basis. The regression analysis involves regressing the periodic
changes in cash flows of the hedging instrument against the periodic changes in cash flows of the forecasted transaction being hedged due to changes in the hedged risk(s). The assessment includes an evaluation of the quantitative measures of the regression results used to validate the conclusion of high effectiveness.
      Based upon current interest rates, we estimate that $359 million of deferred net gains on derivatives in OCI at March 31, 2011, will be reclassified as earnings during the next twelve months, compared with $367 million at December 31, 2010. Future changes to interest rates may significantly change actual amounts reclassified to earnings. We are hedging our exposure to the variability of future cash flows for all forecasted transactions for a maximum of 7 years for both hedges of floating-rate debt and floating-rate commercial loans.
      The following table shows the net gains (losses) recognized related to derivatives in cash flow hedging relationships.


                 
 
 
               
    Quarter ended
    March 31,
(in millions)   2011     2010  
 
 
               
Gains (after tax) recognized in OCI on derivatives
    $ 1       159  
Gains (pre tax) reclassified from cumulative OCI into net interest income
    156       142  
Gains (losses) (pre tax) recognized in noninterest income on derivatives (1)
    (2 )     7  
 
               
 
 
(1)   None of the change in value of the derivatives was excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

Free-Standing Derivatives
We use free-standing derivatives (economic hedges), in addition to debt securities available for sale, to hedge the risk of changes in the fair value of residential MSRs measured at fair value, certain residential MHFS, derivative loan commitments and other interests held. The resulting gain or loss on these economic hedges is reflected in other income.
      The derivatives used to hedge these MSRs measured at fair value, which include swaps, swaptions, forwards, Eurodollar and Treasury futures and options contracts, resulted in net derivative losses of $120 million in first quarter 2011 and net derivative gains of $1.8 billion in first quarter 2010, which are included in mortgage banking noninterest income. The aggregate fair value of these derivatives was a net asset of $548 million at March 31, 2011, and a net liability of $943 million at December 31, 2010. Changes in fair value of debt securities available for sale (unrealized gains and losses) are not included in servicing income, but are reported in cumulative OCI (net of tax) or, upon sale, are reported in net gains (losses) on debt securities available for sale.
      Interest rate lock commitments for residential mortgage loans that we intend to sell are considered free-standing derivatives. Our interest rate exposure on these derivative loan commitments, as well as substantially all residential MHFS, is hedged with free-standing derivatives (economic hedges) such as forwards and options, Eurodollar futures and options, and Treasury futures, forwards and options contracts. The commitments, free-standing derivatives and residential MHFS are carried at fair value with changes in fair value included in mortgage banking noninterest income. For the fair value measurement of interest rate lock commitments we include, at inception and during the life of the loan commitment, the
expected net future cash flows related to the associated servicing of the loan. Fair value changes subsequent to inception are based on changes in fair value of the underlying loan resulting from the exercise of the commitment and changes in the probability that the loan will not fund within the terms of the commitment (referred to as a fall-out factor). The value of the underlying loan is affected primarily by changes in interest rates and the passage of time. However, changes in investor demand can also cause changes in the value of the underlying loan value that cannot be hedged. The aggregate fair value of derivative loan commitments in the balance sheet was a net asset of $30 million at March 31, 2011, and a net liability of $271 million at December 31, 2010, and is included in the caption “Interest rate contracts” under “Customer accommodation, trading and other free-standing derivatives” in the first table in this Note.
      We also enter into various derivatives primarily to provide derivative products to customers. To a lesser extent, we take positions based on market expectations or to benefit from price differentials between financial instruments and markets. These derivatives are not linked to specific assets and liabilities in the balance sheet or to forecasted transactions in an accounting hedge relationship and, therefore, do not qualify for hedge accounting. We also enter into free-standing derivatives for risk management that do not otherwise qualify for hedge accounting. They are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recorded as part of other noninterest income.
      Free-standing derivatives also include embedded derivatives that are required to be accounted for separate from their host contract. We periodically issue hybrid long-term notes and CDs where the performance of the hybrid instrument notes is linked to an equity, commodity or currency index, or basket of such indices. These notes contain explicit terms that affect some or all


103


Table of Contents

of the cash flows or the value of the note in a manner similar to a derivative instrument and therefore are considered to contain an “embedded” derivative instrument. The indices on which the performance of the hybrid instrument is calculated are not clearly and closely related to the host debt instrument. The “embedded” derivative is separated from the host contract and accounted for as a free-standing derivative. Additionally, we may invest in hybrid instruments that contain embedded derivatives,
such as credit derivatives, that are not clearly and closely related to the host contract. In such instances, we either elect fair value option for the hybrid instrument or separate the embedded derivative from the host contract and account for the host contract and derivative separately.
      The following table shows the net gains recognized in the income statement related to derivatives not designated as hedging instruments.


                 
 
 
               
    Quarter ended
    March 31,
(in millions)   2011     2010  
 
 
               
Gains (losses) recognized on free-standing derivatives (economic hedges):
               
Interest rate contracts (1)
               
Recognized in noninterest income:
               
Mortgage banking
    $ 53       668  
Other
    11       (6 )
Foreign exchange contracts
    (264 )     76  
Credit contracts
    (5 )     (89 )
 
 
               
Subtotal
    (205 )     649  
 
 
               
Gains (losses) recognized on customer accommodation, trading and other free-standing derivatives:
               
Interest rate contracts (2)
               
Recognized in noninterest income:
               
Mortgage banking
    400       903  
Other
    196       319  
Commodity contracts
    (15 )     20  
Equity contracts
    (162 )     (46 )
Foreign exchange contracts
    182       118  
Credit contracts
    (47 )     (430 )
Other
    7       (7 )
 
 
               
Subtotal
    561       877  
 
 
               
Net gains recognized related to derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
    $ 356       1,526  
 
 
(1)   Predominantly mortgage banking noninterest income including gains (losses) on the derivatives used as economic hedges of MSRs measured at fair value, interest rate lock commitments and mortgages held for sale.
(2)   Predominantly mortgage banking noninterest income including gains (losses) on interest rate lock commitments.

Credit Derivatives
We use credit derivatives to manage exposure to credit risk related to lending and investing activity and to assist customers with their risk management objectives. This may include protection sold to offset purchased protection in structured product transactions, as well as liquidity agreements written to special purpose vehicles. The maximum exposure of sold credit derivatives is managed through posted collateral, purchased credit derivatives and similar products in order to achieve our desired credit risk profile. This credit risk management provides an ability to recover a significant portion of any amounts that would be paid under the sold credit derivatives. We would be required to perform under the noted credit derivatives in the event of default by the referenced obligors. Events of default include events such as bankruptcy, capital restructuring or lack of principal and/or interest payment. In certain cases, other triggers may exist, such as the credit downgrade of the referenced obligors or the inability of the special purpose vehicle for which we have provided liquidity to obtain funding.
       


104


Table of Contents

Note 12: Derivatives (continued)
The following table provides details of sold and purchased credit derivatives.
                                                         
 
 
                                                       
            Notional amount      
                    Protection   Protection                  
                    sold -   purchased   Net            
                    non-   with   protection   Other      
    Fair value   Protection   investment   identical   sold   protection   Range of
(in millions)   liability   sold (A)   grade   underlyings (B)   (A) - (B)   purchased   maturities
 
 
                                                       
March 31, 2011
                                                       
Credit default swaps on:
                                                       
Corporate bonds
  $   661       29,393       15,864       16,220       13,173       10,547       2011-2020
Structured products
    3,761       5,670       5,101       4,865       805       2,380       2016-2056
Credit protection on:
                                                       
Default swap index
    10       3,247       1,070       3,133       114       598       2011-2017
Commercial mortgage-
backed securities index
    633       1,863       556       1,225       638       392       2049-2052
Asset-backed securities index
    104       122       122       21       101       144       2037-2046
Loan deliverable credit default swaps
    2       481       456       379       102       275       2011-2014
Other
    9       4,962       4,551       14       4,948       3,109       2011-2056
         
 
                                                       
Total credit derivatives
  $   5,180       45,738       27,720       25,857       19,881       17,445          
 
 
                                                       
December 31, 2010
                                                       
Credit default swaps on:
                                                       
Corporate bonds
  $   810       30,445       16,360       17,978       12,467       9,440       2011-2020
Structured products
    4,145       5,825       5,246       4,948       877       2,482       2016-2056
Credit protection on:
                                                       
Default swap index
    12       2,700       909       2,167       533       1,106       2011-2017
Commercial mortgage-backed securities index
    717       1,977       612       924       1,053       779       2049-2052
Asset-backed securities index
    128       144       144       46       98       142       2037-2046
Loan deliverable credit default swaps
    2       481       456       391       90       261       2011-2014
Other
    12       6,127       5,348       41       6,086       2,745       2011-2056
         
 
                                                       
Total credit derivatives
  $   5,826       47,699       29,075       26,495       21,204       16,955          
 

      Protection sold represents the estimated maximum exposure to loss that would be incurred under an assumed hypothetical circumstance, where the value of our interests and any associated collateral declines to zero, without any consideration of recovery or offset from any economic hedges. We believe this hypothetical circumstance to be an extremely remote possibility and accordingly, this required disclosure is not an indication of expected loss. The amounts under non-investment grade represent the notional amounts of those credit derivatives on which we have a higher risk of being required to perform under the terms of the credit derivative and are a function of the underlying assets.
      We consider the risk of performance to be high if the underlying assets under the credit derivative have an external rating that is below investment grade or an internal credit default grade that is equivalent thereto. We believe the net protection sold, which is representative of the net notional amount of protection sold and purchased with identical underlyings, in combination with other protection purchased, is more representative of our exposure to loss than either non-investment grade or protection sold. Other protection purchased represents additional protection, which may offset the exposure to loss for protection sold, that was not purchased with an identical underlying of the protection sold.


105


Table of Contents

Credit-Risk Contingent Features
Certain of our derivative contracts contain provisions whereby if the credit rating of our debt, based on certain major credit rating agencies indicated in the relevant contracts, were to fall below investment grade, the counterparty could demand additional collateral or require termination or replacement of derivative instruments in a net liability position. The aggregate fair value of all derivative instruments with such credit-risk-related contingent features that are in a net liability position was $12.1 billion at March 31, 2011, and $12.6 billion at December 31, 2010, respectively, for which we posted $11.4 billion and $12.0 billion, respectively, in collateral in the normal course of business. If the credit-risk-related contingent features underlying these agreements had been triggered on March 31, 2011, or December 31, 2010, we would have been required to post additional collateral of $1.1 billion or $1.0 billion, respectively, or potentially settle the contract in an amount equal to its fair value.
Counterparty Credit Risk
By using derivatives, we are exposed to counterparty credit risk if counterparties to the derivative contracts do not perform as expected. If a counterparty fails to perform, our counterparty credit risk is equal to the amount reported as a derivative asset on our balance sheet. The amounts reported as a derivative asset are derivative contracts in a gain position, and to the extent subject to master netting arrangements, net of derivatives in a loss position with the same counterparty and cash collateral received. We minimize counterparty credit risk through credit approvals, limits, monitoring procedures, executing master netting arrangements and obtaining collateral, where appropriate. To the extent the master netting arrangements and other criteria meet the applicable requirements, derivatives balances and related cash collateral amounts are shown net in the balance sheet. Counterparty credit risk related to derivatives is considered in determining fair value and our assessment of hedge effectiveness.


106


Table of Contents

Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities
 

We use fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. Trading assets, securities available for sale, derivatives, substantially all prime residential MHFS, certain commercial LHFS, fair value MSRs, principal investments and securities sold but not yet purchased (short sale liabilities) are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, we may be required to record at fair value other assets on a nonrecurring basis, such as certain residential and commercial MHFS, certain LHFS, loans held for investment and certain other assets. These nonrecurring fair value adjustments typically involve application of lower-of-cost-or-market accounting or write-downs of individual assets.
Fair Value Hierarchy
We group our assets and liabilities measured at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value. These levels are:
  Level 1 – Valuation is based upon quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.
  Level 2 – Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market.
  Level 3 – Valuation is generated from model-based techniques that use significant assumptions not observable in the market. These unobservable assumptions reflect estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques include use of option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques.
      In the determination of the classification of financial instruments in Level 2 or Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, we consider all available information, including observable market data, indications of market liquidity and orderliness, and our understanding of the valuation techniques and significant inputs used. For securities in inactive markets, we use a predetermined percentage to evaluate the impact of fair value adjustments derived from weighting both external and internal indications of value to determine if the instrument is classified as Level 2 or Level 3. Based upon the specific facts and circumstances of each instrument or instrument category, judgments are made regarding the significance of the Level 3 inputs to the instruments’ fair value measurement in its entirety. If Level 3 inputs are considered significant, the instrument is classified as Level 3.
Determination of Fair Value
We base our fair values on the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. We maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when developing fair value measurements.
      In instances where there is limited or no observable market data, fair value measurements for assets and liabilities are based primarily upon our own estimates or combination of our own estimates and independent vendor or broker pricing, and the measurements are often calculated based on current pricing for products we offer or issue, the economic and competitive environment, the characteristics of the asset or liability and other such factors. As with any valuation technique used to estimate fair value, changes in underlying assumptions used, including discount rates and estimates of future cash flows, could significantly affect the results of current or future values. Accordingly, these fair value estimates may not be realized in an actual sale or immediate settlement of the asset or liability.
      We incorporate lack of liquidity into our fair value measurement based on the type of asset or liability measured and the valuation methodology used. For example, for certain residential MHFS and certain securities where the significant inputs have become unobservable due to illiquid markets and vendor or broker pricing is not used, we use a discounted cash flow technique to measure fair value. This technique incorporates forecasting of expected cash flows (adjusted for credit loss assumptions and estimated prepayment speeds) discounted at an appropriate market discount rate to reflect the lack of liquidity in the market that a market participant would consider. For other securities where vendor or broker pricing is used, we use either unadjusted broker quotes or vendor prices or vendor or broker prices adjusted by weighting them with internal discounted cash flow techniques to measure fair value. These unadjusted vendor or broker prices inherently reflect any lack of liquidity in the market as the fair value measurement represents an exit price from a market participant viewpoint.
      For complete descriptions of the valuation methodologies used for assets and liabilities recorded at fair value and for estimating fair value for financial instruments not recorded at fair value, see Note 16 in our 2010 Form 10-K. There have been no material changes to our valuation methodologies in first quarter 2011.


107


Table of Contents

Fair Value Measurements from Independent Brokers or Independent Third Party Pricing Services
For certain assets and liabilities, we obtain fair value measurements from independent brokers or independent third party pricing services and record the unadjusted fair value in our
financial statements. The detail by level is shown in the table below. Fair value measurements obtained from independent brokers or independent third party pricing services that we have adjusted to determine the fair value recorded in our financial statements are not included in the following table.


                                                 
 
 
                                               
    Independent brokers   Third party pricing services
(in millions)   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3
 
 
                                               
March 31, 2011
                                               
Trading assets (excluding derivatives)
    $ -       1,448       12       38       1,835       -  
Securities available for sale:
                                               
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
    -       -       -       910       596       -  
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
    -       15       -       -       14,995       170  
Mortgage-backed securities
    -       169       54       -       94,826       226  
Other debt securities
    -       232       4,918       -       15,607       814  
 
 
                                               
Total debt securities
    -       416       4,972       910       126,024       1,210  
Total marketable equity securities
    -       -       -       2       824       16  
 
 
                                               
Total securities available for sale
    -       416       4,972       912       126,848       1,226  
 
 
                                               
Derivatives (trading and other assets)
    -       50       6       -       667       8  
Loans held for sale
    -       -       -       -       1       -  
Derivatives (liabilities)
    -       32       18       -       785       -  
Other liabilities
    -       87       -       -       508       -  
 
                                               
 
 
                                               
December 31, 2010
                                               
Trading assets (excluding derivatives)
    $ -       1,211       6       21       2,123       -  
Securities available for sale:
                                               
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
    -       -       -       936       263       -  
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
    -       15       -       -       14,055       -  
Mortgage-backed securities
    -       3       50       -       102,206       169  
Other debt securities
    -       201       4,133       -       14,376       606  
 
 
                                               
Total debt securities
    -       219       4,183       936       130,900       775  
Total marketable equity securities
    -       -       -       201       727       16  
 
 
                                               
Total securities available for sale
    -       219       4,183       1,137       131,627       791  
 
 
                                               
Derivatives (trading and other assets)
    -       15       44       -       740       8  
Loans held for sale
    -       -       -       -       1       -  
Derivatives (liabilities)
    -       -       46       -       841       -  
Other liabilities
    -       20       -       -       393       -  
 
                                               
 

108


Table of Contents

Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)
Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
.
The tables below present the balances of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis.


                                         
 
(in millions)   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Netting       Total
 
March 31, 2011
                                       
Trading assets (excluding derivatives)
                                       
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
    $ 2,243       4,443       -       -       6,686  
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
    -       2,319       130       -       2,449  
Collateralized debt obligations(1)
    -       -       1,910       -       1,910  
Corporate debt securities
    -       10,845       97       -       10,942  
Mortgage-backed securities
    -       10,920       144       -       11,064  
Asset-backed securities
    -       2,167       252       -       2,419  
Equity securities
    2,475       482       32       -       2,989  
 
Total trading securities
    4,718       31,176       2,565       -       38,459  
 
Other trading assets
    930       1,076       144       -       2,150  
 
Total trading assets (excluding derivatives)
    5,648       32,252       2,709       -       40,609  
 
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
    912       595       -       -       1,507  
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
    -       16,129       5,030       -       21,159  
Mortgage-backed securities:
                                       
Federal agencies
    -       75,552       -       -       75,552  
Residential
    -       18,938       10       -       18,948  
Commercial
    -       13,499       281       -       13,780  
 
Total mortgage-backed securities
    -       107,989       291       -       108,280  
 
Corporate debt securities
    38       10,296       494       -       10,828  
Collateralized debt obligations(2)
    -       -       5,616       -       5,616  
Asset-backed securities:
                                       
Auto loans and leases
    -       190       4,244       -       4,434  
Home equity loans
    -       986       98       -       1,084  
Other asset-backed securities
    -       6,519       3,411       -       9,930  
 
Total asset-backed securities
    -       7,695       7,753       -       15,448  
 
Other debt securities
    -       60       -       -       60  
 
Total debt securities
    950       142,764       19,184       -       162,898  
 
Marketable equity securities:
                                       
Perpetual preferred securities (3)
    788       734       1,989       -       3,511  
Other marketable equity securities
    1,348       114       35       -       1,497  
 
Total marketable equity securities
    2,136       848       2,024       -       5,008  
 
Total securities available for sale
    3,086       143,612       21,208       -       167,906  
 
Mortgages held for sale
    -       25,617       3,314       -       28,931  
Loans held for sale
    -       1,003       -       -       1,003  
Loans
    -       -       98       -       98  
Mortgage servicing rights (residential)
    -       -       15,648       -       15,648  
Derivative assets:
                                       
Interest rate contracts
    6       56,864       715       -       57,585  
Commodity contracts
    -       5,386       60       -       5,446  
Equity contracts
    626       2,298       874       -       3,798  
Foreign exchange contracts
    86       4,995       59       -       5,140  
Credit contracts
    -       1,935       2,645       -       4,580  
Other derivative contracts
    1       -       8       -       9  
 
Netting
    -       -       -       (54,113 )  (4)     (54,113 )
 
Total derivative assets (5)
    719       71,478       4,361       (54,113 )     22,445  
 
Other assets
    39       141       311       -       491  
 
Total assets recorded at fair value
    $ 9,492       274,103       47,649       (54,113 )     277,131  
 
Derivative liabilities:
                                       
Interest rate contracts
    $ (10 )     (53,149 )     (416 )     -       (53,575 )
Commodity contracts
    -       (4,877 )     (63 )     -       (4,940 )
Equity contracts
    (328 )     (2,553 )     (1,099 )     -       (3,980 )
Foreign exchange contracts
    (67 )     (3,441 )     (36 )     -       (3,544 )
Credit contracts
    -       (1,993 )     (3,796 )     -       (5,789 )
Other derivative contracts
    -       -       (26 )     -       (26 )
 
Netting
    -       -       -       59,793   (4)     59,793  
 
Total derivative liabilities (6)
    (405 )     (66,013 )     (5,436 )     59,793       (12,061 )
 
Short sale liabilities:
                                       
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
    (3,982 )     (1,259 )     -       -       (5,241 )
Corporate debt securities
    -       (4,887 )     -       -       (4,887 )
Equity securities
    (1,917 )     (36 )     -       -       (1,953 )
Other securities
    -       (144 )     (106 )     -       (250 )
 
Total short sale liabilities
    (5,899 )     (6,326 )     (106 )     -       (12,331 )
 
Other liabilities
    -       (179 )     (136 )     -       (315 )
 
Total liabilities recorded at fair value
    $ (6,304 )     (72,518 )     (5,678 )     59,793       (24,707 )
 
 
(1)   Includes collateralized loan obligations of $740 million that are classified as trading assets.
 
(2)   Includes collateralized loan obligations of $5.0 billion that are classified as securities available for sale.
 
(3)   Perpetual preferred securities are primarily ARS. See Note 7 for additional information.
 
(4)   Derivatives are reported net of cash collateral received and paid and, to the extent that the criteria of the accounting guidance covering the offsetting of amounts related to certain contracts are met, positions with the same counterparty are netted as part of a legally enforceable master netting agreement.
 
(5)   Derivative assets include contracts qualifying for hedge accounting, economic hedges, and derivatives included in trading assets.
 
(6)   Derivative liabilities include contracts qualifying for hedge accounting, economic hedges, and derivatives included in trading liabilities.

109


Table of Contents

(continued from previous page)
                                         
 
(in millions)   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Netting       Total
 
December 31, 2010
                                       
Trading assets (excluding derivatives)
                                       
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
    $ 1,340       3,335       -       -       4,675  
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
    -       1,893       5       -       1,898  
Collateralized debt obligations (1)
    -       -       1,915       -       1,915  
Corporate debt securities
    -       10,164       166       -       10,330  
Mortgage-backed securities
    -       9,137       117       -       9,254  
Asset-backed securities
    -       1,811       366       -       2,177  
Equity securities
    2,143       625       34       -       2,802  
 
Total trading securities
    3,483       26,965       2,603       -       33,051  
 
Other trading assets
    816       987       136       -       1,939  
 
Total trading assets (excluding derivatives)
    4,299       27,952       2,739       -       34,990  
 
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
    938       666       -       -       1,604  
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
    -       14,090       4,564       -       18,654  
Mortgage-backed securities:
                                       
Federal agencies
    -       82,037       -       -       82,037  
Residential
    -       20,183       20       -       20,203  
Commercial
    -       13,337       217       -       13,554  
 
Total mortgage-backed securities
    -       115,557       237       -       115,794  
 
Corporate debt securities
    -       9,846       433       -       10,279  
Collateralized debt obligations (2)
    -       -       4,778       -       4,778  
Asset-backed securities:
                                       
Auto loans and leases
    -       223       6,133       -       6,356  
Home equity loans
    -       998       112       -       1,110  
Other asset-backed securities
    -       5,285       3,150       -       8,435  
 
Total asset-backed securities
    -       6,506       9,395       -       15,901  
 
Other debt securities
    -       370       85       -       455  
 
Total debt securities
    938       147,035       19,492       -       167,465  
 
Marketable equity securities:
                                       
Perpetual preferred securities (3)
    721       677       2,434       -       3,832  
Other marketable equity securities
    1,224       101       32       -       1,357  
 
Total marketable equity securities
    1,945       778       2,466       -       5,189  
 
Total securities available for sale
    2,883       147,813       21,958       -       172,654  
 
Mortgages held for sale
    -       44,226       3,305       -       47,531  
Loans held for sale
    -       873       -       -       873  
Loans
    -       -       309       -       309  
Mortgage servicing rights (residential)
    -       -       14,467       -       14,467  
Derivative assets:
                                       
Interest rate contracts
    -       67,380       869       -       68,249  
Commodity contracts
    -       4,133       -       -       4,133  
Equity contracts
    511       2,040       721       -       3,272  
Foreign exchange contracts
    42       4,257       51       -       4,350  
Credit contracts
    -       2,148       3,198       -       5,346  
Other derivative contracts
    8       -       -       -       8  
 
Netting
    -       -       -       (63,469 )  (4)     (63,469 )
 
Total derivative assets (5)
    561       79,958       4,839       (63,469 )     21,889  
 
Other assets
    38       45       314       -       397  
 
Total assets recorded at fair value
    $ 7,781       300,867       47,931       (63,469 )     293,110  
 
Derivative liabilities:
                                       
Interest rate contracts
    $ (7 )     (62,769 )     (792 )     -       (63,568 )
Commodity contracts
    -       (3,917 )     (1 )     -       (3,918 )
Equity contracts
    (259 )     (2,291 )     (946 )     -       (3,496 )
Foreign exchange contracts
    (69 )     (3,351 )     (42 )     -       (3,462 )
Credit contracts
    -       (2,199 )     (4,215 )     -       (6,414 )
Other derivative contracts
    -       -       (35 )     -       (35 )
 
Netting
    -       -       -       70,009   (4)     70,009  
 
Total derivative liabilities (6)
    (335 )     (74,527 )     (6,031 )     70,009       (10,884 )
 
Short sale liabilities:
                                       
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
    (2,827 )     (1,129 )     -       -       (3,956 )
Corporate debt securities
    -       (3,798 )     -       -       (3,798 )
Equity securities
    (1,701 )     (178 )     -       -       (1,879 )
Other securities
    -       (347 )     -       -       (347 )
 
Total short sale liabilities
    (4,528 )     (5,452 )     -       -       (9,980 )
 
Other liabilities
    -       (36 )     (344 )     -       (380 )
 
Total liabilities recorded at fair value
    $ (4,863 )     (80,015 )     (6,375 )     70,009       (21,244 )
 
 
(1)   Includes collateralized loan obligations of $671 million that are classified as trading assets.
 
(2)   Includes collateralized loan obligations of $4.2 billion that are classified as securities available for sale.
 
(3)   Perpetual preferred securities are primarily ARS. See Note 7 for additional information.
 
(4)   Derivatives are reported net of cash collateral received and paid and, to the extent that the criteria of the accounting guidance covering the offsetting of amounts related to certain contracts are met, positions with the same counterparty are netted as part of a legally enforceable master netting agreement.
 
(5)   Derivative assets include contracts qualifying for hedge accounting, economic hedges, and derivatives included in trading assets.
 
(6)   Derivative liabilities include contracts qualifying for hedge accounting, economic hedges, and derivatives included in trading liabilities.

110


Table of Contents

Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)
The changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the quarter ended March 31, 2011, are summarized as follows:
 
                                                                 
   
 
                                                               
                                                            Net unrealized  
            Total net gains   Purchases,                           gains (losses)  
            (losses) included in   sales,                           included in net  
 
                                                               
                    Other   issuances                           income related  
    Balance,           compre-   and   Transfers   Transfers   Balance,   to assets and  
    beginning   Net   hensive   settlements,   into   out of   end of   liabilities held  
(in millions)   of period   income   income   net   Level 3   Level 3   period   at period end (1)  
   
 
                                                               
Quarter ended March 31, 2011
                                                               
Trading assets
(excluding derivatives):
                                                               
Securities of U.S. states and
political subdivisions
    $ 5       2       -       85       38       -       130       1  
Collateralized debt obligations
    1,915       13       -       (17 )     -       (1 )     1,910       (10)  
Corporate debt securities
    166       (2 )     -       (67 )     -       -       97       -  
Mortgage-backed securities
    117       5       -       18       4       -       144       (3)
Asset-backed securities
    366       9       -       (13 )     -       (110 )     252       9  
Equity securities
    34       (1 )     -       (2 )     1       -       32       (2)
   
Total trading securities
    2,603       26       -       4       43       (111 )     2,565       (5)  
   
Other trading assets
    136       6       -       2       -       -       144       17  
   
Total trading assets
(excluding derivatives)
    2,739       32       -       6       43       (111 )     2,709       12  (2)
   
Securities available for sale:
                                                               
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
    4,564       2       69       395       -       -       5,030       3  
Mortgage-backed securities:
                                                               
Residential
    20       -       (1 )     2       6       (17 )     10       (1)
Commercial
    217       (8 )     70       2       -       -       281       (4)
   
Total mortgage-backed
securities
    237       (8 )     69       4       6       (17 )     291       (5)
   
Corporate debt securities
    433       2       9       49       1       -       494       -  
Collateralized debt obligations
    4,778       53       153       632       -       -       5,616       -  
Asset-backed securities:
                                                               
Auto loans and leases
    6,133       1       (39 )     (1,851 )     -       -       4,244       -  
Home equity loans
    112       2       1       (1 )     10       (26 )     98       (1)
Other asset-backed securities
    3,150       (5 )     55       162       49       -       3,411       -  
   
Total asset-backed securities
    9,395       (2 )     17       (1,690 )     59       (26 )     7,753       (1)
   
Other debt securities
    85       -       -       (85 )     -       -       -       -  
   
Total debt securities
    19,492       47       317       (695 )     66       (43 )     19,184       (3) (3)
   
Marketable equity securities:
                                                               
Perpetual preferred securities
    2,434       68       6       (519 )     -       -       1,989       -  
Other marketable equity securities
    32       -       -       3       -       -       35       -  
   
Total marketable
equity securities
    2,466       68       6       (516 )     -       -       2,024       -  (4)
   
Total securities
available for sale
    21,958       115       323       (1,211 )     66       (43 )     21,208       (3)
   
Mortgages held for sale
    3,305       (32 )     -       42       72       (73 )     3,314       (32) (5)
Loans
    309       10       -       (221 )     -       -       98       10  (5)
Mortgage servicing rights
    14,467       (81 )     -       1,262       -       -       15,648       499  (5)
Net derivative assets and liabilities:
                                                               
Interest rate contracts
    77       406       -       (185 )     1       -       299       (9)
Commodity contracts
    (1 )     -       -       1       (3 )     -       (3 )     -  
Equity contracts
    (225 )     -       -       6       -       (6 )     (225 )     29  
Foreign exchange contracts
    9       21       -       (7 )     -       -       23       11  
Credit contracts
    (1,017 )     (86 )     -       (48 )     -       -       (1,151 )     (133)
Other derivative contracts
    (35 )     17       -       -       -       -       (18 )     -  
   
Total derivative contracts
    (1,192 )     358       -       (233 )     (2 )     (6 )     (1,075 )     (102) (6)
   
Other assets
    314       2       -       (5 )     -       -       311       4  (2)
Short sale liabilities
(corporate debt securities)
    -       1       -       (107 )     -       -       (106 )     -  
Other liabilities (excluding derivatives)
    (344 )     (9 )     -       217       -       -       (136 )     (10)
 
                                                               
   
 
(1)   Represents only net gains (losses) that are due to changes in economic conditions and management’s estimates of fair value and excludes changes due to the collection/realization of cash flows over time.
 
(2)   Included in other noninterest income in the income statement.
 
(3)   Included in debt securities available for sale in the income statement.
 
(4)   Included in equity investments in the income statement.
 
(5)   Included in mortgage banking in the income statement.
 
(6)   Included in mortgage banking, trading activities and other noninterest income in the income statement.
(continued on following page)

111


Table of Contents

The following table presents gross purchases, sales, issuances and settlements related to the changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the quarter ended March 31, 2011.
                                         
 
 
                                       
(in millions)   Purchases   Sales   Issuances   Settlements   Net
 
Quarter ended March 31, 2011
                                       
Trading assets
(excluding derivatives):
                                       
Securities of U.S. states and
political subdivisions
    $ 97       (12 )     -       -       85  
Collateralized debt obligations
    365       (366 )     -       (16 )     (17 )
Corporate debt securities
    13       (80 )     -       -       (67 )
Mortgage-backed securities
    345       (327 )     -       -       18  
Asset-backed securities
    245       (243 )     -       (15 )     (13 )
Equity securities
    5       (7 )     -       -       (2 )
 
Total trading securities
    1,070       (1,035 )     -       (31 )     4  
 
Other trading assets
    2       -       -       -       2  
 
Total trading assets
(excluding derivatives)
    1,072       (1,035 )     -       (31 )     6  
 
Securities available for sale:
                                       
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
    557       6       -       (168 )     395  
Mortgage-backed securities:
                                       
Residential
    4       -       -       (2 )     2  
Commercial
    4       -       -       (2 )     2  
 
Total mortgage-backed
securities
    8       -       -       (4 )     4  
 
Corporate debt securities
    95       -       -       (46 )     49  
Collateralized debt obligations
    865       (20 )     -       (213 )     632  
Asset-backed securities:
                                       
Auto loans and leases
    366       -       -       (2,217 )     (1,851 )
Home equity loans
    -       -       -       (1 )     (1 )
Other asset-backed securities
    797       (17 )     -       (618 )     162  
 
Total asset-backed securities
    1,163       (17 )     -       (2,836 )     (1,690 )
 
Other debt securities
    -       (85 )     -       -       (85 )
 
Total debt securities
    2,688       (116 )     -       (3,267 )     (695 )
 
Marketable equity securities:
                                       
Perpetual preferred securities
    1       -       -       (520 )     (519 )
Other marketable equity securities
    3       -       -       -       3  
 
Total marketable
equity securities
    4       -       -       (520 )     (516 )
 
Total securities
available for sale
    2,692       (116 )     -       (3,787 )     (1,211 )
 
Mortgages held for sale
    219       -       -       (177 )     42  
Loans
    -       (210 )     -       (11 )     (221 )
Mortgage servicing rights
    -       -       1,262       -       1,262  
Net derivative assets and liabilities:
                                       
Interest rate contracts
    -       1       -       (186 )     (185 )
Commodity contracts
    -       -       -       1       1  
Equity contracts
    49       (124 )     -       81       6  
Foreign exchange contracts
    2       (2 )     -       (7 )     (7 )
Credit contracts
    1       (1 )     -       (48 )     (48 )
 
Total derivative contracts
    52       (126 )     -       (159 )     (233 )
 
Other assets
    -       (1 )     -       (4 )     (5 )
Short sale liabilities
(corporate debt securities)
    (114 )     7       -       -       (107 )
Other liabilities (excluding derivatives)
    -       -       -       217       217  
 
                                       
 

112


Table of Contents

The changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the quarter ended March 31, 2010, are summarized as follows:
Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)
                                                                 
   
 
                                       
                                                            Net unrealized  
            Total net gains   Purchases,                           gains (losses)  
            (losses) included in   sales,                           included in net  
 
                                       
                    Other   issuances                           income related  
    Balance,           compre-   and   Transfers   Transfers   Balance,   to assets and  
    beginning   Net   hensive   settlements,   into   out of   end of   liabilities held  
(in millions)   of period   income   income   net   Level 3   Level 3   period   at period end (1)  
   
Quarter ended March 31, 2010
                                                               
Trading assets
(excluding derivatives):
                                                               
Securities of U.S. states and
political subdivisions
    $ 5       2       -       (4 )     9       -       12       -  
Collateralized debt obligations
    1,133       351       -       405       -       -       1,889       33  
Corporate debt securities
    223       7       -       40       9       (3 )     276       5  
Mortgage-backed securities
    146       2       -       116       -       (123 )     141       2  
Asset-backed securities
    497       12       -       (190 )     1       (71 )     249       11  
Equity securities
    36       1       -       28       2       -       67       -  
   
Total trading securities
    2,040       375       -       395       21       (197 )     2,634       51  
   
Other trading assets
    271       (15 )     -       -       -       (82 )     174       (7)  
   
Total trading assets
(excluding derivatives)
    2,311       360       -       395       21       (279 )     2,808       44  (2)
   
Securities available for sale:
                                                               
Securities of U.S. states and
political subdivisions
    818       1       62       1,968       28       (6 )     2,871       -  
Mortgage-backed securities:
                                                               
Residential
    1,084       (7 )     7       (40 )     184       (822 )     406       (3)
Commercial
    1,799       -       5       1       59       (1,361 )     503       (7)
   
Total mortgage-backed
securities
    2,883       (7 )     12       (39 )     243       (2,183 )     909       (10)
   
Corporate debt securities
    367       1       44       (6 )     138       (41 )     503       -  
Collateralized debt obligations
    3,725       39       76       223       -       (212 )     3,851       (6)
Asset-backed securities:
                                                               
Auto loans and leases
    8,525       -       (67 )     (1,049 )     178       -       7,587       -  
Home equity loans
    1,677       (1 )     7       (1 )     15       (1,590 )     107       (3)
Other asset-backed securities
    2,308       54       (43 )     (137 )     679       (671 )     2,190       (1)
   
Total asset-backed securities
    12,510       53       (103 )     (1,187 )     872       (2,261 )     9,884       (4)
   
Other debt securities
    77       -       (3 )     5       -       -       79       -  
   
Total debt securities
    20,380       87       88       964       1,281       (4,703 )     18,097       (20) (3)
   
Marketable equity securities:
                                                               
Perpetual preferred securities
    2,305       8       (12 )     678       -       (12 )     2,967       -  
Other marketable equity securities
    88       -       -       (53 )     -       (23 )     12       -  
   
Total marketable
equity securities
    2,393       8       (12 )     625       -       (35 )     2,979       -  (4)
   
Total securities
available for sale
    22,773       95       76       1,589       1,281       (4,738 )     21,076       (20)
   
Mortgages held for sale
    3,523       2       -       (162 )     99       (124 )     3,338       (1) (5)
Loans
    -       44       -       (39 )     366       -       371       44  (5)
Mortgage servicing rights
    16,004       (1,396 )     -       1,054       -       (118 )     15,544       (777) (5)
Net derivative assets and liabilities:
                                                               
Interest rate contracts
    (114 )     988       -       (617 )     -       -       257       54  
Equity contracts
    (344 )     80       -       20       (28 )     (9 )     (281 )     1  
Foreign exchange contracts
    (1 )     5       -       -       -       -       4       -  
Credit contracts
    (330 )     (490 )     -       56       6       -       (758 )     (461)
Other derivative contracts
    (43 )     13       -       -       -       -       (30 )     -  
   
Total derivative contracts
    (832 )     596       -       (541 )     (22)     (9 )     (808 )     (406) (6)
   
Other assets
    1,373       23       -       (30 )     -       (989 )     377       (8) (2)
Short sale liabilities
(corporate debt securities)
    (26 )     (2 )     -       (37 )     -       -       (65 )     (1)
Other liabilities (excluding derivatives) (7)
    (10 )     (36 )     -       29       (359)     -       (376 )     (37)
 
                                                               
   
 
(1)   Represents only net gains (losses) that are due to changes in economic conditions and management’s estimates of fair value and excludes changes due to the collection/realization of cash flows over time.
 
(2)   Included in other noninterest income in the income statement.
 
(3)   Included in debt securities available for sale in the income statement.
 
(4)   Included in equity investments in the income statement.
 
(5)   Included in mortgage banking in the income statement.
 
(6)   Included in mortgage banking, trading activities and other noninterest income in the income statement.
 
(7)   Balances have been revised to conform with current period presentation.

113


Table of Contents

Changes in Fair Value Levels
We monitor the availability of observable market data to assess the appropriate classification of financial instruments within the fair value hierarchy. Changes in economic conditions or model-based valuation techniques may require the transfer of financial instruments from one fair value level to another. The amounts reported as transfers represent the fair value as of the beginning of the quarter in which the transfer occurred.
      We evaluate the significance of transfers between levels based upon the nature of the financial instrument and size of the transfer relative to total assets, total liabilities or total earnings. For the quarter ended March 31, 2011, there were no significant transfers in or out of Levels 1, 2 or 3.
      Significant changes to Level 3 assets for the quarter ended March 31, 2010, are described as follows:
  We adopted new consolidation accounting guidance, which impacted Level 3 balances for certain financial instruments. Reductions in Level 3 balances, which represent derecognition of existing investments in newly consolidated VIEs, are reflected as transfers out for the following categories: trading assets, $276 million; securities available for sale, $1.9 billion; and mortgage servicing rights, $118 million. Increases in Level 3 balances, which represent newly consolidated VIE assets, are reflected as transfers in for the following categories: securities available for sale, $829 million; loans, $366 million; and long-term debt, $359 million.
  We transferred $1.4 billion of debt securities available for sale from Level 3 to Level 2 due to an increase in the volume of trading activity for certain securities, which resulted in increased occurrences of observable market prices.
       


114


Table of Contents

Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)
Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis
We may be required, from time to time, to measure certain assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP. These adjustments to fair value usually result from application of LOCOM accounting or write-downs of individual
assets. For assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in the quarter ended March 31, 2011, and year ended December 31, 2010, that were still held in the balance sheet at each respective period end, the following table provides the fair value hierarchy and the carrying value of the related individual assets or portfolios at period end.


 
                                                                 
    March 31, 2011   December 31, 2010
 
                                                               
(in millions)   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total
                   
 
                                                               
Mortgages held for sale (1)
    $ -       2,136       871       3,007       -       2,000       891       2,891  
Loans held for sale
    -       364       -       364       -       352       -       352  
Loans:
                                                               
Commercial
    -       714       120       834       -       2,480       67       2,547  
Consumer
    -       2,457       5       2,462       -       5,870       18       5,888  
                   
 
                                                               
Total loans (2)
    -       3,171       125       3,296       -       8,350       85       8,435  
                   
 
                                                               
Mortgage servicing rights (amortized)
    -       -       97       97       -       -       104       104  
Other assets (3)
    -       525       89       614       -       765       82       847  
 
                                                               
 
(1)   Predominantly real estate 1-4 family first mortgage loans measured at LOCOM.
 
(2)   Represents carrying value of loans for which adjustments are based on the appraised value of the collateral.
 
(3)   Includes the fair value of foreclosed real estate and other collateral owned that were measured at fair value subsequent to their initial classification as foreclosed assets.

The following table presents the increase (decrease) in value of certain assets that are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis for which a fair value adjustment has been included in the income statement.
 
                 
    Quarter ended March 31,
 
               
(in millions)   2011     2010  
 
 
               
Mortgages held for sale
    $ (26 )     17  
Loans held for sale
    2       9  
Loans:
               
Commercial (1)
    (240 )     (838 )
Consumer (2)
    (1,752 )     (3,310 )
 
 
               
Total loans
    (1,992 )     (4,148 )
 
 
               
Mortgage servicing rights (amortized)
    (6 )     -  
Other assets (3)
    (116 )     (101 )
 
 
               
Total
    $ (2,138 )     (4,223 )
 
(1)     Prior period amount has been revised to correct previously reported amounts.
 
(2)   Represents write-downs of loans based on the appraised value of the collateral. Prior period amount has been revised to conform with current period presentation.
 
(3)   Includes the losses on foreclosed real estate and other collateral owned that were measured at fair value subsequent to their initial classification as foreclosed assets.
 


115


Table of Contents

Alternative Investments
The following table summarizes our investments in various types of funds, which are included in trading assets, securities available for sale and other assets. We use the funds’ net asset
values (NAVs) per share as a practical expedient to measure fair value on recurring and nonrecurring bases. The fair values presented in the table are based upon the funds’ NAVs or an equivalent measure.


 
                                 
                            Redemption
    Fair   Unfunded   Redemption   notice
(in millions)   value   commitments   frequency   period
 
 
                               
March 31, 2011
                               
Offshore funds
    $ 1,739       -     Daily - Annually   1 - 180 days
Funds of funds
    6       -     Monthly - Quarterly   10 - 90 days
Hedge funds
    26       -     Monthly - Annually   30 - 120 days
Private equity funds
    1,927       687     N/A     N/A
Venture capital funds
    88       34     N/A     N/A  
                 
 
                               
Total
    $ 3,786       721                  
 
 
                               
December 31, 2010
                               
Offshore funds
    $ 1,665       -     Daily - Annually   1 - 180 days
Funds of funds
    63       -     Monthly - Quarterly   10 - 90 days
Hedge funds
    23       -     Monthly - Annually   30 - 120 days
Private equity funds
    1,830       669     N/A     N/A
Venture capital funds
    88       36     N/A     N/A
                 
 
                               
Total
    $ 3,669       705                  
 
N/A - Not applicable
     Offshore funds primarily invest in investment grade European fixed-income securities. Redemption restrictions are in place for investments with a fair value of $72 million and $74 million at March 31, 2011, and December 31, 2010, respectively, due to lock-up provisions that will remain in effect until November 2013.
     Private equity funds invest in equity and debt securities issued by private and publicly-held companies in connection with leveraged buyouts, recapitalizations and expansion opportunities. Substantially all of these investments do not allow redemptions. Alternatively, we receive distributions as the underlying assets of the funds liquidate, which we expect to occur over the next nine years.
     Venture capital funds invest in domestic and foreign companies in a variety of industries, including information technology, financial services and healthcare. These investments can never be redeemed with the funds. Instead, we receive distributions as the underlying assets of the fund liquidate, which we expect to occur over the next six years.
 


116


Table of Contents

Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)
Fair Value Option
We measure MHFS at fair value for prime MHFS originations for which an active secondary market and readily available market prices exist to reliably support fair value pricing models used for these loans. Loan origination fees on these loans are recorded when earned, and related direct loan origination costs are recognized when incurred. We also measure at fair value certain of our other interests held related to residential loan sales and securitizations. We believe fair value measurement for prime MHFS and other interests held, which we hedge with free-standing derivatives (economic hedges) along with our MSRs, measured at fair value reduces certain timing differences and better matches changes in the value of these assets with changes in the value of derivatives used as economic hedges for these assets.
     Upon the acquisition of Wachovia, we elected to measure at fair value certain portfolios of LHFS that we intend to hold for trading purposes and that may be economically hedged with
derivative instruments. In addition, we elected to measure at fair value certain letters of credit that are hedged with derivative instruments to better reflect the economics of the transactions. These letters of credit are included in trading account assets or liabilities.
     Upon the adoption of new consolidation guidance on January 1, 2010, we elected to measure at fair value the eligible assets (loans) and liabilities (long-term debt) of certain nonconforming mortgage loan securitization VIEs. We elected the fair value option for such newly consolidated VIEs to continue fair value accounting as our interests prior to consolidation were predominantly carried at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in earnings.
     The following table reflects the differences between fair value carrying amount of certain assets and liabilities for which we have elected the fair value option and the contractual aggregate unpaid principal amount at maturity.


 
                                                 
    March 31, 2011   December 31, 2010  
 
                                               
                    Fair value                   Fair value  
                    carrying                   carrying  
                    amount                   amount  
                    less                   less  
    Fair value   Aggregate   aggregate   Fair value   Aggregate   aggregate  
    carrying   unpaid   unpaid   carrying   unpaid   unpaid  
(in millions)   amount   principal   principal   amount   principal   principal  
   
 
                                               
Mortgages held for sale:
                                               
Total loans
    $ 28,931       29,071       (140 ) ( 1)   47,531       47,818       (287)  (1)
Nonaccrual loans
    314       649       (335 )     325       662       (337)  
Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing
    34       44       (10 )     38       47       (9)  
Loans held for sale:
                                               
Total loans
    1,003       1,031       (28 )     873       897       (24)  
Nonaccrual loans
    17       26       (9 )     1       7       (6)  
Loans:
                                               
Total loans
    98       120       (22 )     309       348       (39)  
Nonaccrual loans
    11       14       (3 )     13       16       (3)  
Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing
    -       -       -       2       2        
Long-term debt
    99       121       (22 )     306       353       (47)  
 
                                               
   
(1)   The difference between fair value carrying amount and aggregate unpaid principal includes changes in fair value recorded at and subsequent to funding, gains and losses on the related loan commitment prior to funding, and premiums on acquired loans.

117


Table of Contents

The assets accounted for under the fair value option are initially measured at fair value. Gains and losses from initial measurement and subsequent changes in fair value are recognized in earnings. The changes in fair value related to
initial measurement and subsequent changes in fair value included in earnings for these assets measured at fair value are shown, by income statement line item, below.


 
                                 
    Quarter ended March 31,
 
                               
    2011   2010
 
                               
    Mortgage banking             Mortgage banking        
    noninterest income             noninterest income      
 
                               
    Net gains (losses) on     Other     Net gains (losses) on     Other  
    mortgage loan origination/     noninterest     mortgage loan origination/     noninterest  
(in millions)   sales activities     income     sales activities     income  
 
Mortgages held for sale
    $      658       -       1,462       -  
Loans held for sale
    -       9       -       14  
Loans
    10       -       44       -  
Long-term debt
    (10)       -       (37)       -  
Other interests held
    -       10       -       (18)  
 
                               
 

     The following table shows the estimated gains and losses from earnings attributable to instrument-specific credit risk related to assets accounted for under the fair value option.
 
                 
    Quarter ended Mar. 31,
(in millions)   2011     2010  
 
 
               
Gains (losses) attributable to
               
instrument-specific credit risk:
               
Mortgages held for sale
    $     (59 )     (22 )
Loans held for sale
    9       14  
 
 
               
Total
    $ (50 )     (8 )
 
     For performing loans, instrument-specific credit risk gains or losses were derived principally by determining the change in fair value of the loans due to changes in the observable or implied credit spread. Credit spread is the market yield on the loans less the relevant risk-free benchmark interest rate. In recent years spreads have been significantly affected by the lack of liquidity in the secondary market for mortgage loans. For nonperforming loans, we attribute all changes in fair value to instrument-specific credit risk.
 


118


Table of Contents

Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)
Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The table below is a summary of fair value estimates for financial instruments, excluding short-term financial assets and liabilities because carrying amounts approximate fair value, and excluding financial instruments recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. The carrying amounts in the following table are recorded in the balance sheet under the indicated captions.
     We have not included assets and liabilities that are not financial instruments in our disclosure, such as the value of the long-term relationships with our deposit, credit card and trust customers, amortized MSRs, premises and equipment, goodwill and other intangibles, deferred taxes and other liabilities. The total of the fair value calculations presented does not represent, and should not be construed to represent, the underlying value of the Company.


 
                                 
    March 31, 2011   December 31, 2010
 
                               
    Carrying   Estimated   Carrying   Estimated
(in millions)   amount   fair value   amount   fair value
 
 
                               
Financial assets
                               
Mortgages held for sale (1)
  4,190       4,191       4,232       4,234  
Loans held for sale (2)
    425       445       417       441  
Loans, net (3)
    716,256       705,958       721,016       710,147  
Nonmarketable equity investments (cost method)
    8,246       8,751       8,494       8,814  
 
                               
Financial liabilities
                               
Deposits
    837,662       839,093       847,942       849,642  
Long-term debt (3)(4)
    148,346       150,859       156,651       159,996  
 
                               
 
(1)   Balance excludes MHFS for which the fair value option was elected.
 
(2)   Balance excludes LHFS for which the fair value option was elected.
 
(3)   At March 31, 2011, loans and long-term debt exclude balances for which the fair value option was elected. Loans exclude lease financing with a carrying amount of $12.9 billion at March 31, 2011, and $13.1 billion at December 31, 2010.
 
(4)   The carrying amount and fair value exclude obligations under capital leases of $158 million at March 31, 2011, and $26 million at December 31, 2010.

     Loan commitments, standby letters of credit and commercial and similar letters of credit are not included in the table above. A reasonable estimate of the fair value of these instruments is the carrying value of deferred fees plus the related allowance. This amounted to $612 million at March 31, 2011, and $673 million at December 31, 2010.
 


119 


Table of Contents

Note 14: Preferred Stock
 

We are authorized to issue 20 million shares of preferred stock and 4 million shares of preference stock, both without par value. Preferred shares outstanding rank senior to common shares both as to dividends and liquidation preference but have no general voting rights. We have not issued any preference shares under this authorization. If issued, preference shares would be limited to one vote per share. Our total issued and outstanding
preferred stock includes Dividend Equalization Preferred (DEP) shares and Series I, J, K and L, which are presented in the following tables, and Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, which are presented in the tables on the following page.


 
                 
  March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010
 
             
    Liquidation   Shares
    preference   authorized
    per share   and designated
 
 
             
DEP Shares
             
Dividend Equalization Preferred Shares
  $      10       97,000  
 
             
Series A
             
Non-Cumulative Perpetual
             
Preferred Stock
  100,000       25,001  
 
             
Series B
             
Non-Cumulative Perpetual
             
Preferred Stock
  100,000       17,501  
 
             
Series G
             
7.25% Class A Preferred Stock
  15,000       50,000  
 
             
Series H
             
Floating Class A Preferred Stock
  20,000       50,000  
 
             
Series I
             
5.80% Fixed to Floating Class A
             
Preferred Stock
  100,000       25,010  
 
             
Series J
             
8.00% Non-Cumulative Perpetual
             
Class A Preferred Stock
  1,000       2,300,000  
 
             
Series K
             
7.98% Fixed-to-Floating Non-Cumulative
             
Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock
  1,000       3,500,000  
 
             
Series L
             
7.50% Non-Cumulative Perpetual
             
Convertible Class A Preferred Stock
  1,000       4,025,000  
 
 
             
Total
          10,089,512  
 
 


120


Table of Contents

 
                                                                 
    March 31, 2011   December 31, 2010
    Shares                           Shares                
    issued and           Carrying           issued and           Carrying    
(in millions, except shares)   outstanding   Par value   value   Discount   outstanding   Par value   value   Discount
 
 
                                                               
DEP Shares
                                                               
Dividend Equalization Preferred Shares
    96,546       $    -       -       -       96,546       $ -       -       -  
 
                                                               
Series I (1)
                                                               
5.80% Fixed to Floating Class A Preferred Stock
    25,010       2,501       2,501       -       -       -       -       -  
 
                                                               
Series J (1)
                                                               
8.00% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A
                                                               
Preferred Stock
    2,150,375       2,150       1,995       155       2,150,375       2,150       1,995       155  
 
                                                               
Series K (1)
                                                               
7.98% Fixed-to-Floating Non-Cumulative
                                                               
Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock
    3,352,000       3,352       2,876       476       3,352,000       3,352       2,876       476  
 
                                                               
Series L (1)
                                                               
7.50% Non-Cumulative Perpetual
                                                               
Convertible Class A Preferred Stock
    3,968,000       3,968       3,200       768       3,968,000       3,968       3,200       768  
 
 
                                                               
Total
    9,591,931       $ 11,971       10,572       1,399       9,566,921       $ 9,470       8,071       1,399  
 
(1)   Preferred shares qualify as Tier 1 capital.

     In March 2011, the Company issued preferred stock for Series I (25,010 shares with a par value of $2.5 billion) to an unconsolidated wholly-owned trust related to our income trust securities.
     We have a commitment to issue preferred stock for Series A ($2.5 billion) and Series B ($1.8 billion) to unconsolidated wholly-owned trusts. The issuance dates are dependent on the sale of our income trust securities held by these trusts to third party investors, but we expect those dates will be March 2013 and September 2013, respectively. See Note 7 for additional information on our trust preferred securities. We do not have a commitment to issue Series G or H preferred stock.
 


121


Table of Contents

ESOP CUMULATIVE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK All shares of our ESOP Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock (ESOP Preferred Stock) were issued to a trustee acting on behalf of the Wells Fargo & Company 401(k) Plan (the 401(k) Plan). Dividends on the ESOP Preferred Stock are cumulative from the date of initial issuance and are payable quarterly at annual rates based upon the year of issuance. Each share of ESOP Preferred Stock released from the unallocated reserve of the 401(k) Plan is converted into shares of our common stock based on the stated
value of the ESOP Preferred Stock and the then current market price of our common stock. The ESOP Preferred Stock is also convertible at the option of the holder at any time, unless previously redeemed. We have the option to redeem the ESOP Preferred Stock at any time, in whole or in part, at a redemption price per share equal to the higher of (a) $1,000 per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends or (b) the fair market value, as defined in the Certificates of Designation for the ESOP Preferred Stock.


 
                                                 
    Shares issued and outstanding     Carrying value   Adjustable
    March 31,   December 31,   March 31,   December 31,     dividend rate
(in millions, except shares)   2011   2010   2011   2010   Minimum   Maximum
 
 
                                               
ESOP Preferred Stock
$1,000 liquidation preference per share
                                               
2011
    707,127       -       $ 707       -       9.00   %   10.00  
2010
    287,161       287,161       287       287       9.50       10.50  
2008
    104,854       104,854       105       105       10.50       11.50  
2007
    82,994       82,994       83       83       10.75       11.75  
2006
    58,632       58,632       59       59       10.75       11.75  
2005
    40,892       40,892       41       41       9.75       10.75  
2004
    26,815       26,815       27       27       8.50       9.50  
2003
    13,591       13,591       13       13       8.50       9.50  
2002
    3,443       3,443       3       3       10.50       11.50  
                 
 
                                               
Total ESOP Preferred Stock (1)
    1,325,509       618,382       $ 1,325       618                  
                 
 
                                               
Unearned ESOP shares (2)
                    $ (1,430 )     (663 )                
 
                                               
 
(1)   At March 31, 2011, and December 31, 2010, additional paid-in capital included $105 million and $45 million, respectively, related to preferred stock.
 
(2)   We recorded a corresponding charge to unearned ESOP shares in connection with the issuance of the ESOP Preferred Stock. The unearned ESOP shares are reduced as shares of the ESOP Preferred Stock are committed to be released.

122


Table of Contents

Note 15: Employee Benefits
 

We sponsor a noncontributory qualified defined benefit retirement plan, the Wells Fargo & Company Cash Balance Plan (Cash Balance Plan), which covers eligible employees of
Wells Fargo; the benefits earned under the Cash Balance Plan were frozen effective July 1, 2009.
     The net periodic benefit cost was:


 
                                                 
    2011   2010
 
                                               
    Pension benefits           Pension benefits    
 
                                               
            Non-   Other           Non-   Other
(in millions)   Qualified   qualified   benefits   Qualified   qualified   benefits
 
 
                                               
Quarter ended March 31,
                                               
Service cost
    $      1       -       3       1       -       3  
Interest cost
    130       9       18       139       9       20  
Expected return on plan assets
    (189 )     -       (10 )     (179 )     -       (7 )
Amortization of net actuarial loss
    21       2       -       26       1       -  
Amortization of prior service credit
    -       -       (1 )     -       -       (1 )
Settlement
    2       -       -       -       -       -  
 
 
                                               
Net periodic benefit cost (income)
    $ (35 )     11       10       (13 )     10       15  
 

123


Table of Contents

Note 16: Earnings Per Common Share
 

The table below shows earnings per common share and diluted earnings per common share and reconciles the numerator and denominator of both earnings per common share calculations.
 


 
                 
    Quarter ended March 31,  
 
               
(in millions, except per share amounts)   2011     2010  
 
 
               
Wells Fargo net income
    $ 3,759       2,547  
Less:   Preferred stock dividends and other (1)
    189       175  
 
 
               
Wells Fargo net income applicable to common stock (numerator)
    $ 3,570       2,372  
 
 
               
Earnings per common share
               
Average common shares outstanding (denominator)
    5,278.8       5,190.4  
Per share
    $ 0.68       0.46  
 
 
               
Diluted earnings per common share
               
Average common shares outstanding
    5,278.8       5,190.4  
Add:   Stock options
    37.8       31.1  
Restricted share rights
    16.5       3.7  
 
 
               
Diluted average common shares outstanding (denominator)
    5,333.1       5,225.2  
 
 
               
Per share
    $ 0.67       0.45  
 
(1)   Includes $184 million of preferred stock dividends for both first quarter 2011 and 2010.

     The following table presents the outstanding options and warrants to purchase shares of common stock that were anti-dilutive (the exercise price was higher than the weighted-average market price), and therefore not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per common share.
 
                 
    Weighted-average shares
 
               
    Quarter ended March 31,
 
               
(in millions)   2011     2010  
 
 
               
Options
    69.0       190.1  
Warrants
    39.4       110.3  
 
               
 
 


124


Table of Contents

Note 17: Operating Segments
 
We have three operating segments for management reporting: Community Banking; Wholesale Banking; and Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement. The results for these operating segments are based on our management accounting process, for which there is no comprehensive, authoritative guidance equivalent to GAAP for financial accounting. The management accounting process measures the performance of the operating segments based on our management structure and is not necessarily comparable with similar information for other financial services companies. We define our operating segments by product type and customer segment. If the management structure and/or the allocation process changes, allocations, transfers and assignments may change. In first quarter 2010, we conformed certain funding and allocation methodologies of legacy Wachovia to those of Wells Fargo; in addition, integration expense related to mergers other than the Wachovia merger is now included in segment results. In fourth quarter 2010, we aligned certain lending businesses into Wholesale Banking from Community Banking to reflect our previously announced restructuring of Wells Fargo Financial. In first quarter 2011, we realigned a private equity business into Wholesale Banking from Community Banking. The prior periods have been revised to reflect these changes.
Community Banking offers a complete line of diversified financial products and services to consumers and small businesses with annual sales generally up to $20 million in which the owner generally is the financial decision maker. Community Banking also offers investment management and other services to retail customers and securities brokerage through affiliates. These products and services include the Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM, a family of mutual funds. Loan products include lines of credit, auto floor plan lines, equity lines and loans, equipment and transportation loans, education loans, origination and purchase of residential mortgage loans and servicing of mortgage loans and credit cards. Other credit products and financial services available to small businesses and their owners include equipment leases, real estate and other commercial financing, Small Business Administration financing, venture capital financing, cash management, payroll services, retirement plans, Health Savings Accounts, credit cards, and merchant payment processing. Community Banking also purchases sales finance contracts from retail merchants throughout the United States and directly from auto dealers in Puerto Rico. Consumer and business deposit products include checking accounts, savings deposits, market rate accounts, Individual Retirement Accounts, time deposits and debit cards.
     Community Banking serves customers through a complete range of channels, including traditional banking stores, in-store banking centers, business centers, ATMs, Online and Mobile Banking, and Wells Fargo Customer Connection, a 24-hours a day, seven days a week telephone service.
Wholesale Banking provides financial solutions to businesses across the United States with annual sales generally in excess of $20 million and to financial institutions globally. Wholesale
Banking provides a complete line of commercial, corporate, capital markets, cash management and real estate banking products and services. These include traditional commercial loans and lines of credit, letters of credit, asset-based lending, equipment leasing, international trade facilities, trade financing, collection services, foreign exchange services, treasury management, investment management, institutional fixed-income sales, interest rate, commodity and equity risk management, online/electronic products such as the Commercial Electronic Office® (CEO®) portal, insurance, corporate trust fiduciary and agency services, and investment banking services. Wholesale Banking manages customer investments through institutional separate accounts and mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds and Wells Capital Management. Wholesale Banking also supports the CRE market with products and services such as construction loans for commercial and residential development, land acquisition and development loans, secured and unsecured lines of credit, interim financing arrangements for completed structures, rehabilitation loans, affordable housing loans and letters of credit, permanent loans for securitization, CRE loan servicing and real estate and mortgage brokerage services.
Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement provides a full range of financial advisory services to clients using a planning approach to meet each client’s needs. Wealth Management provides affluent and high net worth clients with a complete range of wealth management solutions, including financial planning, private banking, credit, investment management and trust. Family Wealth meets the unique needs of ultra high net worth customers. Brokerage serves customers’ advisory, brokerage and financial needs as part of one of the largest full-service brokerage firms in the United States. Retirement is a national leader in providing institutional retirement and trust services (including 401(k) and pension plan record keeping) for businesses, retail retirement solutions for individuals, and reinsurance services for the life insurance industry.
Other includes corporate items (such as integration expenses related to the Wachovia merger) not specific to a business segment and elimination of certain items that are included in more than one business segment.


125


Table of Contents

                                                                                 
 
                                    Wealth, Brokerage                   Consolidated
(income/expense in millions,   Community Banking   Wholesale Banking   and Retirement   Other (1)   Company
average balances in billions)   2011     2010     2011     2010     2011     2010     2011     2010     2011     2010  
 
 
                                                                               
Quarter ended March 31,
                                                                               
Net interest income (2)
$     7,543       8,253       2,755       2,554       696       664       (343 )     (324 )     10,651       11,147  
Provision for credit losses
    2,065       4,519       134       810       41       63       (30 )     (62 )     2,210       5,330  
Noninterest income
    5,094       5,711       2,705       2,869       2,454       2,246       (575 )     (525 )     9,678       10,301  
Noninterest expense
    7,605       7,205       2,800       2,685       2,559       2,390       (231 )     (163 )     12,733       12,117  
 
 
                                                                               
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)
    2,967       2,240       2,526       1,928       550       457       (657 )     (624 )     5,386       4,001  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    742       777       872       688       208       173       (250 )     (237 )     1,572       1,401  
 
 
                                                                               
Net income (loss) before noncontrolling interests
    2,225       1,463       1,654       1,240       342       284       (407 )     (387 )     3,814       2,600  
Less: Net income from noncontrolling interests
    50       48       2       3       3       2       -       -       55       53  
 
 
                                                                               
Net income (loss) (3)
$     2,175       1,415       1,652       1,237       339       282       (407 )     (387 )     3,759       2,547  
 
 
                                                                               
Average loans
$     509.8       550.4       234.7       237.0       42.7       43.8       (33.1 )     (33.8 )     754.1       797.4  
Average assets
    759.9       776.8       399.6       369.5       146.5       137.8       (64.8 )     (58.0 )     1,241.2       1,226.1  
Average core deposits
    548.1       531.5       184.8       161.6       125.4       121.1       (61.5 )     (55.0 )     796.8       759.2  
 
                                                                               
 
 
(1)   Includes Wachovia integration expenses and the elimination of items that are included in both Community Banking and Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement, largely representing services and products for wealth management customers provided in Community Banking stores.
(2)   Net interest income is the difference between interest earned on assets and the cost of liabilities to fund those assets. Interest earned includes actual interest earned on segment assets and, if the segment has excess liabilities, interest credits for providing funding to other segments. The cost of liabilities includes interest expense on segment liabilities and, if the segment does not have enough liabilities to fund its assets, a funding charge based on the cost of excess liabilities from another segment.
(3)   Represents segment net income (loss) for Community Banking; Wholesale Banking; and Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement segments and Wells Fargo net income for the consolidated company.

126


Table of Contents

Note 18: Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements
 
Following are the condensed consolidating financial statements of the Parent
and Wells Fargo Financial, Inc. and its owned subsidiaries (WFFI).
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Income
 
                                         
                    Other            
                    consolidating           Consolidated
(in millions)   Parent   WFFI   subsidiaries   Eliminations   Company
 
 
                                       
Quarter ended March 31, 2011
                                       
Dividends from subsidiaries:
                                       
Bank
  $ 1,592       -       -       (1,592 )     -  
Nonbank
    -       -       -       -       -  
Interest income from loans
    -       578       8,932       (123 )     9,387  
Interest income from subsidiaries
    308       -       -       (308 )     -  
Other interest income
    48       29       3,008       -       3,085  
 
 
                                       
Total interest income
    1,948       607       11,940       (2,023 )     12,472  
 
 
                                       
Deposits
    -       -       615       -       615  
Short-term borrowings
    105       15       187       (281 )     26  
Long-term debt
    694       167       393       (150 )     1,104  
Other interest expense
    1       -       75       -       76  
 
 
                                       
Total interest expense
    800       182       1,270       (431 )     1,821  
 
 
                                       
Net interest income
    1,148       425       10,670       (1,592 )     10,651  
Provision for credit losses
    -       247       1,963       -       2,210  
 
 
                                       
Net interest income after provision for credit losses
    1,148       178       8,707       (1,592 )     8,441  
 
 
                                       
Noninterest income
                                       
Fee income – nonaffiliates
    -       28       5,846       -       5,874  
Other
    (3 )     24       3,939       (156 )     3,804  
 
 
                                       
Total noninterest income
    (3 )     52       9,785       (156 )     9,678  
 
 
                                       
Noninterest expense
                                       
Salaries and benefits
    190       27       6,976       -       7,193  
Other
    153       145       5,398       (156 )     5,540  
 
 
                                       
Total noninterest expense
    343       172       12,374       (156 )     12,733  
 
 
                                       
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) and
equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries
    802       58       6,118       (1,592 )     5,386  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (434 )     15       1,991       -       1,572  
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries
    2,523       -       -       (2,523 )     -  
 
 
                                       
Net income (loss) before noncontrolling interests
    3,759       43       4,127       (4,115 )     3,814  
Less: Net income from noncontrolling interests
    -       -       55       -       55  
 
 
                                       
Parent, WFFI, Other and Wells Fargo net income (loss)
  $ 3,759       43       4,072       (4,115 )     3,759  
 
 
                                       
Quarter ended March 31, 2010
                                       
Dividends from subsidiaries:
                                       
Bank
  $ -       -       -       -       -  
Nonbank
    6       -       -       (6 )     -  
Interest income from loans
    -       726       9,350       (38 )     10,038  
Interest income from subsidiaries
    348       -       -       (348 )     -  
Other interest income
    78       30       3,079       -       3,187  
 
 
                                       
Total interest income
    432       756       12,429       (392 )     13,225  
 
 
                                       
Deposits
    -       -       735       -       735  
Short-term borrowings
    23       9       94       (108 )     18  
Long-term debt
    718       287       549       (278 )     1,276  
Other interest expense
    -       -       49       -       49  
 
 
                                       
Total interest expense
    741       296       1,427       (386 )     2,078  
 
 
                                       
Net interest income
    (309 )     460       11,002       (6 )     11,147  
Provision for credit losses
    -       321       5,009       -       5,330  
 
Net interest income after provision for credit losses
    (309 )     139       5,993       (6 )     5,817  
 
 
                                       
Noninterest income
                                       
Fee income – nonaffiliates
    -       28       5,779       -       5,807  
Other
    211       47       4,387       (151 )     4,494  
 
 
                                       
Total noninterest income
    211       75       10,166       (151 )     10,301  
 
 
                                       
Noninterest expense
                                       
Salaries and benefits
    (33 )     70       6,591       -       6,628  
Other
    258       147       5,235       (151 )     5,489  
 
 
                                       
Total noninterest expense
    225       217       11,826       (151 )     12,117  
 
 
                                       
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) and
equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries
    (323 )     (3 )     4,333       (6 )     4,001  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (90 )     (1 )     1,492       -       1,401  
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries
    2,780       -       -       (2,780 )     -  
 
 
                                       
Net income (loss) before noncontrolling interests
    2,547       (2 )     2,841       (2,786 )     2,600  
Less: Net income from noncontrolling interests
    -       -       53       -       53  
 
 
                                       
Parent, WFFI, Other and Wells Fargo net income (loss)
  $ 2,547       (2 )     2,788       (2,786 )     2,547  
 

127


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets
 
                                         
                    Other            
                    consolidating           Consolidated
(in millions)   Parent   WFFI   subsidiaries   Eliminations   Company
 
 
                                       
March 31, 2011
                                       
 
                                       
Assets
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents due from:
                                       
Subsidiary banks
  $ 31,906       232       -       (32,138 )     -  
Nonaffiliates
    24       186       109,809       -       110,019  
Securities available for sale
    2,390       2,687       162,829       -       167,906  
Mortgages and loans held for sale
    -       -       34,549       -       34,549  
 
                                       
Loans
    7       29,359       738,193       (16,404 )     751,155  
Loans to subsidiaries:
                                       
Bank
    3,885       -       -       (3,885 )     -  
Nonbank
    52,081       -       -       (52,081 )     -  
Allowance for loan losses
    -       (1,670 )     (20,313 )     -       (21,983 )
 
 
                                       
Net loans
    55,973       27,689       717,880       (72,370 )     729,172  
 
 
                                       
Investments in subsidiaries:
                                       
Bank
    135,857       -       -       (135,857 )     -  
Nonbank
    15,600       -       -       (15,600 )     -  
Other assets
    8,815       1,161       194,226       (1,182 )     203,020  
 
 
                                       
Total assets
  $ 250,565       31,955       1,219,293       (257,147 )     1,244,666  
 
 
                                       
Liabilities and equity
                                       
Deposits
  $ -       -       869,800       (32,138 )     837,662  
Short-term borrowings
    785       15,977       86,275       (48,300 )     54,737  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    7,294       1,566       61,043       (1,182 )     68,721  
Long-term debt
    96,767       12,746       50,912       (11,822 )     148,603  
Indebtedness to subsidiaries
    12,248       -       -       (12,248 )     -  
 
 
                                       
Total liabilities
    117,094       30,289       1,068,030       (105,690 )     1,109,723  
 
 
                                       
Parent, WFFI, Other and Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity
    133,471       1,666       149,791       (151,457 )     133,471  
Noncontrolling interests
    -       -       1,472       -       1,472  
 
 
                                       
Total equity
    133,471       1,666       151,263       (151,457 )     134,943  
 
 
                                       
Total liabilities and equity
  $ 250,565       31,955       1,219,293       (257,147 )     1,244,666  
 
 
                                       
December 31, 2010
                                       
 
                                       
Assets
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents due from:
                                       
Subsidiary banks
  $ 30,240       154       -       (30,394 )     -  
Nonaffiliates
    9       212       96,460       -       96,681  
Securities available for sale
    2,368       2,742       167,544       -       172,654  
Mortgages and loans held for sale
    -       -       53,053       -       53,053  
 
                                       
Loans
    7       30,329       742,807       (15,876 )     757,267  
Loans to subsidiaries:
                                       
Bank
    3,885       -       -       (3,885 )     -  
Nonbank
    53,382       -       -       (53,382 )     -  
Allowance for loan losses
    -       (1,709 )     (21,313 )     -       (23,022 )
 
 
                                       
Net loans
    57,274       28,620       721,494       (73,143 )     734,245  
 
 
                                       
Investments in subsidiaries:
                                       
Bank
    133,867       -       -       (133,867 )     -  
Nonbank
    14,904       -       -       (14,904 )     -  
Other assets
    8,363       1,316       192,821       (1,005 )     201,495  
 
 
                                       
Total assets
  $ 247,025       33,044       1,231,372       (253,313 )     1,258,128  
 
 
                                       
Liabilities and equity
                                       
Deposits
  $ -       -       878,336       (30,394 )     847,942  
Short-term borrowings
    2,412       14,490       86,523       (48,024 )     55,401  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    6,819       1,685       62,414       (1,005 )     69,913  
Long-term debt
    99,745       15,240       55,476       (13,478 )     156,983  
Indebtedness to subsidiaries
    11,641       -       -       (11,641 )     -  
 
 
                                       
Total liabilities
    120,617       31,415       1,082,749       (104,542 )     1,130,239  
 
 
                                       
Parent, WFFI, Other and Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity
    126,408       1,618       147,153       (148,771 )     126,408  
Noncontrolling interests
    -       11       1,470       -       1,481  
 
 
                                       
Total equity
    126,408       1,629       148,623       (148,771 )     127,889  
 
 
                                       
Total liabilities and equity
  $ 247,025       33,044       1,231,372       (253,313 )     1,258,128  
 

128


Table of Contents

Note 18: Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements (continued)
 
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows
 
                                                                 
    Quarter ended March 31,
    2011   2010
                    Other                           Other    
                    consolidating                           consolidating    
                    subsidiaries/   Consolidated                   subsidiaries/   Consolidated
(in millions)   Parent   WFFI   eliminations   Company   Parent   WFFI   eliminations   Company
     
 
                                                               
Cash flows from operating activities:
                                                               
Net cash provided
by operating activities
  $ 2,409       394       14,408       17,211       600       601       7,680       8,881  
     
 
                                                               
Cash flows from investing activities:
                                                               
Securities available for sale:
                                                               
Sales proceeds
    152       92       15,117       15,361       289       271       1,235       1,795  
Prepayments and maturities
    -       60       11,591       11,651       -       19       9,276       9,295  
Purchases
    (117 )     (100 )     (18,614 )     (18,831 )     (29 )     (314 )     (3,848 )     (4,191 )
Loans:
                                                               
Loans originated by banking subsidiaries, net of principal collected
    -       152       (366 )     (214 )     -       118       15,414       15,532  
Proceeds from sales (including participations) of loans originated for investment by banking subsidiaries
    -       -       2,165       2,165       -       -       1,341       1,341  
Purchases (including participations) of loans by banking subsidiaries
    -       -       (644 )     (644 )     -       -       (566 )     (566 )
Principal collected on nonbank entities’ loans
    -       2,549       (3 )     2,546       -       2,901       1,385       4,286  
Loans originated by nonbank entities
    -       (1,903 )     (1 )     (1,904 )     -       (1,635 )     (1,226 )     (2,861 )
Net repayments from (advances to) subsidiaries
    (212 )     (82 )     294       -       145       (704 )     559       -  
Capital notes and term loans made to subsidiaries
    (364 )     -       364       -       -       -       -       -  
Principal collected on notes/loans made to subsidiaries
    1,900       -       (1,900 )     -       3,983       -       (3,983 )     -  
Net decrease (increase) in investment in subsidiaries
    (13 )     -       13       -       1,403       -       (1,403 )     -  
Other, net
    14       29       (8,941 )     (8,898 )     1       20       (11,957 )     (11,936 )
     
 
                                                               
Net cash provided (used)
by investing activities
    1,360       797       (925 )     1,232       5,792       676       6,227       12,695  
     
 
                                                               
Cash flows from financing activities:
                                                               
Net change in:
                                                               
Deposits
    -       -       (10,280 )     (10,280 )     -       -       (19,125 )     (19,125 )
Short-term borrowings
    (1,076 )     1,487       (1,075 )     (664 )     (343 )     (243 )     2,826       2,240  
Long-term debt:
                                                               
Proceeds from issuance
    3,238       513       1,466       5,217       1,340       -       75       1,415  
Repayment
    (6,500 )     (3,128 )     (4,305 )     (13,933 )     (9,735 )     (1,132 )     (5,641 )     (16,508 )
Preferred stock:
                                                               
Proceeds from issuance
    2,501       -       -       2,501       -       -       -       -  
Cash dividends paid
    (251 )     -       -       (251 )     (251 )     -       -       (251 )
Common stock:
                                                               
Proceeds from issuance
    634       -       -       634       464       -       -       464  
Repurchased
    (55 )     -       -       (55 )     (38 )     -       -       (38 )
Cash dividends paid
    (634 )     -       -       (634 )     (260 )     -       -       (260 )
Excess tax benefits related to stock option payments
    55       -       -       55       51       -       -       51  
Net change in noncontrolling interests
    -       (11 )     (88 )     (99 )     -       -       (343 )     (343 )
     
 
                                                               
Net cash used by
financing activities
    (2,088 )     (1,139 )     (14,282 )     (17,509 )     (8,772 )     (1,375 )     (22,208 )     (32,355 )
     
 
                                                               
Net change in cash and
due from banks
    1,681       52       (799 )     934       (2,380 )     (98 )     (8,301 )     (10,779 )
Cash and due from banks
at beginning of period
    30,249       366       (14,571 )     16,044       27,314       454       (688 )     27,080  
     
 
                                                               
Cash and due from banks
at end of period
  $ 31,930       418       (15,370 )     16,978       24,934       356       (8,989 )     16,301  
 

129


Table of Contents

Note 19: Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements
 
The Company and each of its subsidiary banks are subject to regulatory capital adequacy requirements promulgated by federal regulatory agencies. The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements, including well capitalized standards, for the consolidated financial holding company, and the OCC has similar requirements for the Company’s national banks, including Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
      We do not consolidate our wholly-owned trusts (the Trusts) formed solely to issue trust preferred securities. Trust preferred securities and perpetual preferred purchase securities issued by the Trusts includable in Tier 1 capital were $13.5 billion at March 31, 2011. The junior subordinated debentures held by the Trusts were included in the Company’s long-term debt.
      Certain subsidiaries of the Company are approved seller/servicers, and are therefore required to maintain minimum levels of shareholders’ equity, as specified by various agencies, including the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development, GNMA, FHLMC and FNMA. At March 31, 2011, each seller/servicer met these requirements. Certain broker-dealer subsidiaries of the Company are subject to SEC Rule 15c3-1 (the Net Capital Rule), which requires that we maintain minimum levels of net capital, as defined. At March 31, 2011, each of these subsidiaries met these requirements.
      The following table presents regulatory capital information for Wells Fargo & Company and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.


                                                 
 
    Wells Fargo & Company     Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.     Well-     Minimum  
    Mar. 31,     Dec. 31,     Mar. 31,     Dec. 31,     capitalized     capital  
(in billions, except ratios)   2011      2010      2011      2010      ratios (1)     ratios (1)  
 
 
                                               
Regulatory capital:
                                               
Tier 1
  $ 110.8       109.4       92.0       90.2                  
Total
    147.3       147.1       118.0       117.1                  
 
                                               
Assets:
                                               
Risk-weighted
  $ 962.9       980.0       883.4       895.2                  
Adjusted average (2)
    1,194.7       1,189.5       1,047.7       1,057.7                  
 
                                               
Capital ratios:
                                               
Tier 1 capital
    11.50 %     11.16       10.42       10.07       6.00       4.00  
Total capital
    15.30       15.01       13.36       13.09       10.00       8.00  
Tier 1 leverage (2)
    9.27       9.19       8.78       8.52       5.00       4.00  
 
                                               
 
 
(1)   As defined by the regulations issued by the Federal Reserve, OCC and FDIC.
(2)   The leverage ratio consists of Tier 1 capital divided by quarterly average total assets, excluding goodwill and certain other items. The minimum leverage ratio guideline is 3% for banking organizations that do not anticipate significant growth and that have well-diversified risk, excellent asset quality, high liquidity, good earnings, effective management and monitoring of market risk and, in general, are considered top-rated, strong banking organizations.

130


Table of Contents

Glossary of Acronyms
 
     
ACL
  Allowance for credit losses
ALCO
  Asset/Liability Management Committee
ARS
  Auction rate security
ASC
  Accounting Standards Codification
ASU
  Accounting Standards Update
ARM
  Adjustable-rate mortgage
AVM
  Automated valuation model
CD
  Certificate of deposit
CDO
  Collateralized debt obligation
CLO
  Collateralized loan obligation
CLTV
  Combined loan-to-value
CPP
  Capital Purchase Program
CPR
  Constant prepayment rate
CRE
  Commercial real estate
ESOP
  Employee Stock Ownership Plan
FAS
  Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
FASB
  Financial Accounting Standards Board
FDIC
  Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
FFELP Federal Family Education Loan Program
FHA
  Federal Housing Administration
FHLB
  Federal Home Loan Bank
FHLMC
  Federal Home Loan Mortgage Company
FICO
  Fair Isaac Corporation (credit rating)
FNMA
  Federal National Mortgage Association
FRB
  Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
GAAP
  Generally accepted accounting principles
GNMA
  Government National Mortgage Association
GSE
  Government-sponsored entity
HAMP
  Home Affordability Modification Program
HPI
  Home Price Index
LHFS
  Loans held for sale
LIBOR
  London Interbank Offered Rate
LOCOM
  Lower of cost or market value
LTV
  Loan-to-value
MBS
  Mortgage-backed security
MERS
  Mortgage Electronic Registration Systems, Inc.
MHFS
  Mortgages held for sale
MSR
  Mortgage servicing right
MTN Medium-term note
NAV
  Net asset value
     
NPA
  Nonperforming asset
OCC
  Office of the Comptroller of the Currency
OCI
  Other comprehensive income
OTC
  Over-the-counter
OTTI
  Other-than-temporary impairment
PCI Loans
  Purchased credit-impaired loans
PTPP
  Pre-tax pre-provision profit
RBC
  Risk-based capital
ROA
  Wells Fargo net income to average total assets
ROE
  Wells Fargo net income applicable to common stock to average Wells Fargo common stockholders’ equity
SEC
  Securities and Exchange Commission
S&P
  Standard & Poor’s
SPE
  Special purpose entity
TARP
  Troubled Asset Relief Program
TDR
  Troubled debt restructuring
VA
  Department of Veterans Affairs
VaR
  Value-at-risk
VIE
  Variable interest entity
WFFCC
  Wells Fargo Financial Canada Corporation
WFFI
  Wells Fargo Financial, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries


131


Table of Contents

PART II – OTHER INFORMATION
Item 1.     Legal Proceedings
      Information in response to this item can be found in Note 11 (Legal Actions) to Financial Statements in this Report which information is incorporated by reference into this item.
Item 1A.     Risk Factors
 
    Information in response to this item can be found under the “Financial Review – Risk Factors” section in this Report which information is incorporated by reference into this item.
Item 2.     Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds
The following table shows Company repurchases of its common stock for each calendar month in the quarter ended March 31, 2011.
                         
 
                    Maximum number of 
    Total number           shares that may yet
    of shares   Weighted-average   be purchased under
Calendar month   repurchased (1)    price paid per share    the authorizations 
 
 
                       
January
    370,577     $ 32.19       2,701,677  
February
    884,215       33.54       1,817,462  
March
    432,579       31.81       201,384,883  
                 
 
                       
Total
    1,687,371                  
                 
 
                       
 
 
(1)   All shares were repurchased under two authorizations covering up to 25 million and 200 million shares of common stock approved by the Board of Directors and publicly announced by the Company on September 23, 2008, and March 18, 2011, respectively. Unless modified or revoked by the Board, these authorizations do not expire.
The following table shows Company repurchases of the warrants for each calendar month in the quarter ended March 31, 2011.
                         
 
    Total number           Maximum dollar value
    of warrants   Average price   of warrants that
Calendar month   repurchased (1)   paid per warrant   may yet be purchased
 
 
                       
January
    -     $ -       454,692,072  
February
    -       -       454,692,072  
March
    -       -       454,692,072  
                 
 
                       
Total
    -                  
                 
 
                       
 
 
(1)   No warrants were purchased in first quarter 2011. Warrants are purchased under the authorization covering up to $1 billion in warrants approved by the Board of Directors (ratified and approved on June 22, 2010.) Unless modified or revoked by the Board, authorization does not expire.

132


Table of Contents

Item 6.        Exhibits
A list of exhibits to this Form 10-Q is set forth on the Exhibit Index immediately preceding such exhibits and is incorporated herein by reference.
The Company’s SEC file number is 001-2979. On and before November 2, 1998, the Company filed documents with the SEC under the name Norwest Corporation. The former Wells Fargo & Company filed documents under SEC file number 001-6214.
SIGNATURE
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
         
Dated: May 6, 2011  WELLS FARGO & COMPANY
 
 
 
  By:   /s/ RICHARD D. LEVY   
    Richard D. Levy   
    Executive Vice President and Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer) 
 
 

133


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
         
Exhibit        
Number   Description   Location
 
       
3(a)
  Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and in effect on the date hereof.   Filed herewith.
 
       
3(b)
  By-Laws.   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 28, 2011.
 
       
4(a)
  See Exhibits 3(a) and 3(b).    
 
       
4(b)
  The Company agrees to furnish upon request to the Commission a copy of each instrument defining the rights of holders of senior and subordinated debt of the Company.    
 
       
10(a)
  Form of Performance Share Award Agreement for grants on or after February 22, 2011.   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
       
10 (b)
  Form of Restricted Share Rights Agreement for grants on or after February 22, 2011.   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
       
10(c)
  Wells Fargo Bonus Plan, as amended effective January 1, 2011.   Filed herewith.
 
       
10(d)
  Amendment to Directors Stock Compensation and Deferral Plan, effective January 25, 2011.   Filed herewith.
 
       
   12(a)
  Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges:        Filed herewith.
 
 
       
                 
    Quarter ended March 31,  
    2011     2010  
 
Including interest on deposits
    3.79       2.79  
 
               
Excluding interest on deposits
    5.11       3.69  
 
         
12(b)
  Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Dividends:     
Filed herewith.
 
 
       
                 
    Quarter ended March 31,  
    2011     2010  
 
Including interest on deposits
    3.32       2.49  
 
               
Excluding interest on deposits
    4.23       3.12  
 

134


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit        
Number   Description   Location
 
       
31(a)
  Certification of principal executive officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.   Filed herewith.
 
31(b)
  Certification of principal financial officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.   Filed herewith.
 
       
32(a)
  Certification of Periodic Financial Report by Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and 18 U.S.C. § 1350.   Furnished herewith.
 
       
32(b)
  Certification of Periodic Financial Report by Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and 18 U.S.C. § 1350.   Furnished herewith.
 
       
101*
  Pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T, the following financial information from the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2011, is formatted in XBRL interactive data files: (i) Consolidated Statement of Income for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010; (ii) Consolidated Balance Sheet at March 31, 2011, and December 31, 2010; (iii) Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity and Comprehensive Income for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010; (iv) Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010; and (v) Notes to Financial Statements.   Furnished herewith.
 
 
*As provided in Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this information is furnished and not filed for purposes of Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

135